Skip to main content

A DEI Seed Takes Root at a University’s Music Library

In the words of the iconic “Golden Girls” character Sophia Petrillo, played by Estelle Getty, “Picture it. March of 2020!”

No, this is not another article centered on strategies for teaching during a pandemic. Rather, it is the story of a seed that was planted a few semesters ago in the most adverse of conditions that is just now starting to show signs of taking root. It is the narrative of a group of Slippery Rock University (SRU) undergraduate students — mostly music majors — who, when confronted with issues of equitable programming disparities, invested their time to leverage a solution. It is a reminder that, in those moments of uncertainty when it feels as though the world has been turned upside down, some of the most important anchors that we can provide to our students come in the form of connection, self-reflection, direction and purpose.

Engaging Students with Issues of Diversity, Equity and Inclusion

Slippery Rock University's wind ensemble's clarinet section

When the pandemic moved our classrooms online in 2020, I decided to present the students in the SRU Symphonic Wind Ensemble with a variety of possible directions to take our new online classroom. My goals were to keep them connected while they were apart and explore topics and ideas that were relevant to them.

I first surveyed the students to discover their interests. They were presented with a variety of topics around which I would design activities, lectures and projects. Survey choices included “Voodoo and the Wind Band,” “Wind Band Music and Social Justice,” “Landmark Works of the Wind Band,” etc. However, one topic overwhelmingly received the most responses — “Diversity in Wind Band Literature.” That was our seed.

The unit began with a quote from former First Lady Michelle Obama’s speech at the Summit of the Mandela Washington Fellowship for Young African Leaders: “No country can ever truly flourish if it stifles the potential of its women and deprives itself of the contributions of half of its citizens.” The message and spirit of that speech inspired the goals for this unit:

  • Goal #1: Reflect on your personal experience with wind band literature in relation to your own culture/identity/etc.
  • Goal #2: Reflect on your personal experience with wind band literature in relation to the culture/identity/etc. of others.
  • Goal #3: Explore music and discover resources that reflect/amplify the diversity reflected in our classroom and community.

Slippery Rock University's wind ensemble's percussionistOver the course of the unit, students were introduced to foundational aspects of sociocultural identity (visible and invisible), intersectionality, and they informally mapped and reflected on their own identity. They were encouraged to describe ways in which the components of their identity are represented and/or absent in the wind band music that they have performed, studied and consumed over their lifetime. The student responses were eye-opening.

Presenting students with resources to discover repertoire written by underrepresented voices led to questions about what it means to be seen in the art that we create as a community of musicians — it was a tale of two cities. Student contributions to discussion prompts revealed an inverted bell curve, students either felt that their identity was represented with some consistency in the music they studied and performed, or they did not feel as though that was the case at all. Overwhelmingly, students expressed that they wanted to continue the conversation and, when in-person performances could resume, perform works by the composers that they had studied during this unit.

Notably, the desire to perform works from the diverse composers we studied underscored the systemic problem: Our 100-year-old music library, like many, was overrepresented with Caucasian, cis-gendered, male composers. Further, the limited budget offered through the department to acquire new music to diversify the library amounted to only $500 split among the wind ensemble, concert band and marching band. To accomplish the modest goal of ensuring that we could develop diverse and inclusive programs for each of our concerts was going to require funding.

From Students to Scholars

Slippery Rock University's wind ensemble's French horn sectionThe student goal of programming concerts that more closely mirror our community has led to a multi-semester, student-driven research and grant-writing project that has resulted in successfully authoring three grants to diversify our available music library and concert programs. We have been awarded over $6,000 for new music! One award, an internal faculty-student research grant through Slippery Rock University, involves students developing a consortium to commission a composer to write a new piece for wind band that will be performed in the fall of 2023.

To successfully acquire those grant monies, the students in the SRU Wind Ensemble engaged in a self-study, cataloging the available demographic information of the composers within our permanent library, and analyzing the data. The goal was to identify the degree to which the available literature in the library reflected an overrepresentation of certain identities. They began by breaking themselves into teams. Each team of students used available resources (such as The Wind Repertory Project and the Institute for Composer Diversity) to research demographic and biographical data for each composer within the library.

This research was done after considering and acknowledging the limitations of the project. Some of those limitations included meaningful discussions on the following:

  1. How can we accurately account for invisible diversity (sexual orientation, neurodiversity, etc.)?
  2. How do we catalog the intersection of multiple identities?
  3. What aspects of diversity can we realistically research given the resources and time available?
  4. How can this project be scalable (timeline, workload, etc.) while still ensuring that it is meaningful?

Slippery Rock University's oboe player The students drew several conclusions. First, this project cannot accurately account for the vast multitude and complexity of identity and diversity. Second, the students acknowledged that invisible diversity is not always easily accounted for nor is it always freely expressed. With these limitations in mind, the students chose to narrow their focus on three aspects of diversity: gender/gender identity and expression, race/ethnicity, and membership in the LGBTQIA2S+ community.

Once the raw data was cataloged, a team of student leaders analyzed the data and presented it to the members of the ensemble. The following is a summary of the findings, presented with the following caveats based on the review of available resources at the time:

  1. The project leaders acknowledge that identity (both visible and invisible) may not always be accurately accounted for in the available resources. Further, identity may not always be freely expressed by the composers within the library.
  2. Recognizing the potential limitations and inaccuracies of the available data, the students felt that this project was still worthwhile, anticipating that the result would reveal an accurate approximation of the demographics of the content of the library.

Of the 492 composers in the SRU Symphonic Wind Ensemble Library,

  • 96.22% of the composers were categorized as male, 2.84% were categorized as female and 0.96% were categorized unknown.
  • 90.3% of the composers were categorized as Caucasian, 2.1% as Latinx, 1.4% as Asian, 0.7% as Black/African American, with the remainder being categorized as unknown.
  • 2.85% of composers within the library were categorized as being members of the LGBTQIA2s+ community.

Identifying the overrepresentation of Caucasian, male and non-LGBTQIA2S+ composers within the library, the students went so far as to compare the data from their study with the available demographic data of SRU. Contextualizing the data further reinforced the need to generate financial resources to diversify the contents of the music library.

Leveraging the Data

Slippery Rock University's marching band at a paradeTo diversify the library, the students set the goal of identifying resources in the form of grants that might apply to this project. Focusing efforts first on internal grants, the following grant applications were submitted through Slippery Rock University for two separate projects. Benjamin Johnston, an undergraduate oboist and officer in the SRU Symphonic Wind Ensemble, served as co-author of each grant application. The grants were as follows:

  1. The SRU President’s Commission on Racial and Ethnic Diversity (application submitted)
  2. The SRU President’s Commission on Women (application submitted)
  3. The SRU Faculty/Student Research Grant (funded)

Through this process, two exciting projects emerged. The first two grants listed above are being leveraged to purchase existing music for our library that is written by underrepresented composers, our first project. The third grant is being used as the foundation for a consortium project to commission a living composer to write a new work for wind ensemble that will be premiered in the following year. Over the course of this project, the students will select a composer, develop consortium membership and premiere a new composition through a project that they initiated.

Moving Forward

close up of four hands doing a group high fiveThe two projects are now at the stage where financial resources have been generated to successfully move forward and we could not be more excited or grateful. As we transition into carrying out these projects, it is an opportune time to reflect on the impact that this has had on the students and the program. As a teacher, it has been humbling to watch students engage with issues of diversity within the profession. Over the course of the journey, students have been able to:

  1. Describe ways in which the aspects of their identity are represented and/or absent in the wind band music that they perform, study and consume (systemically).
  2. Reflect on ways in which systems (publishing, programming, etc.) overrepresent dominant identities and underrepresent non-dominant identities in the band music that they perform, study and consume.
  3. Identify and reflect on a variety of barriers to diverse and equitable programming.

We are still in the middle of this journey, but I hope that this article serves as a catalyst for generating more ideas on engaging students with relevant issues centered on diversity in the music that we compose, perform and consume. Most of all, I hope that it highlights how we as educators can encourage and empower students to make a difference and become

 

5 Ways to Conquer Procrastination

Writers are famously good at procrastinating. Just how good? While working on this article, I found myself shopping for a dog bandanna … and I don’t have a dog.

Many creative and artistic personality types, including music educators, struggle with procrastination, which affects up to 20% of adults. Interestingly, some parts of the country tend to have more procrastinators, including Northern California and Oregon, according to the American Psychological Association. You’ve probably noticed procrastination behavior with some of your students, too, especially if you teach teens. A 2016 study found that procrastination is most common in people ages 14 to 29.

What Causes Procrastination?

The word procrastinate has been around in the English language since the 1500s, with roots in the Latin prefix pro as in “forward” and crastinus, meaning “of tomorrow.” This makes me picture a bunch of monks playing foosball and drinking beer while a stack of manuscripts goes uncopied.

stressed out male working on laptopAll humans procrastinate to some level, and that’s due to a cognitive bias: They falsely believe that 1) tasks will magically become easier, and 2) we’ll have more time for the task. According to research published in 2022 in the journal Nature Communications, MRI imaging can capture a brain procrastinating, with changes observed in the prefrontal cortex. With procrastination, we tend to enjoy the immediate rewards of procrastinating — whee, free time! — and underestimate the adverse consequence of procrastinating, such as stress, late fees or bad performance reviews.

Two Types of Procrastination

According to the U.S. Department of Education, procrastination comes in two flavors: active and passive. Active delay, a.k.a. active procrastination, is when someone chooses to wait until there is sufficient pressure to act. These are the people who file taxes on April 15 at 11:30 p.m. Or teachers who turn in student grades right before the administration comes calling for them. Some people simply prefer to work with a little — or a lot — of deadline weight bearing down on them.

Passive procrastination, in contrast, is when someone is paralyzed by a task, with that awful sensation of having no idea where to begin.

Procrastination and Mental Health

While it’s normal human behavior to procrastinate, it can be worsened by depression and anxiety. Writing in Psychology Today, Alice Boyes, Ph.D., notes a “chicken-and-egg” problem, where people deal with stress by procrastinating, which leads to more anxiety, which can contribute to a lack of momentum. One self-help treatment for depression is called behavioral activation, she says, where people schedule activities that are enjoyable and provide a sense of mastery and engagement. “Changing your behavior in this way can make your thinking style less depressed, even though you’re not specifically working on changing your thinking,” Boyes writes.

Try These 5 Strategies

Here are five ways to tackle procrastination:

  1. Connect big-picture goals to tasks. Preparing a lesson plan or assessing a student’s composition might be the task, for example, but keep your eye on the prize: You went into music education because you have a passion for music and wanted to share that love of music with other people. Tapping into that emotion can help reframe tasks as less onerous and more meaningful.
  2. timer set to 15 minutesTry the 15-minute trick. Set a timer and work on your task for 15 minutes. Just 15 minutes. When the timer goes off, you may find that you’ve gained some traction and are getting into the zone. Keep going if you want to. If not, take a break. Play the bassoon, pet your cat, call your sister. Then take another 15-minute whack. Time-management pros call this strategy “microproductivity.”
  3. Visualize the future. Writer Robert Hanks suggests that procrastination is a failure to “identify sufficiently with your future self.” So, using as many details as possible, imagine yourself suffering the results of your procrastination. Picture your future self, super tired, swigging coffee after having stayed up way too late working on student evaluations. Or think about dirty dishes piled up in the sink. Now envision yourself getting a good night’s rest after you banged out that grading, or how nice it feels to walk into a clean kitchen in the morning.
  4. Build in some rest days. Just as someone might have a “refeed” day if they are on a strict bodybuilding diet, pencil in an occasional cheat day for your brain. Burnout is one of the leading causes of procrastination, so support your mental health with time in nature or exercising. A rest day is the ideal time to recharge with some hobbies, time with friends and family, or just to putter. You’ll be back in business the next day feeling more refreshed and ready to handle your to-do list.
  5. Go with it! According to research published in the Academy of Management Journal, moderate levels of procrastination enhance creativity. The study authors noted that an incubation of ideas allows people to see problems with fresh lenses and to synthesize various area of knowledge. “Our research is not intended to license procrastination, but rather to normalize it as a potentially productive part of the creative process under special circumstances — where the delays are moderate and the problem is interesting or a new solution is needed,” the study’s authors wrote. A too-high level of procrastination, they warned, could be counterproductive to creativity.

Conquering procrastination can lead to more life satisfaction, less stress and greater professional success. So, if, as English writer Edward Young wrote “procrastination is the thief of time,” maybe this article can nudge you to stop stealing from yourself. Now, who needs a dog bandanna?

The Best Music Streaming Services for Audiophiles

Almost ten years ago, TIDAL became the first streaming music service to offer music encoded with lossless compression. For those with keen enough ears to notice the reduction of quality inherent in music that utilizes a “lossy” codec like MP3 or AAC, this was a significant breakthrough.

These days, most streaming music services offer lossless options. Some charge more for the privilege, while others make it available in all their paid plans. Here’s a guide to the lossless options available out there.

Lossless vs. Lossy

The tricky part of streaming high-res files is that the better the quality (that is the higher the bit resolution and sampling rate), the bigger the file size and the faster the internet download speed required. Completely uncompressed audio at CD quality (16-bit/44.1 kHz) and better (24-bit/48 kHz up to 352.8 kHz) results in audio files that are too large to stream easily.

A codec (short for code/decode) algorithm is used to shrink digital audio files. Lossy codecs discard some audio information in order to accomplish that goal, while lossless codecs reduce file size without removing any data.

Though they provide lesser sound quality, lossy codecs are better at decreasing file size. An MP3 can often shrink a WAV file by 90 percent. Lossless codecs like FLAC (short for Free Lossless Audio Codec) ren’t able to cut the file size as much but still can shrink down a WAV file by 50 to 70 percent.

Many of the music services offer some content at 24-bit/192 kHz, which requires approximately 9216 kbps (9.216 megabits per second, or Mpbs for short) to stream in what we perceive as “real” time. The rule of thumb is that your internet download speed should be about twice the size of the most data-intensive files you’re streaming, or you might have issues. So with 9.216 Mbps files, you’d need about 20 Mbps or faster download speed.

For context, CD quality (16-bit/44.1 kHz audio) audio gets streamed at 1411 kbps — something that even a relatively slow connection of 3 Mbps or so can handle. (If you’re wondering about the speed of your internet connection, plenty of free browser-based speed tests are available online.)

Quality

Lossless high-res offerings vary in quality from one service to the next, but they all sound significantly better than compressed formats like MP3 or M4A. Here are the main differences between popular streaming services:

  • Amazon Music Unlimited’s premium plan offers up to 24-bit/192 kHz FLAC files.
  • Both Qobuz subscription levels (Studio and Sublime) provide 24-bit FLAC files, with sampling rates ranging from 48 kHz to 192 kHz.
  • Apple Music® uses its proprietary lossless codec called ALAC (short for Apple Lossless Audio Codec). The songs available on the service run the gamut from 16-bit/44.1 kHz to 24-bit/192 kHz.
  • The Premium plan from Deezer provides music files at CD quality.
  • The classical-only streaming service Idagio also provides CD-quality audio.
  • TIDAL’s Hi-Fi Plus service is its most expensive tier. Many of the songs it makes available are from the TIDAL Masters catalog. They were encoded with a proprietary system from a company called MQA (Master Quality Authenticated) and range from 26-bit/48 kHz to 24-bit/352.8 kHz.

You may be surprised that Spotify® hasn’t yet entered the lossless streaming space. Although it’s an industry leader in many ways, its high-res tier has long been under development but isn’t yet available.

Library Size

The capability to stream in high resolution is only advantageous if the streaming service offers a comprehensive selection of lossless files. The good news is that each of the services covered here offer millions of lossless songs. However, some services are vague regarding the percentage of their catalogs that are at their highest quality levels.

  • Amazon Music Unlimited features over 100 million total songs, with 50 million of them lossless. On its website, it says that “millions” of the latter are “Ultra-HD,” which Amazon defines as “better than CD-quality audio (up to 24-bit/192 kHz).”
  • Qobuz also offers more than a 100 million songs; however, only those streamed via the Qobuz Studio and Qobuz Sublime services are 24-bit.
  • Apple Music announced that its catalog exceeded 100 million songs in October 2022.
  • Deezer’s catalog contains 90 million songs, all CD quality (16-bit/44.1 kHz).
  • Idagio’s entire library of some two million classical pieces is also CD quality.
  • TIDAL’s Hi-Fi Plus service offers more than 100 million hi-res songs.

Offline Listening

When listening to high-res files, the ability to listen offline is important because you may find yourself in situations where you don’t have Wi-Fi and therefore can’t stream large files. The workaround is to download files to your device in advance. All the services covered here offer a download option.

Most also let you purchase the files you download. The advantage is that you’ll still be able to access them should you cancel your subscription at some point.

Additional Content

All the services mentioned here include music videos. Most also provide podcasts, although Apple recommends using its free Podcasts app, which offers a much larger variety.

Deezer is the only service that offers scrolling lyrics, synced to playback, for most of its songs. In addition, it gives you a free app called SongCatcher that can identify any music you hear elsewhere or that you sing or hum into your device’s microphone.

Classical music fans will be intrigued by Idagio’s Premium+ Concerts plan because it gives them access to the site’s lossless catalog as well as a selection of live and recorded concerts.

Which Streaming Site?

Audiophiles have plenty of options when it comes to streaming in high-res. Most of the services mentioned here offer 30-day free trials. After finding the most appealing feature set, you can use the trial period to audition your choice before committing to a subscription.

Here’s a table that compares and contrasts the different high-res options offered by various services:

10 Cool Piano and Keyboard Blues Licks

In a recent Well-Rounded Keyboardist blog posting, we talked about various forms of the blues chord progression. Now let’s learn some great phrases to use in your soloing.

The Blues Scale

The most common note choices for playing blues licks come from what is called a blues scale. In the key of C, these notes are:

Musical annotation.

Both bars 1 and 3 sound the same; the only difference is whether you call the fourth note a sharp or a flat. These notes work well over either a C dominant seventh chord or a C minor seventh chord, although many blues players will use the scale across the entire chord progression. The following 10 cool blues licks all use a blues scale.

1. Super-Simple

This first lick is just a short melodic phrase. As with all the other audio clips in this posting, I’m playing it slowly to aid in your learning, but this (and all the other licks) sounds much better at faster tempos.

Musical annotation.

The rhythm is just as important as the note choices, so it’s good to explore different approaches. Here’s a nice rhythmic variation:

Musical annotation.

2. Going Down

This next lick moves downward.

Musical annotation.

Another good way to develop variety is to change one or two notes to come up with a different phrase. For example, try these two ideas:

Musical annotation.

Leaving out a note is also a great way to change things up, and gives your lines a nice syncopated rhythmic, as in these examples:

Musical annotation.

3. Triplet Feel

Using triplets (i.e., dividing the beat into three equal parts) imparts a nice feel to many blues licks. For example:

Musical annotation.

4. Mixed Rhythm

You can create more interesting phrases by varying your use of eighth and sixteenth notes, triplets and rests, like this:

Musical annotation.

5. Double Notes

A classic blues (and rock and roll) technique is to play two notes repeatedly. This helps add power to a lick, as you can hear in the following example.

Musical annotation.

6. Major Blues Scale Licks

For a different sound, use a Major blues scale instead:

Musical annotation.

This has less color/tension notes as compared to the standard blues scale described above, plus it has a brighter sound. Let’s go back to our first few ideas and adapt them to use the Major blues scale instead:

Musical annotation.

7. Complex Blues Licks

Putting all these concepts together allows you to craft some great blues licks for your keyboard soloing. Here’s a perfect phrase to use for an intro into a blues shuffle:

Musical annotation.

8. Classic Rock and Roll Licks

Try out this riff next time you play a more rockin’ blues tune (note the two “crushed” notes played closely to the main notes in the first bar):

Musical annotation.

9. A Power Riff

This next lick uses notes played in fourths to give strength to your line.

Musical annotation.

It also sounds great on a distorted organ or a strong synth sound:

10. Use Both Blues Scales

This last lick blends seamlessly between both blues scales, closing with a classic ending figure:

Musical annotation.
All audio examples played on a Yamaha P-515

Check out our other Well-Rounded Keyboardist postings.

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha keyboard instruments.

How to Choose a Bass Amp

You’re happy with your bass, you’re getting great tone in your headphones, your regular practice sessions are showing results, and you’re ready to throw down with a drummer. The next step? An amp that’ll bring your bass lines to life.

In a world full of digital audio workstations, in-ear monitors, and clubs and rehearsal studios that provide “backline” amps of their own, you might wonder whether it’s worth investing in your own rig. The answer is almost certainly yes! In fact, learning how to sculpt the sound of an amplifier — the last part of your signal chain and a crucial factor in your bass tone — is just as important as choosing the right instrument and strings. Although in-ear monitors are more common than they used to be, they’re not as ubiquitous as amps; you never know when you’ll be asked to bring your own rig, so understanding how to get “your sound” makes all the difference when you encounter an amp you’ve never seen before.

BASS AMP BASICS

When we use the term “bass amp,” we’re usually talking about the combination of a preamp for tone control, a power amp that amplifies the signal, and a speaker inside a cabinet. Although some musicians prefer separate power amp and preamp units, many modern bass amps combine both elements into a “head.” A “combo” brings together a head, speaker and cabinet in one unit.

Components.
Ampeg PF-50T head.
Ampeg Rocket Bass combo amps.

If you’re in the market for a head, you’ll notice the distinction between tube amps (renowned for their “warm” old-school sound and desirable distortion), solid-state amps (lighter, smaller and less expensive than tube amps) and hybrids, which combine tube preamps and solid-state power amps.

An amp’s power is expressed in watts. For most rehearsals and gigs, a 50-watt amp is underpowered, a 300-watt amp gets the job done, and a 1,000-watt amp is overkill. (In general, tube amps are louder than solid-state amps with similar power ratings.) If you buy a separate head and cabinet, you’ll have to make sure the speaker’s impedance, measured in ohms, meets the minimum impedance listed on the head. If you don’t have enough ohms, you risk frying your amp.

We refer to bass speakers and cabinets, known together as “cabs,” by the size of the speaker. Cabs come in several different sizes (usually between 10″ and 18″) and in many different combinations, where the first number denotes how many speakers there are and the second number denotes their size. The most common combinations are 1 x 10 (one 10″ speaker), 1 x 12, 1 x 15, 2 x 10, 4 x 10, 6 x 10 and 8 x 10. Many bass cabinets are also equipped with a tweeter, a small speaker focused on reproducing high-frequency sounds. It can be useful to think of speaker sizes in terms of low end and definition; generally speaking, bigger speakers have more bottom, while smaller speakers have more detail. Many players experiment with various combinations to get the sound they want.

Beyond these basics is a universe of options. Some amps have onboard effects such as compression; others use software to model various tones; many have built-in XLR direct outputs; and a few have more than one channel so you can quickly switch between two different tones, which is useful if you play both electric and upright bass, for example.

WHICH AMP IS RIGHT FOR YOU?

Here are some questions that can help you decide which amp is right for you:

  • How do you want to use your amp? Is it for low-power practice sessions or rehearsals and live gigs with a drummer? Do you also want to use it for recording?
  • What kind of tone do you prefer? Most modern amps are quite versatile, but a particular amp’s inherent tone may be closer (or farther) to your ideal tone than another.
  • How much power do you need? If you’re in a four-piece metal band, you’ll need more wattage than someone who plays with singer-songwriters or in a piano trio.
  • How important is portability? Bass amps usually weigh more than guitar or keyboard amps, and back in the day, “louder” equaled “heavier.” Thankfully, many of today’s lightweight heads, speakers and combos deliver plenty of volume.
  • What’s your budget? Many manufacturers offer models at both ends of the affordable-to-aspirational spectrum, but research and patience can put an expensive amp within reach.

Once you’re clear on your needs, you can jump into shopping mode.

LET’S GET READY TO RUMBLE

If you’re ready to buy an amp but are stumped about where to begin, learn what your favorite bass players use, and notice what amps you see and hear at shows. Ampegis a well-known company that has been offering a wide variety of much-loved bass amps for more than a half-century, including the iconic B-15 combo (which you can recreate by combining a modern-day Ampeg PF-50T Portaflex tube head with a 1 x 15 PF-115LF Portaflex cabinet), augmented by modern-day models such as the compact Micro Series and versatile Rocket Bass combos. Browsing YouTube and reading reviews are also great ways to begin understanding the pros and cons of any amp you’re thinking of buying.

Components.
A modern-day Ampeg Portaflex combo.

But nothing compares to trying out amps at a music store. If you can, play your bass (not one hanging on the wall) through every rig you’re considering so you can see how they sound together. How easy is it for you to get the tone you want? Are the amp’s controls easy to navigate? Then have a friend play while you stand a few feet away and listen. Pick up the amp and imagine carrying it upstairs or loading into a club. Are the switches and knobs solid? Do the wheels work well? If the amp meets or surpasses your expectations, it may be time to take it home.

In many ways, we live in the golden age of bass amplification. Today’s rigs are the lightest and most powerful they’ve ever been, and the overall standard has risen considerably since the birth of the bass amp back in the 1950s. It’s an amazing time to be a bass player, so plug in, tune up, turn up and let it rumble!

Photos: Jesper Van.

 

Check out E.E.’s other postings.

Seven Movies Based on Video Games

Console and PC-based games first became popular in the 1970s. According to the World Economic Forum, video games now generate more revenue than the music and film industries put together. Yet Hollywood was slow to catch on.

The first live-action adaptation appeared in 1993, capitalizing on the gaming renaissance brought on by the 1986 release of the Nintendo® Entertainment System. Many more have followed, and several have generated big box office revenues. Let’s take a look at some memorable entries.

1. Super Mario Bros. (1993)

Super Mario Bros. had all the makings of a blockbuster: a built-in audience, high-profile actors, a big budget and a Disney distribution deal. Despite all those advantages, the film, based rather loosely on Nintendo’s massively popular Super Mario series, failed on nearly every level.

Some critics praised the special effects and the performances of Bob Hoskins (Mario), John Leguizamo (Luigi) and Dennis Hopper (King Koopa), but most were generally unimpressed by the writing, pacing and plot. And aside from two overall-clad plumber brothers on a mission to rescue a kindhearted princess, the film’s story and aesthetics borrowed little from the game. That could help explain why Super Mario Bros. failed to attract enough fans to recoup its production costs. Find out where to stream it here.

(Note: The Super Mario Bros. Movie, a computer-animated adaptation, was recently released and has already set new box-office records.)

2. Mortal Kombat (1995)

The original Mortal Kombat was already a massive arcade hit when it reached home consoles on Sept. 13, 1993 — a date many fans refer to as “Mortal Monday.” More than three million cartridges had been sold by Thanksgiving, but the game’s success was tinged with controversy. Mortal Kombat’s unflinching and, for the time, shockingly realistic depictions of violence, gore and death helped prompt the U.S. Senate hearings that led to the Entertainment Software Rating Board (ESRB) ratings system.

A little less than two years later, the first of three live-action film adaptations reached theaters. Based primarily on the first game with inspiration from its sequel, Mortal Kombat II, the movie pitted “Earthrealm” martial artists Liu Kang, Johnny Cage and Sonya Blade against a series of otherworldly combatants in a tournament staged to determine the fate of humankind.

Achieving a PG-13 rating required filmmakers to drastically tone down the violence, including the games’ signature “Fatality” finishing moves. But critics found plenty to like about the film, and so did audiences: Mortal Kombat held the top box-office spot for three weeks and has become a cult classic. Find out where to stream it here.

3. Lara Croft: Tomb Raider (2001)

In the days before The Hunger Games, Wonder Woman and Black Widow, female-led action-adventure movies were still considered a novelty … and female-led action-adventure video games were rarer still. Then came the Tomb Raider franchise and its inimitable heroine, the British archaeologist, intellectual and all-around badass Lara Croft.

Released in 1996 to critical acclaim and booming sales, the original Tomb Raider video game was the first in a series of 20 (and counting). Five years later, Lara Croft: Tomb Raider hit the silver screen, starring Angelina Jolie as the titular adventurer racing a gang of Illuminati members from Cambodia to Siberia to piece together a mysterious artifact.

The film generated $274 million in box-office grosses but failed to impress many critics. It was followed by a sequel, Lara Croft: Tomb Raider — The Cradle of Life (2003) and a reboot, Tomb Raider (2018). Find out where to stream all three here.

4. Resident Evil (2002)

The March 1996 release of the original Resident Evil set a new standard for scary video games. Among its fans was Mortal Kombat director Paul W. S. Anderson, who was so enamored of the game and its dark, zombie-filled world that he wrote a script that would later be reworked for the film adaptation, which debuted in 2002.

Rather than co-opt existing characters and plotlines, Anderson decided to make the movie version a prequel to the games. He also shifted the focus from survival horror to action horror, casting Milla Jovovich as Alice, a renegade employee of the evil Umbrella Corporation, where illegal experiments led to the creation of the zombie-generating T-virus.

Resident Evil overcame generally negative reviews to surpass the $100 million-dollar mark at the box office and spawn five sequels. A 2021 reboot, Resident Evil: Welcome to Raccoon City, aspired to return the film franchise to its horror survival roots. Find out where to stream them all here.

5. Warcraft (2016)

Warcraft (and, later, World of Warcraft) is a series of real-time strategy and online multiplayer games and novels, among other media. The film version, which was based on 1994’s Warcraft: Orcs & Humans video game (the first of a lengthy series), is regarded as a rather faithful adaptation. It’s set in the established fantasy world of Azeroth, whose residents face hordes of orc invaders from another dimension.

The movie earned more than $439 million at the worldwide box office and remains the all-time highest-grossing movie — live-action or animated — inspired by a video game. Yet despite its global commercial success, it failed to win over many critics, earning just a 28% score on Rotten Tomatoes and a 32/100 on Metacritic — worse than Super Mario Bros.’s 29% and 35/100, respectively — and low marks for character and plot development. Find out where to stream it here.

6. Pokémon: Detective Pikachu (2019)

Adapted from the family-oriented 2016 video game of the same name, Pokémon: Detective Pikachu is a rare example of a game-related film that won praise from gamers, moviegoers and critics alike.

Both the game and the movie center around aspiring Pokémon trainer Tim Goodman and a Pikachu who dresses like Sherlock Holmes and whose speech (voiced by Ryan Reynolds in the movie) can be understood by Tim, a rare connection for the species. The pair then team up to solve a mystery involving Tim’s father, a chemical concoction that causes Pokémon to go berserk, and a series of supporting human and monster characters.

The film was a runaway hit, earning more than $433 million at the worldwide box office, trailing only Warcraft among entries in this genre. Find out where to stream it here.

7. Werewolves Within (2021)

As for the highest-rated feature film adaptation of a video game, it’s not even close: Werewolves Within stands alone with an 86% “Fresh” Rotten Tomatoes score, beating 2022’s Sonic the Hedgehog 2 (69%) and the aforementioned Pokémon: Detective Pikachu (68%) by a mile.

The movie is based on the 2016 social-deduction game developed by Red Storm Entertainment and Ubisoft for virtual reality platforms. As in the game, a group of people attempt to figure out who among them is the werewolf menacing their community — a medieval village in the original and the remote, modern-day town of Beaverfield in the film adaptation. Reviewers praised the successful blend of horror and comedy and singled out the performances and chemistry of the amiable Sam Richardson (Veep and Ted Lasso) and actress Milana Vayntrub. However, despite the critical acclaim, the film was a commercial failure, bringing in less than $1 million against a multimillion-dollar budget. Find out where to stream it here.

 

Take your gaming and viewing experience to the next level by adding a Yamaha AV receiver or sound bar to your setup.

What’s the Difference Between Fiddle and Violin?

In the world of stringed instruments, it’s a common question. After all, at first glance, a fiddle and a violin look alike. They seem to sound the same, too, when it comes to tone and range. But there must be a clear distinction, right?

Actually, no. In fact, there is no significant physical difference between the instruments. Rather, what demarcates the two is mostly the music being played and the musical approach being taken. When playing folk, country or bluegrass, for example, the instrument is understood to be a fiddle, but when playing classical music, it’s a violin. Want to know more? Keep reading …

THE VIOLIN

The violin is perhaps the most well-known instrument in the string family. The word “violin” comes from the Italian word violino, and the first instruments of the same name appeared around the 16th century. When a bow is pulled against the violin’s four strings (a technique called “bowing”), vibrations are created that are amplified by the instrument’s hourglass-shaped wooden body. The violin’s sound emanates from two f-shaped holes carved in the body, called “f-holes.”

View of violin from above.
A Yamaha violin.

A violin’s strings are tuned to the notes G, D, A and E. The instrument operates in the soprano range and its neck is fretless. Each string is tuned by one of four tuning pegs at the top end of the neck (the “scroll”).

Diagram.
The parts of a violin.

Players hold the violin with one hand, using that hand’s fingers to press down on different areas of the strings along the neck, bowing the instrument with their other hand. (The strings can also be plucked with the fingers, creating a brighter, more staccato sound.) The chinrest at the bottom end of the violin is placed between a player’s chin and shoulder to steady it.

When performing, a violinist will typically take advantage of the instrument’s entire range of pitches, playing all over the fingerboard, from the notes nearest to the tuning pegs to those all the way up the neck. This, as we will see shortly, differs from common fiddle playing.

THE FIDDLE

The term “fiddle” is a generic, colloquial or even just an affectionate name for a violin. The word is likely derived from the Latin fidula — an ancestor of the bowed stringed instrument known as a lira. Like the violin, the fiddle has four strings tuned to G, D, A and E, and, again, a bow is used to create friction with the instrument’s strings to create the sound, which emanates from a pair of f-holes carved into the body. (As with the violin, the player can also pluck the strings with their fingers, though fiddle is mostly bowed.)

A fiddle often sounds as if it’s being bowed faster than a violin. One reason for this is that a fiddler will generally only play the notes nearest the tuning pegs, keeping his or her hand in what is known as “first position” (see illustration below). In contrast, violinists tend to utilize the entire fingerboard and full range of notes.

Diagram.
First position fingering.

PHYSICAL DIFFERENCES

By and large, fiddle and violin are pretty much the same physically, but there can be some minor structural differences that are worth noting. For example, some fiddles may have a flatter (i.e., less arched) bridge as compared to violins. In effect, this brings the strings closer to the instrument’s neck and fingerboard for an easier “action,” allowing fiddlers to do things like play two or more notes at a time and facilitating faster playing.

Another difference is the type of strings preferred by violinists — gut or synthetic-core — versus the steel-core strings typically chosen by fiddlers, who prize the crisp sound those strings lend to the music.

Finally, some modern fiddles may include a fifth, lower C-string, although this distinction can be more of a grey area when considering contemporary electric violins, which are also often called “electric fiddles,” given that some electric versions of the instrument also offer a lower C-string.

FIDDLE VS. VIOLIN MUSIC

The fiddle is used in country and bluegrass, Cajun and Appalachian string bands, Irish and Celtic folk tunes, and even traditional West African music — genres that often call for solos or other musical embellishments. Fiddle music is usually performed at a fast tempo designed to get listeners up and dancing,

Violin is used mainly to play classical music, as performed by orchestras, symphonies and chamber groups, all musical environments prized for precision over creative interpretation. As such, violin music rarely, if ever, calls for improvisation.

Classical violinists are trained to be very precise in how they play a piece; there must be no deviation from the music as it was written by the composer. Fiddlers, on the other hand, are given the freedom to interpret the music they play in their own unique way, and are also encouraged to create their own signature playing style.

For an example of some great fiddle playing, look no further than country icon Alison Krauss, who both plucks and bows her fiddle in the country tune “Choctaw Hayride,” or check out Michael Cleveland & Flamekeeper’s “Lee Highway Blues.” An example of technical violin music can be found in this performance of a Beethoven Concerto, which involves more musical precision.

PLAYING DIFFERENCES

The biggest differences between fiddlers and violinists lie in the music they tend to play and the approach they take to playing their instruments. Fiddle music is more common during celebratory get-togethers like square dances, while violin music is mostly meant for more cerebral, contemplative musical performances. Fiddlers also often play “by ear,” without sheet music, whereas classical violinists adhere strictly to the written notation.

Playing style can vary subtly amongst violinists and fiddlers, but one common difference is the way a fiddle player holds their instrument. Fiddlers tend to rest their palm against the neck, instead of allowing space between it and their hand, as more technically-minded violinists might do. In addition, when using the bow, fiddle players sometimes place their hand higher up the bow than violinists would, making it easier to play at fast tempos. Finally, fiddlers often employ non-traditional playing techniques, such as string bending or extended double- and triple-stops (where two or three strings are bowed simultaneously).

 

Yamaha offer a wide range of student violins and electric violins.

 

A woman playing saxophone and using a tablet.

My Introduction to Orff

The first time I heard of Orff, I was a sophomore instrumental music education major at The University of Toledo. My advisor recommended that everyone in her Music for Children course accompany her to the international Orff conference in Atlantic City, New Jersey. She said that entry to the conference would be free for those who volunteered at the convention center. Two of my classmates and I decided to make the 14-hour trek from southern Michigan. The trip was well worth it.

After I registered as a student volunteer, I was assigned to be a door guardian to check the IDs of licensed educators. This allowed me to talk to hundreds of Orff-certified music educators from around the globe.

five elementary school students dancingThe conference was shocking in many ways. I first attended recorder workshops where I felt most at home because I play the flute. The classes that pushed me out of my comfort zone were the interpretive dance sessions on the second day. I planned to sit and simply watch the workshop, but I quickly learned that that’s not how Orff is done.

“Dance like a snowflake,” the instructor said.

I was assigned a dance partner who fluttered around me gracefully. Soon, our 20-person class had become a winter forest full of birds, trees, snowflakes and decaying leaves.

At first, I felt uneasy. This was so different from the band workshops I was used to attending. While the voice in my head was telling me to run away from this uncomfortable, childlike experience, I danced instead.

What is Orff?

Orff, a developmental approach to music, was pioneered by German composer and music educator Carl Orff, who believed that any child could learn music, and that music was meant to be social. The key aspects of the Orff approach are music, movement, drama and speech that mimic children’s play.

While teaching at Günther-Schule, a school of music and dance, Orff and Dorothee Gunther, a colleague and dance instructor, began creating the methodology in the 1920s.His book of principles, “Orff-Schulwerk” (school work in German), was published in 1930.
The pedagogy was further developed by one of his students, Gunild Keetman, who became Orff’s colleague and, eventually, co-developer. That’s why the later era of the Orff method is referred to as Orff-Keetman.

Keetman integrated the recorder and created many Orff-style percussion arrangements. She co-wrote books with Orff and also penned “Elementaria,” a handbook for teaching rhythm, melody and speech, as well as how to guide students in movement training.

Orff principles were introduced to the United States in the 1950s after music educator Doreen Hall returned from studying in Europe. She is considered the first Orff teacher in the U.S. and set the improvisational stage for decades to come.

Becoming Licensed in Orff

The American Orff-Schulwerk Association (AOSA) believes that there are four stages to learning music: imitation, exploration, improvisation and composition.

There are hundreds of local Orff chapters around the country. After I was licensed, I joined the Rossford/Toledo chapter in Ohio. During conferences and meetings, you can earn hours toward your license renewal. Student memberships are around $30/per year, while educator memberships are around $95. Conferences cost about $300 to $800, depending on how long you plan to attend, if you have a membership, and when you register.

girl playing recorderThere are three Orff levels after which you are certified in Orff-Schulwerk. You are allowed to take only one level per year, and each level takes at least 60 hours to complete. AOSA recommends completing the levels within seven years, so you retain the material.
Orff levels aren’t as sequential as you might think. The method involves revisiting the same themes but making them more complex — something that music educators have described as holistic.

In the introductory level, there are a lot of folk dances, pentatonic melodies, ostinatos and bordun accompaniments. As you work your way up to levels 2 and 3, you will learn more involved music theory and perform gradually more complex improvisations.

Elemental Music

One of the staples of Orff is something called elemental music. According to Orff, “Elemental music is never music alone but forms a unity with movement, dance and speech. It is music that one makes oneself, in which on takes part not as a listener, but as a participant.”

Elemental music is easily digestible and accessible to all. It is something that is meant to foster participation, which I learned in the interpretive dance workshops on the second day of my first Orff conference! I think of elemental music as Orff’s mission statement.

Orff Vs. Kodaly

Orff is often compared Kodály, a musical concept developed by Zoltán Kodály in Hungary in the 1920s after he became frustrated with the poor quality of music education. Both approaches were started at the same time and have similar philosophies: they start with the pentatonic scale, introduce sound before symbols (i.e., no musical notation to start) and promote the belief that music is social.

However, a key difference is that Orff believes we should start young musicians out on instruments, whereas Kodály begins with voice. Overall, Kodály uses more vocals and believes that music must be introduced in a specific sequence. (See “Teach Composition to Older Beginners Using Kodály Philosophies.”)

Orff Lessons I Used

Some free Orff resources I have utilized include:

My playdough sculpture lesson is based on an Orff lesson I saw when attending a local chapter meeting. I also regularly use Orff stories in my class, which gives students creative license over the instrumentation that each character or action in the book is assigned. Joshua Block’s arrangement of “Step Back, Baby” for percussion and voice is an excellent lesson for more advanced elementary students.

Whether you choose to get your certification in Orff, Kodály, Suzuki or another method, I always find it eye-opening to learn about new pedagogies by attending a conference and talking to other music educators.

Teach Composition to Older Beginners Using Kodály Philosophies

Teaching high school students who have never had any formal music training the language of music can leave a profound impact on not only their love for music but also contribute to their cognitive development and improve their literacy skills. One of the best ways to do this is by creating a course on music composition that can be available to anyone. You can accomplish it all with limited resources.

In my music composition classes, I incorporate the Kodály Concept, a student-centered, sequential teaching philosophy inspired by Hungarian composer and educator Zoltán Kodály (1882-1967) that focuses on learning music through singing and extensive physical movement. In this way, the learning environment is not a torture but a joy, says Kodály, for students as they experience music through three different modes: kinesthetic, auditory and visual.

CLICK ON THE LINKS BELOW TO READ ABOUT MY FOUR TIPS:
1. START WITH THE BODY
2. USE MUSIC STUDENTS KNOW
3. TREAT MUSIC COMPOSITION LIKE A LANGUAGE CLASS
4. INCORPORATE TECHNOLOGY

THE YAMAHA EDUCATOR NEWSLETTER: Join to receive a round-up of our latest articles and programs!

 

1. Start with the Body

three students clapping while sitting outside Regardless of your students’ age, music learning should start with the body. One of the six principles of the Kodály philosophy — the body is an instrument — may be used as the basis for learning. It may or may not come as a surprise that many high school students have a hard time keeping a steady beat. If students are lacking the heart of the music, how can we teach them to be music literate in the absence of steady beat?

Rhythmic activities that require students to move their bodies and experience music standing up will dramatically transform their musical skills and competencies. Some may think of singing games and beat-passing activities as rudimentary, but when you add the element of competition, you will never see a group of high school students so focused to not drop the beat … or else they are out!

I have used basketballs and drumsticks (click on the links to the see the videos) to teach students about keeping a steady beat. Plus, activities like these get students away from their computer screens, out of their chairs and focused on strengthening their collaboration and relationship-building skills — a prime opportunity for the educator to make intentional connections with Social-Emotional Learning competencies in their arts-based learning environment.

2. Use Music Students Know

The best way to teach concepts and skills of composition is through music students know and love. Another principle of the Kodály philosophy — using folk music or music familiar to students — may be seen as one of the earliest practices of culturally responsive teaching. The folk music of students today is popular music. We have a responsibility as music educators to bring the music of our students into the classroom and embed it within the curriculum. The latest rap, pop, hip-hop, EDM song or whatever is trending on TikTok (like sea shanties for a brief moment in time) all have a place in the music room. Use these sources to teach certain concepts like rhythm patterns, intervals or melodic contour.

Moving from the known (folk) to the unknown (world musics) may strengthen students’ musicianship and provide deeper connections to music in their daily lives. Identifying similarities of stepwise motion in a popular song to Beethoven’s “Ode to Joy” may provide a more holistic experience to music learning while giving some credibility to the old, dead white guys. It may be equally important to show our students how “old” songs like “The Blue Danube” by Johann Strauss often reappear in popular media like Nickelodeon’s SpongeBob SquarePants. Or how the simplicity of Strauss’s three-pitch motive can be like the simplicity of the main motive in “Happy” by Pharrell Williams, also created primarily with three different pitches.


3. Treat Music Composition Like a Language Class

Another one of the Kodály principles is that music literacy is equal to language literacy. Every child has a right to be music literate, which serves as the beginning of their musical understanding. Kodály cautioned that a lack of musical understanding may be “worse than illiteracy.” Reading, writing, hearing and playing music must all be incorporated into a music composition course.

Begin with basic rhythmic patterns, typically starting with playing and listening, then moving on to reading and writing. Repeat the same process with short melodic phrases. Using body percussion or chair drumming (playing the seat of the chair as the snare and the back of the chair as the hi hat) along with a popular song is a quick way into practicing rhythmic concepts before students create their own. If keyboards are available to your class, have them play short, known melodies to strengthen their aural and reading skills.

teen girl writing in notebook with open laptop in front of herThroughout all these activities, embed music theory so that students can ground their knowledge. Use numbers to count rhythms according to the meter so older students can quickly determine the difference between time signatures. Incorporate relay races or other challenge-type games to identify notes written on the grand staff to ensure that students are accountable for their musical knowledge. If you ever want to get an entire room of high school students completely silent and focused on their listening skills, create a game to correctly identify the intervals of step, skip and leap.

And like all other languages, the cultural relevance of musical terms is important. Just like the Spanish words “jalapeño” and “quesadilla” are pronounced in a specific way, so should the Italian musical terms of “dal segno,” “fortissimo,” “accelerando” and “crescendo.”

4. Incorporate Technology

Today’s music composition class is also a technology class. Although technology is not one of the principles of the Kodály philosophy, music being at the core of the curriculum is. Technology is what will allow our music students to become more globally aware and competent with 21st-century skills.

Most public high schools provide Chromebooks to students via 1:1 or have technology available for student use in the school building. The power these devices have to transform and enhance the learning environment is often taken for granted because they are in our students’ hands every day. But if students never receive the opportunity to explore the world of creating music on their Chromebooks, what good do they serve beyond the functions of email and Google? Using a browser-based notation software will not come intuitively to most students. You may recall typing programs that you used as a child that taught you how to type and increase your words per minute. The same can be true for music notation programs.

Begin with short activities that allow students to recreate music they know and love into a notation software. Arranging a basic melody in stepwise motion with quarter notes and eighth notes is deceptively simple. Knowing how to change note values and pitches with ease will be paramount in your students’ success in your music composition course. Continue plugging in known and analyzed short musical pieces into the notation software until students are confident and comfortable. Also, the shortcuts of cut, copy and paste are often built into the notation software, so students may continue practicing needed computer skills while learning about musical form and theory.

Achieve Music Literacy

At the end of the day, remember that a course in music composition is not meant to develop the next Mozart or Scott Joplin. Focusing on developing complete musical pieces may be too much for some students. Creating a short musical jingle for a popular brand may be the culminating project for some students, while others will be able to create fully through-composed pieces.

Yes, you may have stand-out students who will reach great heights, but the majority will simply gain a deeper musical understanding and have the possibility of becoming musically literate. And what a gift that is!

 

Vintage vs. Modern Yamaha Receivers: A Case Study

Vintage or modern? When it comes to audiophile Hi-Fi gear, there’s a certain caché surrounding classic components from the analog era. But does it make sense to invest significant money in older equipment?

To provide more perspective on that question, we offer a case study comparing two audiophile stereo receivers from Yamaha, one modern and one vintage.

The contemporary model is the R-N2000A, which Yamaha released in 2022.

Closeup of front right of receiver unit.
The Yamaha RN-2000A.

The vintage receiver is the Yamaha CR-2020, which hit the market in 1977. It was priced at $750, but in today’s dollars, its equivalent would be $3,673, so it’s essentially in the same price range as the RN-2000.

View of receiver from above and front.
The Yamaha CR-2020.

Functionality

“A Hi-Fi receiver is tasked with three basic functions,” says Phil Shea, Content Development Manager for Consumer Audio at Yamaha. “Select a source, pre-amplify and sculpt the sound, then cleanly amplify the source signal to power the loudspeaker system.”

From a sound quality standpoint, the CR-2020 can hold its own with its modern descendant. “You still get your imaging and staging and dynamics,” Shea says. “All that stuff was there back then, and it’s here today. A quality receiver produces a listening experience that yields a realistic soundstage with a width, depth and height while accurately reproducing the vocals, instruments and even the acoustics of the performance venue itself.

“In some ways, the classics had it a little easier,” he adds. “They were only required to play back analog sources. The content was recorded in analog, mixed in analog and delivered in analog. And the equipment was optimized for that task. Digital audio wasn’t ‘a thing’ until the Compact Disc appeared in 1983. That’s why vintage products of the 1970s lack any digital inputs.”

Today’s receivers have to do a lot more than the basic functions. They must handle various digital formats, none of which existed when the CR-2020 was designed, such as Bluetooth®, Optical, USB and HDMI ARC audio. Consequently, they require many more I/O connections and a digital-to-analog converter (DAC).

Connectivity

If you only use your Hi-Fi system to listen to vinyl, you’ll be happy with a vintage unit. But if you want to stream audio from your mobile device or laptop, send the HDMI ARC output from your TV through your system, or connect your router directly with an Ethernet cable, you’ll be out of luck, as you can see if you compare the rear panels of the two units, as shown below.

View of rear panel.
RN-2000A rear panel.
View of rear panel.
CR-2020 rear panel.

Contemporary receivers like the RN-2000A are like Swiss Army knives for digital sources, providing users with many more listening options, like these:

Diagram.

It is possible to “modernize” a vintage receiver for one type of digital source with a Bluetooth or streaming music adapter. Such devices convert modern digital signals to analog audio, which you can connect to the RCA aux inputs of your vintage receiver. Shea doesn’t recommend that approach, however. He says that vintage receivers were not designed to handle the wider dynamic range of digital music the way contemporary ones do. One metric he cites is the damping factor, which measures how much control the amplifier has over the woofer’s movement and, thus, the accuracy of the reproduction.

The RN-2000A’s damping factor is 200, whereas the CR-2020’s is only 40. “What will happen with a lower damping factor,” he explains, “is that, when the woofer moves, it will overshoot and undershoot the target a little bit.”

Design and Build Quality

Comparing the front panels of the RN-2000A and the CR-2020, you’ll notice some similarities. “We put in VU meters and paddle-shaped controls on the RN-2000A to get the retro look,” Shea explains.

Closeup of front panel.
VU meters and paddle-shaped controls on the RN-2000A.

Despite the nod to vintage design, the RN-2000A offers one distinctly modern feature on its front panel: an OLED display that shows helpful information. “When you’re changing inputs, volume, or streaming sources,” Shea says, “you’ll see the updated information scroll across the bottom.”

Closeup of front panel with item circled.
RN-2000A OLED display (circled in red).

Both units are similar from a power standpoint, as requirements haven’t changed significantly since the late 1970s. The CR-2020 puts out 100 watts per channel at 8 ohms, and the RN-2000A gives you 90 watts per channel at 8 ohms.

The build quality of Yamaha receivers was excellent back then and, if anything, is even better today, thanks to technological innovations in manufacturing. But with either the RN-2000A or the CR-2020, you’ll get a solidly built, reliable unit.

Control

“Controlling the equipment is something we take for granted,” Shea says. “Everything comes with a handheld remote control. IR [infrared] remote controls didn’t go mainstream until the early 1980s.”

If you like controlling your receiver’s functions remotely, the RN-2000A has it all over the remote-less CR-2020. “In the 1970s,” says Shea, “lack of a remote control was never thought to be much of an issue, considering you had to get up and flip your record over every 25 minutes anyway.” There’s also something to be said for the simplicity of a remote-less Hi-Fi system compared to the “new normal,” where you’re juggling multiple remotes and maybe also controlling music from a mobile device.

Which to Choose?

It’s a testament to the quality of a vintage unit like the CR-2020 that it can even be mentioned in the same breath as the NR-2000A — after all, today’s components are designed with technology that’s almost fifty years more advanced. Yamaha engineers and designers have built on the expertise of those who came before them and pushed the engineering envelope along the way.

And there’s no denying that classic gear has a distinct coolness factor. If you only use analog sources, an older receiver like the CR-2020, particularly when paired with vintage speakers, will give you excellent-sounding results. But if you want to integrate digital audio, a contemporary receiver like the RN-2000A is the hands-down winner.

A New Recording Studio Reinforces Auburn’s Interdisciplinary Approach to Music

On the cutting edge of colleges for modern music students, Auburn University in Alabama is in the midst of a big project — building a new music recording studio on campus. A beautiful, 4,000-square-foot facility by Steven Durr Designs, this new studio follows two other debuts in the music department: a Music Composition & Technology major launched in 2019 and a Commercial Music degree launched in 2020. All of these developments are part of Auburn’s plan to foster an interdisciplinary approach to music education, which faculty members say will better prepare students for a professional career in the music industry.

Rick Good
Rick Good (Ryan English Photography)

When Director of Bands Richard Good took over as department chair seven years ago, one of his first priorities was expanding the music program beyond performance. According to Good and Doug Rosener, Percussion Professor and Coordinator of Commercial Music Studies, the music industry isn’t only about artistry; it also has strong business and technological components. “We’re a top-ranked research school,” Good says. “Business and engineering are very strong here, and music should tie into those components very easily.”

Both Good and Rosener believe this upcoming recording studio, which is slated to open in the fall of 2023, will help students bridge the gap between the business and the artistry of music.

THE YAMAHA EDUCATOR NEWSLETTER: Sign up to receive real-world advice, tips and instrument guides!

Mixing Music, Technology and Business

Doug Rosener
Doug Rosener

When students pursue a Bachelor of Music at Auburn, they have many concentrations to choose from. In addition to the Classical Instrumental, Voice and Piano Performance majors, which have long been a staple of the program, the past four years has seen the addition of the Composition & Technology and Commercial Music tracks. The upcoming recording studio plans to serve both of these new majors.

In 2019, the Composition & Technology major was launched, which prepares students for a composition career in film, video games and other media. According to Rosener, the new recording studio will provide students with opportunities to work with industry-standard equipment. “The Composition & Technology degree has coursework in audio engineering, where students can go into an actual recording studio atmosphere and learn how the system works,” he says.

The other primary major to benefit from this studio will be the Commercial Music degree, which was introduced at the beginning of the 2020-2021 school year. Rosener oversees this program and says that the coursework aims to prepare students for a myriad of careers in music. “It’s a hybrid of performance and business,” Rosener says. “There are so many different careers people don’t think about in addition to performing, such as music law, public relations, artist management, venue management. … That’s what our Commercial Music degree is designed to do — help [students] develop their artistry but also develop their practical business sense.”

Currently, about 45 students are enrolled in the Comp & Tech and Commercial Music programs, which accounts for about 28% of the roughly 160 total music majors at Auburn.

More than a Classroom

Auburn University Studio: View of tracking room from the balcony
The view of the Auburn studio’s tracking room from the balcony.

The new recording studio plans to meet students at that intersection between musical artistry and business. Beyond providing a space for students to record their own performances, the studio will also allow students to gain experience in record company management.

According to Rosener, Commercial Music students take a course that requires them to create a fictional record company. “They go out and get original songs, record in a studio and release the music on all major streaming platforms,” Rosener says. “They’ll use the studio to record for that class.”
Beyond coursework, though, the recording studio will also provide new opportunities to invite guest artists and lecturers. In planning the layout of the studio, Good and Rosener say that it will be big enough to include space for guest performances. “We can have singer/songwriter [performances] in there. We can have guest artists come in and do performances or talks in the studio environment,” says Rosener.

Good points out that the studio can also benefit students studying to be music teachers. By becoming familiar with multiple forms of technology, students will be better prepared for any situations that arise at their future schools. “I was terrible at learning how to record myself and using equipment,” Good says. “[When you start a teaching job], the first thing that happens is, the principal calls and says, ‘There’s a sound system. Get that working. You’re the choir or band guy, so you can figure that out.’”

According to Rosener and Good, the department also plans to open the studio as a commercial business. Any musician, group or ensemble will be able to book time in the recording studio for recording, mixing, mastering, voiceovers, etc. “We’re going to open it up to the general public and hopefully attract a range of outside clients,” Rosener says. “That will help generate revenue for the department and college and elevate our reputation musically and as a business.”

Recording in Progress!

Rosener and Good have big plans for the music studio but building a new studio is a long process. Currently, construction is in progress, and Auburn hopes to open the studio this coming fall. “Right now, the shell is just about done,” Good says. “We want to be cautious; we’re not ready to put equipment in there just yet.”

Outside of physical construction, another time-consuming aspect of building a recording studio is finding and hiring the right people to choose the best equipment and set it up correctly. “Right now, we’re hiring for an audio engineer. … We want someone who’s been in the studios, and we want that person to oversee the equipment,” Good says. “Nothing in a university goes quick, but right now we want to make sure we find the right person.”
Though the studio is still a few months out from opening, Good and Rosener are already looking forward to the ways it will amplify Auburn’s mission as a university. “Before we started this, I was of the opinion that, here we are, a large research institution that’s known for engineering, technology and business, and the music program had none of that,” Rosener says. “When Rick [Good] took over [as department chair], we were able to modernize, and adding technology and cutting-edge programs seemed like the smartest way to do that.”

Auburn University studio: Control room.
The control room of the Auburn studio.

Both the Comp & Tech and Commercial Music programs have seen significant growth during their few years in operation, and Rosener predicts that this growth will continue. “We currently have an additional 35 prospective students [applying] to the music department to start one of those programs this coming fall and expect more to apply throughout the spring” Rosener says. “Numbers are increasing quickly!”

While Good and Rosener would like to see the program continue to grow, numbers are not their primary metric. “Our main goal is to produce outstanding musicians with excellent prospects when they leave Auburn. Quality is more important to us than quantity,” Rosener says. “I do think we will continue to see rapid growth because students now have the option to study all types of music, and now different paths are available for those students who might not have a traditional music background.”

 

Auburn University is one of 10 distinguished colleges and universities selected to be part of the inaugural Yamaha Institution of Excellence program, which recognizes extraordinary commitment to innovation in the study of music. The Yamaha Institutions of Excellence were chosen for their dedication to providing unique and challenging experiences to music students through diversity of thought and curriculum. They are also recognized for exposing students to a wider variety of voices and opportunities and preparing them for the modern world of music.

It’s All About the Intention

Yamaha Artist Nikki Glaspie is one of the premier drummers in music today. From her earliest days playing drums in church (at the tender age of seven!) to attendance at the Berklee College of Music, from live appearances and recording dates with jazz legend Maceo Parker and Ivan Neville’s New Orleans funk syndicate Dumpstaphunk to a five-year stint with Beyoncé’s backing band, Glaspie has developed a mastery of multiple genres and a deep conviction in the power of music to heal and inspire. “I try to spread love wherever I can,” she says. “Everybody needs love. That’s what I try to convey through my playing.”

Woman smiling and playing drums.
Nikki Glaspie.

We recently had a chance to sit down with Nikki and talk with her about her roots, her philosophy and her unique approach to drumming.

You started playing when you were quite young. What is your first musical memory?

I can actually go back to maybe when I was seven, sitting behind the drums at church. I can picture it and feel it in my bones. I [remember thinking], this is what I’m supposed to be doing; this feels like home.

How did you transition from church music into secular music?

It was a slow progression, but I always played in [school] band. If there were any drums to be played, that’s what I was doing! The first time I heard jazz was in jazz band. We listened to a recording of “Satin Doll” and then we tried to play it. It was terrible! [laughs] I was saying, “This doesn’t sound anything like that,” but I guess that’s why you keep trying. But I was always in every band: concert band, symphonic band, pep band, marching band, I played for the chorus, I was in the pit for the plays.

It was my friends in high school who exposed me to other types of music. I was in 10th grade when [Nirvana’s] In Utero came out and that was the record, you know. My dad introduced me to Van Halen and Eve 6 and Rage Against the Machine and the OJ’s and The Gap Band. So I kind of got it all and I fell in love with it all.

Then you ended up at Berkelee.

Entering [that] world was definitely a different experience for me because I now play a completely different style of music [than I did] when I got there. I [attended] the summer program first, before the fall semester started, to check it out. That’s when I became completely obsessed with Latin and Afro-Cuban jazz. I [thought], I’m going to figure this out. I’m going to make a living doing this. I eventually went to this club called Wally’s, on Mass Avenue. That’s when I really fell in love with funk and fusion.

Then I joined a cover band and made the rounds, started playing weddings; that’s how I learned to be versatile. I think my first gig in Boston was a blues gig with José Ramos. He called me up and said, “Do you know how to play blues?” I said, “I don’t, but I’m going to learn today because I’m hungry. I need some food.” That is how you put food on the table: play a gig. So that was my transition from Berklee into other styles of music. I mean, I went to class — sort of [laughs] — but I figured out that what I needed to learn, I could learn from my peers: the people around me who were also there studying and trying to get it together. And thankfully, my parents raised me to pay attention to everything. There’s something to learn from everybody, even if it’s what not to do. I’ll see or hear somebody doing something and I’ll say, “I don’t think that’s a good idea, I probably shouldn’t do that.”

Your next move was to New York. How did that happen?

Basically, a voice told me to leave and go to New York. I always tell people, high risk, high reward! I went to New York with 600 bucks in my pocket [laughs]. The most expensive city in the world! But I made it happen.

Then one day you got the call for the Beyoncé gig.

Well, it was a worldwide call. It was on the radio: Beyoncé’s holding auditions, looking for an all-female band. I didn’t really take it that seriously, but then people started telling me, “You’ve gotta go to the audition! Are you crazy?” And I was, okay, I guess I’ll go because everybody’s telling me to go. So I went and I didn’t think that anything would happen because I didn’t hear anything for almost a week. Then they called me and said congratulations, you’ve been selected to come back to another round of auditions [laughs].

So I went back and did another round. At the end of the day they said, we can’t decide, you’ve got to come back again tomorrow. It was an intense process. But finally, when there were 10 of us in the room, they said this is it, this is the band. I was there for five years.

You know, I really do believe in the power of visualization. You see yourself somewhere, you believe that you can do something, you make it your goal. You have to see it, believe it.

Do you feel that you were born to be a musician?

I think so. For as long as I can remember, I have been beating on things. My parents told me, “You were pulling pots and pans out of the cabinet and beating on them with spoons or whatever you could find.” So I feel I was born that way. It was just kind of, A plus B equals C. If there’s a surface, I’m going to hit it with something.

Some people say, man, I don’t have rhythm, I don’t have a rhythmic bone in my body. That’s not true! You have a heartbeat: that’s rhythm. If that stops, you die. So we all have rhythm. We all live by rhythm. We are rhythm, we breathe it.

You’re one of the founding members of the soul band The Nth Power. How did that come about?

I think it came to be because it needed to be. We were all like-minded individuals and honestly we just kind of all crashed into each other: “Hey man, I think we should play music together.” That’s literally what happened. I’ve known the bass player, Nate Edgar, for a long time — we used to play a lot in Boston at Wally’s.

So then [along with guitarist Nick Cassarino], we just started writing and recording. We talked a lot about philosophy and religion and spiritual things and life: what people go through, feelings, emotions, all of that. And we decided that it would be our mission to spread love, because that’s what everyone needs. The world is just so insane, riddled with war and disease and everything, it’s just so crazy. We just want people to heal. We believe in the healing power of music, and that’s what our mission is.

Woman playing drums.
Nikki with her Yamaha drum setup.

What’s the difference between playing for someone and being in a band?

It’s different because of the collective intention. Our collective intention with The Nth Power is what we decide it to be, but when you play with an artist, it’s what they decide it is. It’s different for every artist, but I try in every musical situation to fill the role, to play the music that is required, not whatever I’m trying to do.

How do you feel music connects us?

Music is the universal language. Different people that come from all walks of life and have different beliefs can hear something and experience an emotion from it. That’s why music has the power to heal: because it can reach everyone, anyone that can hear it.

What keeps you motivated?

I love music. I am forever a student. I want to learn more. I want to hear something that I’ve never heard before. I want to play something that I’ve never played before. I want to create something that’s never been created before. I feel that’s what every artist, every musician wants: they want more. It forever keeps you a kid because it’s the gift that keeps on giving. It doesn’t stop.

You know, it’s called “playing” for a reason. ‘Cause it’s fun! And if you’re not having fun, you’re doing something wrong [laughs].

How has music challenged you personally?

Woman playing drums with lit up sign behind her that says "The Viper Room".
Gigging at The Viper Room in Los Angeles.

It’s challenged me in so many ways. I always say, if I try to become a better person, I become a better musician, because it comes out in the music. I love music so much, I would do anything — and have done anything — to play it. Lots of sleepless nights, camping out in hotels, the airports, driving in cars for 36 hours, vans breaking down, losing tires, all kinds of crazy things, always trying to get to the gig, to get to that feeling. It’s chasing the dragon. It’s always, when’s the next time I’m going to be on stage? When is the next time that I can play music?

You miss a lot of things [when] you’re out on the road. But I take solace in knowing that I am hopefully providing something for someone else, giving someone an escape from their reality and giving them hope. It’s, you know what? It’s going to be okay. It might look terrible right now and it’s daunting, but we have tomorrow. This too shall pass: that was yesterday, but we’re here today and it’s awesome.

How did you find your voice, and how do you continue to shape it?

I just kept playing, kept searching for things. I kept studying and listening to everything that I could listen to. I always tell young musicians to play with everybody and play every style of music. You never know if you’ll have to pull out that bossa nova you learned 20 years ago on a gig one day. So keep playing. Keep playing and the chops will come. You can’t get frustrated and think, “I can’t do this.” There’s no can’t — there’s only can and will. If you want it, then you can have it and you can do it. I’m still searching for it every day.

I’m primarily a funkateer, but I’m also a rocker, a punk rocker. I love to bash. A lot of people don’t know that side of me, but it’s always been there. [So] my voice is a combination of lots of other voices, lots of influences that come out in different ways. I just try and play what I want to play and put the intention behind it — whatever I want the intention to be. I think intention is really important. What is the message that you’re trying to get across? If you focus on that, then that’s what it will be.

 

For more information, visit www.nikkiglaspie.com/

March Madness® On TV

With the month of March upon us, it’s hoop time! But there’s no need to go to the arena — here’s a list of ten basketball-centric shows you can watch on your big-screen TV in the comfort of your home.

1. SURVIVOR’S REMORSE

This series ran from 2014 to 2017 and was produced by LeBron James, who also appeared in a few episodes. It explores the life of Cam Colloway (played by Jessie T. Usher) immediately after he signs a pro basketball contract. After moving his family from Boston to Atlanta, he has to deal with a crazy entourage who takes advantage of his kindhearted nature and generosity. Find out where to stream it here.

2. HANGIN’ WITH MR. COOPER

This ’90s sitcom starred Mark Curry and Holly Robinson Peete. Set in Oakland, California, it follows the evolution of a fictional NBA player who gets cut from the team after getting taken down by Charles Barkley, then rises from being a lowly substitute high school teacher to head coach for the boys basketball team. Find out where to stream it here.

3. BIG SHOT

This is one comedy that skips the cliches, portraying some of the obstacles women face in sports. Premiering in April of 2021, it featured John Stamos as a temperamental basketball coach who is fired from an NCAA® Division 1 job after throwing a chair at a referee. He then moves to California to coach at an elite girls school, where he meets a quirky cast of characters, including the no-nonsense dean of the school (Yvette Nicole Brown) and the good-natured assistant coach (Jessalyn Gilsig). Find out where to stream it here.

4. THE WHITE SHADOW

This compelling drama aired in the late 1970s / early ’80s and starred Ken Howard as a white professional basketball player who retires from the Chicago Bulls after a severe knee injury and takes a job as head basketball coach at a mostly Black and Hispanic high school in Los Angeles. While retaining some elements of humor, it addresses many serious topics ranging from physical and mental disabilities to sexual orientation and child abuse. Find out where to stream it here.

5. ONE TREE HILL

Premiering on the WB Network in 2003 and running for nine seasons, this show is set in the fictional North Carolina town of Tree Hill. It followed the lives of two half-brothers who compete for positions on their high school basketball team, starting out as enemies but eventually bonding over the years. Find out where to stream it here.

6. HOOPS

How about some basketball animation? This 2020 Netflix® comedy depicts the frustrations of Coach Ben Hopkins, a bad-tempered high school basketball coach, and his assistant Ron … who just happens to be dating Hopkins’ ex-wife. There are numerous twists and turns as the coach tries to turn around the team’s poor reputation and reconnect with his estranged wife. Guest voices include Guy Fieri as Himself and Damon Wayans Jr as Damian Chapman. Find out where to watch it here.

7. SWAGGER

Inspired by NBA star Kevin Durant’s youth basketball experience on the AAU circuit, “Swagger” premiered in October 2021 on Apple TV®. The 10-episode series garnered critical acclaim for its social commentary, writing and acting. Starring O’Shea Jackson Jr as Ike Edwards and Isaiah Hill as Jace Carson, it explores the multifaceted dramas swirling around ambition, opportunities, corruption and basketball dreams. Find out where to stream it here.

8. LONG SLOW EXHALE

Created by Pam Veasey for BET, this drama premiered in April of 2022, starring Rose Rollins as J.C. Abernathy, head coach of a women’s championship college basketball team in Atlanta. The plot revolves around a sexual abuse scandal wrapped in secrets that threatens all the coach has built. Find out where to stream it here.

9. WINNING TIME: THE RISE OF THE LAKERS DYNASTY

Based on the book Showtime: Magic, Kareem, Riley and the Los Angeles Lakers Dynasty of the 1980s by Jeff Pearlman, this show premiered in March 2022. It presents a dramatization of the personal and professional lives of the ’80s Lakers and features an all-star ensemble cast that includes John C. Reilly as Jerry Buss, Quincy Isaiah as Magic Johnson, Jason Clark as Jerry West, Adrien Brody as Pat Riley, and Solomon Hughes as Kareem Abdul-Jabbar. Find out where to stream it here.

10. BASKETBALL AND OTHER THINGS

This fascinating documentary series features NBA players such as Julius Irving and Allen Iverson discussing the lessons of life they’ve learned throughout their careers, exploring both the dark and bright sides of their personal and professional lives and talking about what playing basketball has taught them. The interviews are interspersed with animated clips, making for some great hoop-watching with the family. Find out where to stream it here.

 

Ready to watch some great basketball-centric movies? Check out this blog posting.

The Future of Guitars

The past couple of decades have seen a ton of innovation in digital technologies such as modeling and AI (Artificial Intelligence), but what about guitars themselves? For this month’s posting, I thought it might be fun to take a stab at some futurist predictions.

Note that none of these ideas are based on any kind of “inside” information — they’re just my personal wish list. I certainly don’t have a crystal ball, but I do have some market awareness of the current innovations, and an opinion on what might be valuable to the evolution of our six-stringed musical companions.

An Electric SILENT Guitar™?

It’s hard to believe that the commercial release of the Yamaha SILENT Guitar was over twenty-one years ago. In a few more years, it will be a vintage instrument!

Despite its longevity on the market, this portable powerhouse (available in both nylon- and steel-string versions) is still relatively unknown within the guitar community, and in my opinion, underrated and unrivaled. If you play live gigs, you’ll appreciate its feedback-free tones and lightweight construction. Want to warm up before the show using headphones, backing tracks, a tuner and effects? They’re all onboard, ready to rock ’n’ roll. What’s more, it’s extremely transportable; the upper bout of the frame can be removed and packed away neatly in a tiny gig bag, allowing the instrument to be easily stored in airplane overhead bins or car trunks.

Silent guitar leaning against other sound equipment.
The Yamaha SILENT Guitar.

All these features make the SILENT Guitar enormously useful, but wouldn’t it be great if Yamaha made an electric guitar version, complete with pickups? Maybe we’ll see that happen sometime in the future.

TransAcoustic Too?

TransAcoustic guitars first hit the market in 2016. These remarkable instruments offer built-in reverb and chorus effects, negating the need for outboard amplification and pedals. It’s a technology that graces several models and body shapes within the range — everything from small parlor-sized portability to dreadnought warmth for the singer-songwriter.

Acoustic guitar on its side on a leather couch.
Yamaha FSC-TA TransAcoustic guitar.

As with the SILENT Guitar, I’m hoping this mind-blowing musical addition to acoustic guitars will find its way into electric guitars at some point, with the range of effects and features expanded.

New Materials

Natural timber resources are in limited supply, expensive, heavy, and subject to climate and environmental changes. Carbon-fiber, however, can be mass-produced, crafted into almost any shape, is incredibly strong, and isn’t affected by moisture or changes in temperature. When used to make guitars, it provides excellent tuning stability, and the manufacturing cost is almost certainly cheaper than crafting exotic tonewoods. Carbon-fiber guitars can also sport photo representations of custom artwork — even highly figured quilted maple.

Does carbon fiber resonate and sound the same as seasoned timber? No, but when paired with electronic pickups, modeling and the other musical advancements in technology, does it really matter?

Many tone purists may be pulling their hair out at the very thought of this, and I agree to a point, but I can see a time in the near future when modeling technology is included in the physical guitar that allows the instrument to produce the tones of a wide range of pickups, tonewoods, amps and effects.

The Complete Guitar

It’s entirely conceivable that the guitar will eventually evolve into a complete touring rig, studio tone engine and practice companion, with onboard looper and recording software built in.

I expect that you’ll be able to send the output signal from that instrument wirelessly— without the kind of signal degradation that’s currently a limitation— via Wi-Fi, Bluetooth® or radio transmitter directly to the Front of House engineer (at live gigs) or to your DAW (when recording) for further digital manipulation. All that messy cable spaghetti will be a thing of the past!

I also predict that guitars will also soon integrate the smart technology found in our phones, which allows us to communicate around the world via satellite, with our personal and digital information stored in the “cloud.” These digital archives host a library of inspirational and educational tools ready for our consumption, so I can foresee a time when a D major scale can be displayed on our guitar fretboards directly from those data banks using voice command, or even by personal thought processing: “Hey SiriGuitar … display two voicings of an E7(#9) on the fretboard and the corresponding E minor pentatonic scale in a position that I can use to improvise over.”

The Video

Carefully selecting guitars that work well together is the first step to creating a complimentary composition, as I demonstrate in this video, which combines the sounds of a Yamaha FSC-TA TransAcoustic guitar with Pacifica 612 and Revstar RSS20 electrics.

The next step is to faithfully capture those elements and further shape them with digital sound enhancements, as I’m doing here with custom tones I’ve created for the Line 6 Helix effects processor. As you can hear, this polish can add sheen to a natural source, or can even surgically transform the sound until it no longer represents its original acoustic waveform.

The Guitars

FSC-TA

I purposely detuned my FSC-TA down a half tone (to E♭) for this piece. I wanted to use specific voicings, but in a lower key. I like how the frequencies of less guitar-friendly keys speak musically to inform fresh melodic ideas. Try it sometime!

I used the onboard hall reverb and chorus effects to broaden the tones and also double-tracked the fingerpicked part, panning the two guitars hard left and right. Being able to match your own finger-style patterns takes practice, but is very much worth it when it comes to recording acoustic guitars.

Pacifica 612

I also detuned my Pacifica 612 to match the voicings on the FSC-TA, this time playing arpeggiated chords with a little tremolo shimmer to accentuate the individual tones within each chord.

Author playing guitar.

Detuning a guitar with a floating tremolo requires patience. There is technology available to do that digitally, but you’d have to hear the original key and the detuned sound together. (Unless you use headphones, of course.)

The single-coil Seymour Duncan pickups in the Pacifica 612 are perfect for clean, arpeggiated lines, and they have a brighter tone than the FSC-TA. I kept this guitar part central in the mix until the lead guitar part comes in … at which point, I panned the signal off to the right by 10 percent.

Revstar RSS20

There’s something special about the harmonic overtones produced by the RSS20. I think it’s a combination of the Alnico 5 pickups, focus switch (passive mid-boost) and chambered body that really makes single notes jump out in a busy mix.

Author playing guitar.

The jumbo frets also make bending a breeze on this guitar. You’ll hear me sequentially bend a semi-tone, whole-tone and a tone and a half during the solo section of the video performance.

The Wrap-Up

When you think about it, none of these ideas are far-fetched — they are just a combination of existing technology that we’d need to leverage and implant into one central location: your guitar.

After all, at the end of the day, beauty is in the ear of the beholder. If it sounds good to you, it is good!

“Hey Siri … what do you think?”

Photos courtesy of the author.

 

Check out Robbie’s other postings.

12 Best Vinyl Tracks to Demo Your Headphones

Headphones excel at blocking out the external environment, allowing you to fully appreciate the mixing engineers’ craft and providing an extremely immersive experience, especially when listening to vinyl.

Here are 12 of the best vinyl tracks to listen to on headphones.

1. “Welcome to the Machine” – Pink Floyd

This powerhouse from Pink Floyd’s psychodrama Wish You Were Here begins with a pulsating bass line that bounces back and forth between your ears, sounding like an elevator is going up about 20 floors. The rest of the track is full of synthesizer bits panned from hard left to hard right, taking you on an auditory roller-coaster ride to the point where it might actually make you a little dizzy. Be careful with the volume first time around, as “Machine” goes from very quiet to very loud very quickly!

2. “Saturday Night Special” – Lynyrd Skynyrd

All jokes about “play some Skynyrd” aside, this band was one of the originators of the three-lead guitar approach, and as you listen to this track off their Nuthin’ Fancy album, you’ll be treated to layer upon layer of blazing guitars, and more.

3. “Great Day” – Lindsey Buckingham

The production genius behind Fleetwood Mac takes it up a notch on his own records, and this, the opening track from the Gift of Screws LP shows off Buckingham’s chops with a massive sonic landscape. Guitars are everywhere, mixed in with the main and backing vocals, along with some killer reverb effects. The rest of the album is also as good as, or better than, any Mac effort.

4. “Lady Cab Driver” – Prince

1999 is like “Where’s Waldo” for studio effects. The mix is BIG, with Prince playing nearly all the instruments. Listened to on premium headphones like the Yamaha YH-5000SE, you can almost feel The Purple One standing next to you at the console pulling faders up and down. Bonus: Try to guess who the backing female vocalist is. Where’s Waldo indeed!

5. “Helpless” – Crosby, Stills, Nash, & Young

Neil Young takes the lead on this track from Déjà Vu, but the way the vocals swell when Crosby, Stills & Nash join in is breathtaking — you can pick out each individual vocalist with ease. This is one of those tracks that truly comes alive on vinyl, and through headphones paints a soundstage that’s much bigger than what you’ll hear on speakers.

6. “Got to be There” – Michael Jackson

The version of this track from The Stripped Mixes album shows just how much Michael Jackson’s brothers often got a little buried underneath the lush instrumentation that was a Motown trademark. With this remix, Michael seems to burst out from about five feet directly in front of you, with a pair of Jacksons in each ear.

7. “Autobahn” – Kraftwerk

The 1974 LP of the same name is one of the groundbreaking electronica records of all time. The pulsing analog synthesizers on this track combine with a hypnotic beat that will mesmerize, particularly when listened to on vinyl and over headphones. The band claims the song was designed to “capture the feel of driving on a motorway,” but whose car is used for the very lifelike sample at the beginning? Kraftwerk founder Ralf Hutter claims it’s his Volkswagen.

8. “Oxymore” – Jean-Michel Jarre

Like Kraftwerk, Jean-Michel Jarre is another founder of electronic music, and everything in his catalog is a masterful sonic journey. Sit yourself in a comfy chair and dim the lights to best experience this ephemeral track over headphones.

9. “Tempted” – Squeeze

East Side Story is the best album from this clever British band, and this is their most recognizable track. Though producer Elvis Costello suggested that Paul Carrack take the lead vocal, Glenn Tilbrook and Chris Difford are heavily represented in the harmonies, with Costello himself popping in and out of the second verse. There’s so much information in this track, you might not catch it all in a single listen.

10. “Hello It’s Me” – Todd Rundgren

You’ve probably heard this staple of ’70s rock a zillion times, but if you haven’t heard it on a great pair of headphones, chances are you’re missing much of Rundgren’s magic. Each side of Something/Anything? has a different feel, going from psychedelic to power pop and back, but Rundgren himself says he loves this track in particular because it’s the first song he ever wrote.

11. “Excellent Birds” – Laurie Anderson

This song from the 1984 album Mister Heartbreak stands the test of time … and, as a bonus, you get Laurie Anderson, Peter Gabriel and Adrian Belew all along for the ride. It’s a multi-dimensional masterpiece, with a lot of hidden nuggets, especially when enjoyed on vinyl and listened to over headphones.

12. “Day Tripper” – The Beatles

We can’t end a headphone-centric collection without including The Beatles. Their entire catalog begs to be listened to on headphones because, like CSN&Y, Todd Rundgren or Prince, there’s such a high level of talent on both sides of the console. For that reason, trying to pick a single Beatles’ track is next to impossible, but a great choice for headphone listening is the stereo remaster of “Day Tripper” from the 1 album, which allows you to clearly hear all four of the Fab Four playing their hearts out.

 

Check out these headphones from Yamaha.

Live Sound Troubleshooting Tips, Part 2

In Part 1 of this two-part series, we talked about ways to troubleshoot some of the common problems that plague PA systems. This time, we’ll discuss how to identify and fix distortion, hiss, input issues, and the gremlins that sometimes lurk beneath the surface of digital consoles.

Distorted Mix from Passive Speakers

This problem will likely come from one of two places:

  1. The L/R master bus is being overloaded. When the L/R master fader is set to unity, the meters should show an average signal level of around -6 dB, with peaks ranging from 0 to +6 dB. If the level of the L/R bus is too hot, lower all of the channel faders. Ditto for aux outputs.
  2. Inputs to the power amp are being overloaded. Lower the volume controls on the amp.

Distortion or Hiss from a Powered Speaker

Many powered speakers have a switch to select between mic or line level input. If the speaker is being used with a mixer, set the switch to line level — otherwise, the mixer will overload the input, resulting in distortion.

When connecting a microphone directly to the input of a powered speaker, set the switch to mic level or you’ll hear a lot of hiss when you turn up the gain control.

No Signal from a DI

While many audio interfaces and mixing consoles designed for recording offer inputs specifically designed for connecting instruments, few live sound mixers do. In that case, you’ll need to use an external DI box (short for Direct Inject) to connect instruments such as keyboards, bass or electric guitar to mixer mic inputs at the proper level. If you’re not getting signal from the DI, here are the steps to take.

  1. Confirm that the instrument is producing sound by connecting it to an amplifier. If not, change the instrument cable.
  2. Determine if the DI is active or passive. An active DI requires a power source such as phantom power or an internal battery; a passive one does not. If it’s an active DI, turn on phantom power at the mixer input or replace the battery.
  3. If phantom power is turned on and an active DI still doesn’t operate, swap it for a condenser microphone (using the same connecting cable) and have someone speak into it. If the condenser mic works, then you’ll know that phantom power on that channel is working and the DI is faulty. Swap in a new one and all should be good.
View of a battery
The battery compartment in an active DI.
  1. If the DI is passive, substitute a dynamic microphone (again using the same connecting cable) and have someone speak into it. If the microphone works, you’ll know that the cables are good and the DI is faulty.

Buzz or Hum from a DI

Buzz or hum from a DI being used in conjunction with an instrument amplifier (as is often the case with bass) usually indicates that there’s a ground loop between the amp and the mixing console. This is due to the fact that the bass is connected to ground via the bass amp and again via the direct box connection to the mixing console. Fortunately, all DIs feature a ground lift switch that safely allows you to break this loop by disconnecting the audio ground.

Ground lift switch
The ground lift switch (left) on a DI box.

Set the switch to lift the ground and see if the noise stops. If the noise persists, then change the cable.

Buzz or hum combined with low level and/or a loss of low frequencies usually indicates that one of the three connections on an XLR cable is faulty — a condition that some live sound engineers refer to as a “leg up.” If changing the cable doesn’t work, then you may need to use a hum eliminator as discussed in Part 1.

Distorted DI

  1. Replace the DI with a microphone. If the signal is still distorted, change the cable.
  2. Turn on the DI pad switch or lower the output level of the instrument.
  3. Check the gain setting on the input channel. If the gain is set to minimum and the output of the DI is still overloading the input, turn on the input channel pad.

No Signal from a Microphone

  1. Change the mic cable.
  2. If the cable is plugged into a stage box (a box with multiple XLR connectors) or a snake (a multi-trunk cable designed to carry signals over long distances, i.e. from the stage to the Front of House [FOH] mix position), try a different channel.
  3. If the mic is a condenser, confirm that phantom power is turned on at the associated mixer channel.
  4. Eliminate the possibility of a phantom power issue by replacing a condenser mic with a dynamic mic.
  5. Connect the microphone to a different mixer channel.
  6. If there’s an analog insert patched on the channel, check that the send and return are connected correctly, and that the outboard device is powered on.
  7. Change the microphone. It’s uncommon for a microphone to fail, but it does happen.
Yamaha controls
Input gain knob and phantom power (+48V) switch.

Distorted Input Channel

  1. Confirm that you’re using the correct input. Use the mic input for microphones and DIs, and the line input for track playback, background music devices, DJ mixers or audio feeds from video devices.
  2. Check the input level and gain setting for the channel. It’s okay to see the red LED on an input meter blink once in a while, but it should not be constantly lit.
  3. A loud source may be overloading the microphone. If the mic has a pad switch, turn it on, or reduce the output level of the source.

Noisy Input Channel

This is usually caused by the combination of a low-level source and excessive input gain. Here’s how to troubleshoot it:

  1. Check that microphones or DIs are plugged into mic inputs.
  2. If the source is an instrument connected to a DI, raise the output of the instrument or turn off the pad on the DI.
  3. If the microphone has a pad, turn it off (or turn off the pad on the input channel).
  4. Be aware that some ribbon mics produce low output and require a lot of gain to achieve acceptable level. Some microphone preamps will be noisy at higher gain settings.
  5. Hiss can also be caused by excessive high-frequency EQ. Turn down the HF gain knob if necessary.

Low Volume on Main PA, Monitor Output or a Single Input Channel

This type of problem is usually caused by one of two things:

  1. The power amp volume is turned down. You can usually set amplifier volume controls all the way open but before you do, bring down the L/R or aux send master to ensure you don’t cause feedback or damage to the equipment.
  2. A compressor that is over-compressing due to a very low threshold and/or a high ratio. As stated above, bring down the output master before you raise the threshold or change the ratio.
Screenshot.
The settings on this compressor would result in a very low audio level.

In a similar fashion, excessive compression on an input channel can cause that channel to be very low in level, even with the channel fader raised up all the way.

Intermittent Audio

A defective cable is the most likely suspect when you hear intermittent audio, but another possibility could be the settings on a gate that’s inserted on a channel or output. If the threshold is set too high, the gate will remain closed and mute the channel. Audio that “chatters” on and off is also an indication that gate threshold is set too high.

Screenshot of music controls
The settings on this gate could cause an input to be muted.

Digital Dangers

Unlike analog mixers, most digital mixers provide the option to route any bus to any physical output, so it’s up to the user to decide which jacks output the main L/R and monitor mixes. For example, Yamaha TF Series models feature 16 “Omni” outputs that can be assigned to any bus.

Screenshot of controls
The Yamaha TF1 output assignment page.

Typically, the two highest-numbered jacks are used for the L/R mix (Omni 15 and 16 in this case), and the lowest-numbered jacks are used for the aux sends/monitor mixes. This enables matching the monitor mixes to the Omni outputs so that monitor mix 1 feeds Omni out 1, monitor mix 2 feeds Omni out 2, etc. — which helps prevent confusion. If you’re not getting signal from an aux send or L/R output, confirm that the output bus is assigned to the correct jack.

No Input to a Digital Mixer

Many digital mixers also have the ability to connect to a variety of input and output devices. Yamaha RIVAGE PM Series mixers can route audio via the “local” (built-in) XLR connectors, Dante® network, or expansion card slots — or a combination of all three simultaneously.

Lack of audio to multiple input channels of a digital mixer usually indicates that the channels are not set to receive the correct input device. For example, the input channels may be set to receive signal via Dante when in fact the microphones are connected to the local inputs. This parameter can be changed using the input patch window.

Screenshot.
The input patch window for Rivage PM mixers.

Similar problems with mixer outputs can usually be traced to the output patch, which can be set using a similar output patch window. It’s also worth mentioning that a mis-patched digital insert can cause a channel to stop sending signal. If a channel or output uses an insert, confirm that both the insert output and input have been properly assigned.

Photographs courtesy of the author.

 

Check out our other Tools of the Trade postings.

 

Proactive, Reactive and Restorative Disciplinary Measures

Teacher to a random student in the hallway: “Please take your hat off!”

Kid: “No.”

After standing there dumbfounded for a few seconds, the teacher thinks, “… Well, what do I do now?”

Being a teacher today does not come with an automatic status of respect. In fact, like it or not, we must prove ourselves and our position more and more.

Here is yet another multi-leveled task with options. You can:

  1. Ignore it now and deal with the repercussions later.
  2. Earn the respect of the students and just worry about ourselves.
  3. Earn the respect of the students and then use this new relationship to teach them how the world works, in turn allowing them to have a better educational experience and teaching them strategies to work in new environments.
Click here to see PROACTIVE disciplinary measures.
Click here to see REACTIVE disciplinary measures.
Click here to see RESTORATIVE disciplinary measures.

THE YAMAHA EDUCATOR NEWSLETTER: Sign up to receive real-world advice, tips and instrument guides!

Why Do Kids Misbehave?

upset male teen with hoodie on

Teachers should not excuse behavioral issues, but we may benefit from understanding where the students or even the behavior stems from. Many of us may ask, “How could someone act like this?”

Always remember that this isn’t personal. Most kids do not start their day premeditating how they will make your life difficult. There are a multitude of reasons that student behavior may not meet your expectations.

I’ve worked in many districts, including those in low-income and underserved areas. These students are often perceived to have a higher instance of behavioral issues. Depending on the grade level you teach, you may be dealing with students who haven’t been supported throughout their lives. Exposure to toxic stress and a lack of proper support may have negatively affected their learning and behavior. Oftentimes, negative behavior may be due to a lack of coping skills, misdirected anger, and instances of students not getting other educational and social-emotional needs met in the proper way.

We can focus on the why but it’s more productive to address the issues at hand to ensure that the right action is taken to foster a healthy and safe environment for everyone.

What Doesn’t Work

overwhelmed female teen tuning out teachers and parentsQuick Fixes: I’ve found that quick fixes don’t usually work long-term. We could yell, threaten discipline, pile on false or excessive praise, let too much slide, be too harsh or ignore the problem. These tend to be Band-Aids at best and will sow seeds of discontent at worse.

Inconsistency: On the other side of the coin, we may try alternative approaches, but we just don’t stick with them long-term. The inconsistency of disciplinary approaches creates a confusing and even unfair environment that students can’t rely on.

“Should” Statements: Another approach that does more harm than good are “should” statements. Simply put, when we state that something “should” work a certain way (this student should know how to behave, the school should support my way of thinking or this content should be easy for you), we are denying reality and setting ourselves up for disappointment or even failure. Here are some other common “should” statements.

  • Kids should just behave for teachers. (Not all of them will).
  • Parents should understand how hard we are working and support us. (Not all of them will.)
  • I shouldn’t have to worry about absolutely everything! (Maybe that’s true).

How it “should” be won’t happen without some work. So how do we get it to work? I like to think of respect and discipline measures falling into three categories: proactive, reactive and restorative.


Proactive Measures

Rules and Guidelines: If you took an inventory of your rules and guidelines, would they make sense to everyone involved? I often find that young teachers either have far too many rules or very little guidance offered in terms of classroom management. For those with too many rules, remember that students must be allowed to solve their own problems. If they’re missing a piece from their choral folder and can find another original on their own without distraction, let them take care of the job. Too many rules can paint you into a corner, create more work and shift the class focus from music-making and consumption to strict compliance.

On the flip side, too few rules can backfire — and not just in your classroom. The “cool” teacher who allows students to break district rules undermines the rest of the faculty and sends the wrong message to students that we don’t all have to follow the rules. These teachers make it especially difficult for newer teachers or teachers who are not as comfortable with confrontation. Everyone’s job becomes harder when you hear that “Mr. or Ms. So-and-So let’s me put my feet up on the desk!”

Building Relationships: Negative associations with teachers or authority figures may cause a student to be leery or even antagonistic. Have an honest conversation with the student. We should address disrespect but consider telling a student that you will be working hard to earn their respect. This could be the start of restoring a student’s relationship with educators and education.

Ask or observe, but don’t assume: Getting in trouble for something that you didn’t do feels terrible. Furthermore, educators must work to reduce bias and stereotypes. Implicit and explicit bias is linked to disparities in punishment for students of color. Of the two, explicit bias (conscious thoughts and attitudes toward someone or a group) has a more significant impact on discipline disparities.1

Give Kids a Chance: I’ve certainly blown my chance at first impressions multiple times. I was very grateful when people gave me second and third chances. If another teacher warns you about a student, thank them for the comments and information. Allow the student to create a first impression with you. Some students react differently to different teachers and settings. Avoid characterizing students by their older siblings’ or parents’ actions.

band rehearsalUnderstand Resources: Understand the resources available within your school. Education loves acronyms, and it can be confusing to keep BHT (Behavioral Health Team), BIP (Behavior Intervention Plan) and BMP (Behavior Management Plan) straight. However, speaking with your guidance counselors and social workers about possible resources for students in need can help you react quickly and effectively. We don’t have to do it alone, and — gasp! — someone else might be better equipped than you to help a student’s situation!

Don’t Waste Time / No Free Days: People don’t like having their time wasted, including students. My band knows that I give no free time or days off. We play every single day. We play the first day of school, the day after concerts and even right up to the last day of school. Consistency helps reduce the dreaded “are we playing/learning today?” question. I also want our groups to be “caught” doing the right thing. These set routines create structure for some students who lack this at home. Commitment to our time goes for low attendance days and rehearsals as well. If three out of 20 kids in a jazz ensemble show up, we can still teach. We may have to adapt significantly, but we need to show students that their time and commitment is valuable. There is always something to teach.

 

Reactive Measures

Now let’s say that you put multiple proactive measures in place, but something still happens. Or, a student approaches you for assistance with a social-emotional or physical health and safety issue. We can consider some reactive measures to ensure that our approaches are effective and that our classroom remains respectful and safe for all learners. Listed below are a few items for consideration that may fall under reactive measures.

female teen with hands on her face and headEscalation / Everyone Loses: Avoid escalating the situation. Some students may feel like they have nothing to lose. For their sake and yours, avoid escalating and arguing. Not saying the first thing that comes to your mind or saying nothing at all could be helpful in stressful situations. Listening is always an effective strategy. Everyone loses when the teacher and student lose their cool.

Planning for Tough Situations: Plan for security options, if necessary. Some students may get to a point where they may harm themselves or others. Address these situations swiftly and effectively. If you’re not sure who to call to assist in breaking up a fight or similar situations, ask your head of discipline. People who are in charge of discipline and safety may be a dean or, at a smaller school, a principal or assistant principal.

Negotiations / Gray Areas: Sometimes, you may have to live in gray areas. Sleeping in class may require specific disciplinary action. However, some teachers may not feel comfortable doling out this punishment if they know that a student is working late at night or doesn’t have much support at home. You may determine that certain situations need some leeway. However, make sure that you are not undermining consistency.

Wait to React: You can also choose not to react. If it’s a small issue that’s going to derail things, opt to leave it alone or wait to deal with the issue. If a student is messing around and distracting others from learning, I ask them to see me after class. Why? Often, it’s because I don’t know what to do right at the moment, but I know I don’t want to distract the class anymore. I get annoyed by this behavior, but this buys me time to get myself in check and ask the student if everything is OK before addressing the behavior.

 

Restorative Measures

When something breaks, we have to fix it or possibly rebuild it. This can include relationships. If we’re wrong, we must apologize. Not just to model the correct behavior, but to show that value and respect are important.

We can revisit rules and guidelines. Things change. If we feel locked into a guideline that just isn’t necessary anymore, talk it over and agree on change or deletion.

When we have a negative encounter with a student, we can make efforts to learn more about the student, including their background and history. Knowing our students on a deeper level can help us take the next steps to repair the relationship.

happy male student with beanie onWe can consider restorative practices in our classroom (my go-to resource is The Restorative Practices Handbook for Teachers, Disciplinarians and Administrators by Bob Costello). These approaches can go a long way toward addressing accountability and rebuilding relationships.

Doing Too Little: Let too much slide, and you quickly lose control of your classroom, you lose respect, and other students feel like they are wasting their time. Some students may even call you out on this, and it’s never a good feeling to be called a pushover by anyone. Student autonomy should not be confused with a lack of structure. If anything, there may be more systems in place, but the arrangements are precise, valuable and efficient for the learning environment. Acknowledging that small issues may lead to more significant problems is an essential part of effective classroom management.

False or Excessive Praise: Sometimes we might try to make students feel good by giving them false praise. False or excessive praise can be a manipulative strategy. Instead of recognizing a student for a legitimate ability or work ethic, we tell the student how we would like them to be. Students will pick up on false praise and contrived accomplishments.2 Some students may get the message that you think they cannot achieve what you are praising. It’s OK to speak with students with respect and careful honesty. “Many educators view positive reinforcement as a good thing, as when offering praise to students, but J. Martin Rochester (in the book, ‘Class Warfare: Besieged Schools, Bewildered Parents, Betrayed Kids and the Attack on Excellence’) argued that its overuse leads to overtly extrinsic, manipulative learning.”3

We want to encourage students to consider the long-term effects of music education. An immediate and empty reward or stimulus creates a conditional relationship that may not be sustainable for our lifelong learning goals.

Being Inconsistent: Rules or guidelines that are difficult to enforce can cause inconsistencies in classroom management. If a teacher does not follow through with a planned action to a reaction, the teacher may be showing that:

  1. They do not agree with the rule.
  2. They consciously or subconsciously favor one student over another.
  3. They believe that there is a gray area and that discipline should be handled on a case-by-case basis.
  4. They fear retribution from the student, the class, parents or administration. Said retribution could be as simple as “the student no longer likes me” up to fear of parent backlash.

If you find yourself in areas of inconsistency, consider whether the policy or guideline is appropriate for your class or program. Implicit biases may also affect consistency. Asking why we reacted in a certain way can lead to a better understanding of ourselves and our students.

Being Rigid / Too Harsh: Here’s my hypocrisy showing again. I just talked about inconsistency, but I don’t believe that rigidity is the antonym to inconsistency. The zero-tolerance policies that became popular in the 1990s didn’t improve student safety and school climate.4 Strict and harsh punishments harmed students, especially minority students.5 Harsh penalties, such as suspensions and expulsions, increase the dropout rate. If a student breaks a minor rule, consider the fine details that accompany the offending action. Extenuating circumstances may guide you toward different timing or pursuing another type of conflict resolution.

music educator holding flute and overseeing winds ensemble Not Admitting Mistakes / Not Apologizing: One of my favorite things about growing up in a low-income area and teaching low-income students is the honesty. Remember, some of our students may be living with adult responsibilities at home. Some won’t hold back on letting you know if you’re wrong in delivering content or mistreating someone. Once, in front of the whole ensemble, I got after a kid for missing a rehearsal. The student getting the reprimand didn’t say anything, but another student did.

“Hey, Mr. Stinson,” this student said. “This is between you and him. Don’t bring his stuff up in front of all of us.”

And you know what? He was right. I spoke to the student after class about the rehearsal. I also apologized to him for not allowing him some dignity in front of the class. With his permission, I reiterated this apology to the group and thanked the other student for standing up for his classmate.

Teachers can make mistakes and be wrong in delivering content and classroom management. It is not weak to admit to mistakes. Apologizing to students and parents is treating people with dignity and respect or restoring a relationship when a situation like the one above occurs.

Don’t Give Up on the Student: Some of our students have already experienced significant trauma in forms of parental separations or uncertain financial situations. The added stress of a teacher or trusted mentor writing the student off can have profoundly adverse effects. Psychologist Martin Hoffman suggests that withdrawing love or support has a lot in common with more severe forms of punishment.6 He suggests that the withdrawal of love through timeouts, walking away or ostracization pose threats of abandonment or separation. 7

Some students can be challenging, and there are times where people need a break from each other. Evaluate your relationships with the student to communicate this effectively. “I’m not giving up on you; I just need some time to figure out how to give you what you need” is a more effective and humanistic approach than the silent treatment.

What’s A Good Starting Point? Model the Behavior You Want to See.

happy group of four guitaristsYou guessed it: We must walk the walk. Students will absolutely call out hypocrites! Modeling what you consider to be the right behavior is easier said than done. What do I want from my students?

  • I want them to be focused in class by not multitasking or having phones out.
  • I want students to be respectful of me and one another in class.
  • I want students to be consistent, including being on time, having materials out and participating.
  • I want students to complete assignments to the best of their ability and in a timely manner.

This sounds cut and dry, but I urge teachers who may be struggling in this area to take a look at their own actions and procedures before taking other actions. A friend of mine observed a very well-known marching band’s rehearsal. It was November and freezing out. My friend noticed the thermostat was off in the press box and asked the director if they could turn the heat on. The director’s response? “If the kids are cold, I’m cold.”

How do we model respect to our students? I occasionally have students who are disrespectful by talking back or getting loud. My response is always the same: “I understand you’re upset right now, but do I talk to you like that?” This usually gets us to a common ground where we can actually talk about the issues at hand. The first one to lose their cool is often the one who puts themselves in a more difficult situation.

It Can’t Just Stop with Us

happy male student with headphones around his neckBuilding a relationship with a student and teaching them to respect us is not the end point. If we stopped there, we would be giving the student an unrealistic view of the world — that they only need to adhere to certain rules, guidelines and norms to the people who put significant effort into them. Schools are trying their best to create individualized education programs for every student, and although I applaud these efforts, conformity and social norms are not always a bad thing. People achieve more by working together.

So, once the kid is on “our side,” the job is just beginning. We now have that student’s attention, and we can be the ones to guide and encourage them to give other teachers who they may not like as much a chance, or to work together with a group they normally wouldn’t work with. We can share our struggles and let them know that sometimes we do have to work with people we didn’t agree with or even liked, but that our goals were more important than our egos and perceptions of others. We can teach students that we need self-respect to stand up for ourselves, but that we can also give people a chance to help us instead of assuming that we can’t trust them.

 

1Morrison, Nick. (2019, April 5). “Black Students “Face Racial Bias” In School Discipline.” Forbes.com.

2Kohn, Alfie. (1999, 2018). “Punished by Rewards: The Trouble with Gold Stars, Incentive Plans, A’s, Praise, and Other Bribes” (2nd ed.). Boston, M, Houghton Mifflin.

3 Rochester, J. Martin. (2004). “Class Warfare: Besieged Schools, Bewildered Parents, Betrayed Kids and the Attack on Excellence.” San Francisco, CA, Encounter Books.

4 American Psychological Association Zero Tolerance Task Force. (2008). “Are zero tolerance policies effective in the schools?: An evidentiary review and recommendations.” American Psychologist, 63(9), 852–862.

5 Thompson, K. (2018, January 18). “Zero-Tolerance Policies and the School to Prison Pipeline.” Shared Justice.

6 Hoffman, M. L. (1970). “Conscience, Personality, and Socialization Techniques.” Human Development, 13(2), 90–126.

7 Hoffman, M. L. (1975). “Moral internalization, parental power, and the nature of parent-child interaction.” Developmental Psychology, 11(2), 228–239.

Set Up Your First-Year Flutes for Success

It can be challenging to teach an instrument like the flute if it isn’t your primary instrument. Here are some tips to set up your first-year flutes for success, even if you don’t play the flute very often. But first, let’s tackle the obvious question: Why is the flute so difficult for those who are just getting started?

Common Challenges for Beginning Flutists

  • The flute is long and awkward to hold.
  • There’s no reed, so minor changes in air direction make a gargantuan difference in your sound.
  • The flute requires more air than a euphonium or tuba.

No other band instrument is held sideways. The flute is a “partially blind instrument,” which means that you can’t see your fingers when you’re playing it. This is the opposite of a piano, for example, where you can see all the keys all the time.

flute player watching conductorHolding a flute correctly can be tiring, but holding it incorrectly causes a host of problems, including poor tone and muscle strains or sprains. Flutists are especially prone to neck pain and carpal tunnel, so it is imperative to keep an eye on their posture. Be sure that your flutists sit up straight and curve their wrists into a “C” position. Flutists should not lean their heads to the right (toward the flute).

The lack of a reed means that a millimeter’s worth of change on the flute can be huge. Flutists are often easily frustrated with how the flute responds one moment, and not at all (nothing but air) the next. Because the flute is blown across, two-thirds of the air you put out goes around and across the instrument instead of inside. This means that it takes far more air to make a sound on the flute than it does a tuba.

On top of this, the flute tends to favor those with symmetrical lips. That being said, here are some tips and tricks on how to create different embouchures for people with asymmetrical lips. But my main message is: Don’t fret. Anyone can learn to play the flute.

THE 400/300/200 SERIES FLUTES: Help your beginning flutist choose their ideal first instrument!

Take Time with the Headjoint

Many method books, such as the Essential Elements series, start flutists on the headjoint. This is a great first step, but many directors don’t spend enough time on it. Even in beginning flute books, the headjoint how-to section is too brief, so most folks don’t linger on it.

However, it is essential to work on the headjoint for longer than you think. Be sure to have your students practice high and low partials to home in on making a solid sound.  Other things you can try in order to practice different embouchures on the headjoint are covering the headjoint (to help students find and play a lower pitch), bending the note up and down (to help get a focused sound) and articulating different rhythms in order to make sure students are tonguing correctly.  I like to use clapping exercises to help with rhythms.

Don’t Get Technical Too Soon

It’s difficult to get a steady sound on the flute when you are getting started, so don’t get into quick passages too soon. If you want to work on band pieces with faster notes, have a flute section where you slow it down and do some tone exercises that focus on transitioning to these notes in a sequence before you put it all together in rehearsal. To really home in on each note, have students practice the passage with each note as a quarter note at the rate of 60 bpm. I use this technique in my own daily practice to set muscle memory in both my fingers and embouchure.

Hire a Part-Time Flute Sectional Instructor

close-up of male hands playing the flulte

If you aren’t a virtuosic flutist, hire a part-time sectional instructor to save you a lot of headaches. Contact a flute major at a local college, a member of a local orchestra or community band, or even alumni from the school you teach at. Sectional instructors who are experts on their instrument will benefit the entire band, but I believe them to be most essential for flutists, double reed players and French horn players. These are the traits I look for in a sectional instructor:

  • Experience
  • Accountability
  • Relatability / Sense of Humor
  • Confidence

Finding players with experience is important, but they also need to be able to connect to your students when you’re not in the room. Sectional instructors can introduce your students to new solo pieces and duets and get them practicing their instrument in a new context. Plus, if this instructor is available in the summer, they can also help your woodwinds at band camp if you teach at the high school level.

Another essential facet to hiring a sectional instructor is the logistics. In order to get approval, prepare to talk to your administration about the hiring process, including hourly rates and background checks. Be sure to schedule at least one formal interview per qualified candidate and bring along another licensed teacher from your district to get a second opinion.

Start Class with Intentional Listening

Pupils are sponges and learn from repetition. A large part of becoming a rich and strong flute player is to watch professional musicians like Jean-Pierre Rampal, Emmanuel Pahud, William Bennett and Denis Bouriakov. My college flute professor told me to also listen to vocalists like Maria Callas to help me get a vocal quality to my playing.

When I taught instrumentalists in a large group setting, I would rotate the different types of instrumental solos to expose my students to professional playing without taking too much time from their playing. Segments of the following instructional videos and pieces will go a long way:

Blowing Down, Note Bending and Long Tones

While many band directors believe you should encourage students to blow across the flute, I think it is more helpful to tell students to blow down in the direction of their lap. While blowing across the tone hole will produce a sound, it is often a tone that has out-of-tune harmonics and lacks consistency. Also, blowing straight across sounds airy, and the note usually phases in and out. Blowing down and rolling in the headjoint to an extreme can cause the pitch to be flat, so when you start blowing down more, you will need to push in your headjoint to compensate.

female student playing the fluteAnother thing that is somewhat related to blowing down is note bending. This is a practice that flutist William Bennett swore by. He encouraged young flutists to bend the pitch of their note both up and down while they practiced long tones. This will help students strengthen their embouchure muscles, familiarize them with their instrument and find their tonal center.

Note bending is not the same thing as blowing down. It can be done in a variety of ways. You can roll the headjoint in as you play (to make the pitch flatter) or roll it out (to make the pitch sharper). You can also tighter and loosen your corners or change the direction or velocity of your air. Overblowing will lead to a higher pitch, while underblowing will lead to a lower one. The goal of note bending is to explore the instrument, and a way to alter pitch that best works for you. In the long run, note bending will help you control your tone and wrangle out-of-tune notes into something beautiful. Blowing down, on the other hand, only aids in producing a better tone. It doesn’t help you get to know the ins and outs of the flute as much as note bending does.

It’s worth nothing that note bending doesn’t have to be done in isolation. Brass players and other woodwinds will find this exercise helpful, too. Brass players can use their corners to manipulate their pitch or make the size of the space inside their mouths smaller. The exact method of note bending varies on each instrument, which is again, why sectionals can be valuable.

Help Students Find What’s Comfortable for Them

Posture and embouchure are essential for flute players. Pupils often wonder if they should raise their flute higher. Or, how they can give their arm a break while still producing a good sound.

The most important tip to set up your first-year flutes for success is to help them find what is comfortable for them. Ask guiding questions about tone, such as: “I heard you produce a richer sound in that passage. How did you change the way you played your instrument in order to get that sound?” When flutists can self-reflect during practice, they will be more likely to experiment with embouchure and position.

I hold my arms at a lower, more relaxed position. Standard marching band posture will have flutists holding their instrument parallel, for aesthetic reasons. I find that a slight angle down is best for concert band and solo playing. Principal flutist Joel Tse of the Toledo Symphony also plays with his arms angled down slightly. I believe this position to be more ergonomic.

Some teachers insist that your embouchure must be centered, but this simply doesn’t work for students with a cupid’s bow or teardrop in the lip, which can cause the air to split into two streams, making it difficult to focus and control your sound. To solve this, you can play with an embouchure that pulls to the left. This is what is referred to as an “offset embouchure.” Bouriakov (the principal flutist of the Los Angeles Philharmonic) uses this embouchure, and so do I.

One way to tell if a flutist is getting a good sound is when the condensation on the lip plate is triangle-shaped. Encouraging students to practice with a mirror allows them to see for themselves if that triangle is present. By watching themselves in mirrors, students can notice large shifts in their embouchures and will begin to narrow those large lip shifts down into small, controlled movements that hit the target of each note in a way that works for them.

Flutists must be given the time to explore their instrument and determine what is safe and comfortable for their bodies!

Learn to Play the Blues on Piano and Keyboard

The blues is a form of music that developed in the late 19th century as a way for African Americans to express their suffering and emotional state. It has evolved greatly over the decades and now incorporates numerous variations adopted from rock ’n’ roll, jazz, gospel and many other styles of music.

Here’s a guide to the most common forms that make up the blues universe today.

The Basic Blues

Musicians refer to the blues as being a I-IV-V progression, but what does that mean? Those roman numerals stand for the root, fourth and fifth scale tone chords that occur within any given key. For example, these are the scale tone chords in the key of C:

C major scale with chords

So in this key, the C, F and G chords are used to play the blues:

C, F and G chords

However, it’s common for all the chords in a 12-bar blues progression to be played as dominant seventh chords, where a flatted-seventh is added to each chord, as shown below.

12-bar blues progression

There are many examples of famous pianists using this classic blues form. Check out this Ray Charles performance, and then compare it to this Otis Spann song performed by guitarist Albert King. Both are using the same telltale I-IV-V chord progression, and seem to point the way for how rock ‘n’ roll grew out of rhythm and blues. When played at slow tempos, the blues can evoke strong emotions, as you can hear in this recording from blues legend Pinetop Perkins.

Two Common Blues Variations

Rather than staying on the I chord for the first four bars, here’s a variation that’s often used instead. It adds a IV chord in bar 2 before going back to the I chord in bar 3:

Blues scale variation

The last bar also goes back to the V chord for what is called a turn-around, which is a way to set up the song to repeat. This variation is extremely popular and can be heard in many blues performances — for example, in this session featuring Johnnie Johnson and this wonderful Ray Charles recording.

Jazz musicians often inject a little more colorful harmony into the blues, using what some call a gospel lift. Here, the IV chord in bars 5 and 6 moves through a diminished chord on the sharp-four scale tone before coming back to the I chord in bar seven. Also, in place of the V chord going down to the IV chord in bars 9 and 10, many players like to use the jazz-centric ii-V movement. In the example below, that gets accomplished with the use of some functional harmony in bar 8, with the A7 setting up the D minor nicely, and the B-flat seventh doing so for the A7:

Alternate chord progression

You can hear this approach on the classic Charlie Parker tune “Now’s The Time.”

Minor Blues

For a music style often used to evoke pain and sadness, it should come as no surprise that there’s a minor blues form as well. In a natural minor scale (which uses the key signature of the major key a minor third higher, in this case E-flat), the IV and V chords both end up being minor, which doesn’t give much harmonic “pull,” as you can hear in the audio clip below.

Minor blues scale

That’s why the minor blues is formed from the melodic minor scale instead. This allows the V chord to still be a dominant seventh:

Melodic minor scale

The result is this common minor blues form:

common minor blues form

Here’s a good example of how such a chord progression can be used in a minor blues, as played by piano great Bill Evans.

A common variation substitutes a dominant seventh VI chord for the iim7♭5, so you’d play an A♭7 instead of the Dm7♭5:

Common variation of minor scales

This can be heard in Aretha Franklin’s performance of B.B. King’s famous “The Thrill Is Gone.”

Next month we’ll learn some keyboard licks to play over these blues forms.

All piano examples played on a Yamaha P-515

Check out our other Well-Rounded Keyboardist postings.

Click here for more information about Yamaha keyboard instruments.

Getting Your Bass Into the Groove

“Groove!”

For many bass players, it’s a sacred commandment, a call to action and a mission statement more important than technique, gear, music theory, wealth or (in some select cases) personal hygiene. Being complimented on one’s groove by another musician is the highest form of praise, and anecdotal studies have demonstrated that bassists who know how to groove get more gigs and generally live better lives. But can you define “groove”? And can anyone develop it?

The answer to both questions is a resounding yes.

KNOW IT AND GROW IT

“Groove” is the heartbeat and pulse of a piece of music. It transcends genre: Beethoven symphonies, Burt Bacharach tunes, Black Sabbath riffs, Dave Brubeck standards, B.B. King classics, Bad Bunny bangers, Blake Shelton sing-alongs and Beyoncé jams all have that oh-so-persuasive rhythm that makes it hard not to shake our hips, snap our fingers and nod our heads.

As bass players, it is our job to understand the right groove for each situation, which requires honing our “feel” — intuition plus knowledge, fine-tuned by experience — and settling into the pocket with the rest of the band. The best way to develop your relationship to the language of groove is to listen deeply to those whose grooves inspire you, while paying close attention to the way that masterful musicians support the flow of energy in a given piece of music.

PRACTICE TIPS FOR GETTING IN THE GROOVE

Developing a strong relationship with time by playing scales, chords and bass lines using a metronome like the Yamaha MP90 provides a great foundation for grooving. Many of us naturally play in front, on top of, or behind the beat, so work on whatever doesn’t come naturally. Rock bassists, for example, are frequently asked to play ahead of the beat, while reggae bassists are best known for playing behind the beat.

Yamaha metronome standing upright
The Yamaha MP90 metronome.

That said, playing with a drum loop is a lot more fun and interactive than working with a metronome, plus it’s a great way to refine your relationship to the kick drum — every bass player’s best friend. Most digital audio workstations, including Steinberg Cubase, offer plenty of beats to choose from. There are also plug-ins like Groove Agent SE (included with Cubase) that provide collections of audio loops of realistic sampled drum sounds, as well as MIDI loops (in Groove Agent SE, called “patterns”) that allow you to change the drum sounds at will. These kinds of apps make it easy to play along and refine your relationship to the groove without a live drummer.

Screenshot of Steinberg
Steinberg Groove Agent SE.
Screenshot of Steinberg grooves
Some of the many Groove Agent SE MIDI patterns.

But as much fun as it can be to jam with virtual drums, the bassist’s primary job is to connect rhythm and harmony, so the most important thing is to practice along with actual music. Playing along to tracks you love is a great way to understand how the players you admire groove in particular situations. I have a collection of albums without bass parts — everything from piano/drum duets to Middle Eastern percussion ensembles — and I enjoy the challenge of finding the right notes and rhythms without the benefit of sheet music or chord charts.

Finally, recording yourself and listening back is like looking into a mirror that clearly reflects your strengths and weaknesses. As you listen, take notice of your rhythmic impulses. Working on your weaknesses and cataloging your strengths will pay huge dividends when you do play with a live drummer.

THE RHYTHM SECTION

Having a conversation with a drummer through music is one of the great joys of being a bass player, especially when you listen to each other. Your drummer may feel things differently than you do, so don’t be afraid to talk it out. If you’re still not gelling, start by simplifying your bass part and following the kick drum. Being part of a rhythm section that’s in sync is one of the best feelings in the world, but tension can be juicy, too, as long as it serves the music.

As you settle in with your groove partner, here are some ways to take care of business on bass:

  • Tone. Supporting the rest of the band with a strong, confident approach helps everyone groove.
  • Time. Rushing (unintentionally playing ahead of the beat) or dragging (unintentionally playing behind the beat) can kill the groove.
  • Dynamics. Learning when and where to turn up or play delicately is crucial.
  • Silence. Knowing when to lay out is important, too. If the groove is in jeopardy, simplify.
  • Note length. Being purposeful about playing short notes or long ones can make all the difference.
  • Ghost notes and dead notes. Ghost notes are low-volume notes played between main notes as part of a phrase, while dead notes are “thumps” with no discernable pitch. Knowing how to use these options helps make something “funky.”
  • Repetition. If you’ve been to a dance club, you already know that repetition makes your body move.
  • Relax! Being self-conscious and uptight makes it harder to give the music what it needs.
  • Genre. To relax and groove, you must be familiar with the genre you’re playing in.

AUDIO EXAMPLES

To illustrate these concepts, here are some audio clips that feature a guitar riff accompanied by a drum loop, then by real drums. First, I provide a “minus-one” version, followed by the same clip with me grooving along on bass. Note that spacious rhythm section parts reveal different aspects of the guitar line, and also take note of how each drummer’s phrasing changes my approach.

Here’s the first example without any bass:

… and here it is with me playing a Yamaha TRBX174EW 4-string bass with the E string tuned down to D. As you can hear, I’ve added a sturdy melodic figure next to the drum loop, switching to whole notes and then octaves on the way out.

Here’s example 2, minus any bass …

… and here it is with me again playing the TRBX174EW, this time in standard tuning. My approach here was to match the syncopation of the drummer’s off-kilter part, lean into his triplets, and then go up the neck.

Next, example 3, minus any bass …

… and here it is with me playing along on a Yamaha BB435 5-string, sitting in the pocket with the side-stick pattern, and then going to eighth notes on top of the beat when the drummer switches to the ride cymbal.

Finally, example 4 with no bass …

… and the same clip with bass added, also played on the BB435. Here, I hug the kick drum for the first section, play long tones over the syncopated groove, and then meet up again as the drummer gets busier.

THE BIG PICTURE

Groove can be a slippery concept, but learning to articulate and refine it helps us do our job as bassists, which is to be fully present to whatever the music needs. Once you’ve internalized the elements discussed above, you’ll be better prepared to give in to the music — which will make your drummer, the rest of the band and the audience groove until the proverbial cows come home.

 

Check out E.E.’s other postings.

A History of Yamaha Studio Reference Monitors

Everyone wants to win a Grammy Award®, but when a speaker wins one, you know you’re onto something. That’s exactly what the venerable Yamaha NS-10 achieved when it garnered a Technical Grammy® in 2007. A mainstay in countless recording studios for more than four decades, these beloved white-coned monitors continue to be a force to this day.

But the line of Yamaha reference monitors includes more than just the NS-10. Let’s take a look at the long history behind them.

WHERE IT ALL STARTED

The NS-10 was first launched in 1978 … but not as a studio monitor. Instead, it was originally designed as a Hi-Fi speaker for consumers, designated the NS-10M, complete with a cloth grille. While it did not do well on the consumer level, it soon became a phenomenon in recording studios (sans grille), thanks largely to engineer/producer Greg Ladanyi (Fleetwood Mac, Don Henley, Jackson Browne), who brought a pair of NS-10s to the U.S. after a trip to Japan and became one of the first early adopters of the speakers.

The NS-10M had a modest frequency range of 85 Hz to 20 kHz, and power handling of just 25 -50 watts, yet its admittedly less-than-perfect sound turned out to be a secret weapon in the studio. Almost magically, it exposed any sonic flaws in the audio, allowing for corrections to be made during the production process. You literally had to work hard on them to make your recordings sound great. Music mixed on NS-10s would translate well to the end users listening to playback systems in their living rooms, bedrooms and cars. It wasn’t long before these mysterious speakers started to become a mainstay in recording studios around the world.

TECHNICALLY SPEAKING

Weighing just over 13 pounds, the 8-ohm NS-10M was housed in a particle board cabinet that measured 15.0″ x 8.5″ x 7.8″. It had two drivers: a 180 mm (7″) paper woofer and a 35 mm (1.4″) soft-dome tweeter. The iconic white bass/mid driver cone was manufactured from a flat sheet of pressed pulp paper, giving the NS-10 a distinctive look.

View of front of speaker.
Yamaha NS-10M.

The NS-10M had a limited bass response, with a rolloff beginning at around 200 Hz, and a prominent boost in the upper midrange of some +5 dB at around 2 kHz, but it did have an extremely fast transient response (that is, it responded especially quickly to changes in level) thanks to its extremely lightweight drivers and unported, enclosed design. Unfortunately, this also resulted in a somewhat over-bright upper treble response. As a result, many engineers were known to tape tissue paper over the tweeters, sparking an endless (and somewhat silly) debate about the brand and ply of toilet paper required. This decidely low-tech correction would, it was felt, not only help tame the high frequencies but also create a quasi-comb filtering effect, with some frequencies reflected back into the tweeter.

VARIETIES OF A GOOD THING

Yamaha discontinued the NS-10 in 2001 when it became too difficult to source the pulp needed to make the low frequency drivers. However, six different versions of the speaker evolved over the 23 years it was being manufactured.

The NS-10M PRO, NS-10M Studio and NS-10MC were released in 1987, each with subtle changes to the original. All had an improved tweeter and could handle more power — up to 120 watts. The latter two were designed to be used horizontally and had an improved crossover network, as well as better bass response, down to 60 Hz.

These were followed by the NS-10MX (1993) and NS-10MT (1996). Both were designed to be deployed vertically and were magnetically shielded so they could be used in close proximity to computer monitors. The MT model utilized a bass reflex design with a rear-facing port (all previous NS-10 models were unported) and so had extended low frequency response, all the way down to 43 Hz.

A comparison chart between the models can be found here.

MSP AND MSP STUDIO

In 1998, Yamaha introduced the MSP5, a speaker specifically designed to provide faithful playback of the original sound that is demanded from studio reference monitors. Most significantly, it was self-powered, eliminating the “X”-factor of how the quality and rating of a separate power amplifier (along with the quality and length of the cabling used to connect it to speakers) impacts on the performance of the monitoring system. The MSP5, and the subsequent flagship MSP5 STUDIO model introduced in 2006 and still available today, incorporates dual high-performance integrated power amplifiers and a crossover network perfectly matched to the speaker drivers.

View of front of speaker with filter cover removed.
Yamaha MSP5 STUDIO.

The MSP5 STUDIO boasts impressive specs, including a frequency range of 50 Hz to 40 kHz. Its 5″ cone woofer is driven by a powerful 40-watt amplifier, while the 1″ titanium-dome tweeter is driven by a separate 27-watt amp. Both speaker drivers are housed within advanced magnetic structures for exceptionally low distortion, and the tweeter utilizes a unique waveguide horn for broad, uniform high frequency dispersion over 120 degrees for optimum balance regardless of listening position. Even the enclosure is specially designed to help eliminate unwanted resonance and increase sonic accuracy, with a rounded baffle and a specially treated polypropylene cone with low damping rubber surrounds for better frequency response.

THE HS SERIES

In 2006, Yamaha released the HS Series of powered speakers. Available in both black and white, they build upon the lineage of the classic NS-10 (complete with white woofer!) to provide precise and accurate studio reference monitoring. All feature newly developed transducers, dual high performance amplifiers, a low resonance enclosure and an advanced speaker port design. They also offer handy controls for adapting to rooms and surfaces of various sizes and shapes: ROOM CONTROL for attenuating high end, and HIGH TRIM for flexible control over the high frequencies.

Five speakers in black and in white, plus a subwoofer in black.
Yamaha HS Series studio monitors.

There are five HS Series speaker models, as well as five equivalent “I” models that have identical specs but include mounting points on four surfaces.

  • The HS8/HS8I pairs a 8″ woofer with a 1″ dome tweeter and 120 watts of output power, and is capable of reproducing frequencies from 38 Hz to 30 kHz.
  • The HS7/HS7I pairs a 6.5″ woofer with a 1″ dome tweeter and 96 watts of output power, and is capable of reproducing frequencies from 43 Hz to 30 kHz.
  • The HS5/HS5I pairs a 5″ woofer with a 1″ dome tweeter and 70 watts of output power, and is capable of reproducing frequencies from 54 Hz to 30 kHz.
  • The HS4/HS4I pairs a 4.5″ woofer with a 1″ dome tweeter and 26 watts of output power, and is capable of reproducing frequencies from 83 Hz to 20 kHz.
  • The HS3/HS3I pairs a 3.5″ woofer with a .75″ dome tweeter and 26 watts of output power, and is capable of reproducing frequencies from 85 Hz to 20 kHz.

There’s also an HS Series subwoofer: the HS8S, which includes a 150 watt amp powering a 8″ powered driver in a bass-reflex enclosure, for frequency range from an ultra-low 22 Hz to 160 Hz. In addition to HIGH CUT and LOW CUT controls, it offers a PHASE switch that makes it easy to determine ideal placement.

A subwoofer speaker.
Yamaha HS8S subwoofer.

From the original ground-breaking NS-10M introduced nearly 50 years ago to the latest HS Series and flagship MSP STUDIO models, Yamaha monitors have become an integral part of recording the world over, from the top professional facilities to the most modest bedroom studios. An impressive history indeed!

The Music of Mardi Gras

It’s been called America’s greatest block party … and it runs for two solid weeks every year, starting on Fat Tuesday — the English translation of the French words “Mardi Gras.” New Orlean’s unique celebration is marked by costumes, parades, beads, food and sustenance of the liquid variety, all in abundance.

But music plays a big role, too. Let’s take a closer look at the genres that predominate the festivities, along with a list of the top Mardi Gras songs you’ll want to add to your streaming playlist.

Zydeco and Cajun

Louisiana is host to a confluence of cultures, including that of Native Americans, Africans, Canadians, Haitians and the French, among others. This has led to continuous creative strides in jazz and blues, as well as the development of regional music such as zydeco and Cajun, both of which are today considered part of the foundation of American music.

The two genres grew up in the bayou and are closely related, with similar instrumentation: guitar, accordion and/or fiddle, upright bass and some kind of percussion, which can range from a simple triangle or washboard to a full drum kit. Early on, many practitioners became more reliant on the accordion than the fiddle, possibly because the accordion did a better job of overcoming noisy revelers on crowded dance floors.

Examples of Cajun music include “Pauvre Hobo“ and “Le Chanky Chank Francais,” as performed by the group Beau Soleil. For zydeco music, listen to “Beast of Burden” and “Hey Hey Hey,” by Dwayne Dopsie & the Zydeco Hellraisers.

Native American Influences

There are times when inspiration for new music springs from the communities that consume it. Such is the case with the Mardi Gras Indians, who are Black Americans that mask and dress in traditional Native American attire while parading in order to honor American Indians who helped protect enslaved people who fled from bondage — a practice that has existed for more than a century. Their street chants, once used in battle, are found in songs like the Meters’ “Hey Pocky A-Way” (see below). “Street music was the root of all the songs that got to be known as New Orleans rhythm and blues,” says George Porter Jr., bassist for the Meters and leader of the Runnin’ Pardners.

Much of the music associated with Mardi Gras arises from historical events. A good example is “Corey Died on The Battlefield” — a song inspired by a fight in a neighborhood where a Native American was killed. “Being folk music, it changes over time,” says Louisiana State University ethnomusicologist Joyce Marie Jackson. “Sometimes Corey’s a man, sometimes a woman.”

Top Mardi Gras Songs

These are some of the songs you’re likely to hear performed by marching bands (along with brass arrangements of modern R&B favorites) if you’re lucky enough to attend a Mardi Gras parade in person. Who dat!

When the Saints Go Marching In

There’s no song more closely associated with Mardi Gras than this jazz standard popularized by trumpeter and vocalist Louis Armstrong with his 1938 recording. Also known as “The Saints,” the song started as a Christian hymn, with the earliest renditions adopting a slow tempo. While the song’s writer remains unclear, a number of composers have sought copyright, including Luther G. PresleyVirgil Oliver Stamps and R. E. Winsett

Carnival Time

New Orleans native Al Johnson, sometimes called Al “Carnival Time” Johnson, is best known for his performances of this song. First recorded in 1960, the tune has become a staple of the Mardi Gras celebration.

Hey Pocky A-Way

Adopted from the street chants of Mardi Gras Indians, “Hey Pocky A-Way” is a carnival favorite. The song was first released in 1974 by the New Orleans funk band The Meters, led by the late singer/songwriter Art Neville. Its title comes from early Native American vernacular, and is sometimes written as “Two Way Pak E Way,” which means “get out of my way.”

Iko Iko

This tune drew little traction during its first release in 1953 under the title “Jock-A-Mo” by James “Sugar Boy” Crawford and his Cane Cutters. More than a decade later, the Dixie Cups gave the song new life as “Iko Iko.” Singer Barbara Hawkins has said that the rhythm came together by happenstance. “We were just playing around with it during a session using drumsticks on ashtrays,” she recalls. “We didn’t realize Jerry and Mike had the tapes running.” Legendary songwriters Jerry Leiber and Mike Stoller, who served as producers for the recording, then enhanced the track with bass and percussion.

Go to the Mardi Gras

This R&B favorite, which encourages listeners to visit New Orleans and participate in Mardi Gras, was co-written by Professor Longhair (Henry Roland Byrd) and released by him in 1949. (His 1959 rerecording featured a young Mac Rebennack on guitar, long before he became known as Dr. John.) Byrd is credited with originating a “rhumba boogie” style that fused elements of blues, barrelhouse and Caribbean influences.

Big Chief

This homage to Mardi Gras Indian groups became a local hit in New Orleans when Professor Longhair released his version in 1964 and is today a staple of most brass bands marching in Mardi Gras parades. Longhair’s recording features a whistled first chorus in a rollicking blues piano style, with lyrics written in mock-American-Indian pidgin. (Check out Dr. John’s instrumental version here.)

Mardi Gras Mambo

This catchy tune was first recorded in 1954 by the Hawketts, whose members included Art Neville, later of the Meters, who would release their own version two decades later. According to Hawketts drummer John Boudreaux, the group first tried to play the song in a calypso style before settling on the now-familiar mambo instead.

Eric Wortham Takes the Stage

Yamaha Artist Eric Wortham II is an accomplished pianist, composer, songwriter and producer who has served as accompanist for Adele since 2016, touring worldwide with the multiple Grammy®-winning singer and appearing on her Adele at the BBC and Adele Live in New York City television specials

The Philadelphia-born Wortham has also recorded and toured with a wide variety of pop, jazz and gospel artists, including Seal and Jill Scott (for whom he served as musical director shortly after graduating high school). He’s performed at the Grammy Awards®, the NAACP Image Awards® and the Marian Anderson Award, and has made appearances on The View, Good Morning America, Live! with Kelly and Michael, The Ellen Show, The Jimmy Kimmel Show, The Tonight Show Starring Jimmy Fallon and Saturday Night Live.

In this far-ranging interview, Wortham discusses the strong influence church music has had on his life and the steps he took to prepare for working with A-list artists, as well as his personal take on Black History Month.

How would you describe yourself as a musician?

Music and the piano have become my voice. There are a multitude of languages around the world, and they allow a human being to express their thoughts, feelings, and emotions, but there are certain things that just can’t be expressed. The language of music has allowed me to express those things that I can’t utter with just basic words. So it’s my world, my language. It’s the most accurate version of myself.

What are some of your earliest musical memories?

My dad was a bishop in a church, so gospel music was the first sound I remember hearing. And gospel music is very powerful. Its goal is to lift the spirit of the people who deal with a lot of heaviness in their day-to-day life. Man, it was beautiful growing up! That church background is the cornerstone for me for sure.

When did you first start playing piano?

My first instrument was the drums. I was maybe six years old, and at this one particular church youth convention, I had to sing in the choir, which I didn’t want to do. I wanted to beat the drums, I wanted to bang on stuff.

But my parents made me get on the choir loft, and because I was short, I was standing in the front, watching the organist play. It looked like he was just mashing a series of buttons, like he was nonchalantly smearing his hands on the organ, but I noticed that what he was playing was causing the people to either worship or dance. It was the succession of his notes [that set] the mood for the service. I thought that was a huge responsibility. I just connected with it, and I felt like I could do it.

I have two other sisters, and at that time, they were both taking piano lessons. When I got back from that convention, I started tinkering away [on their piano]. It just came naturally for me. And I fell in love [with piano] within the first couple of days.

A man playing a keyboard.

What did you do to prepare yourself to be able to work with A-list talent?

I think the first thing was my desire for excellence. I don’t think you can teach that — it’s just something that’s innate. For me, after I was six years old, my path became very clearly defined and illuminated.

You know the saying, “practice makes perfect”? I had a teacher that said, “perfect practice makes perfect.” You could practice doing the wrong thing and develop a lot of bad habits. But if you practice doing the right thing [over and over again], it’ll become habit. I had great instructors and great mentors, but even [more important was] having the appetite: I was very, very hungry. I was gifted in math and sciences, so I was going to go to the high school for engineering and science in Philadelphia, but instead, I enrolled myself into the High School for the Creative and Performing Arts. The teachers there pushed me to not be complacent: learn all your scales, all your modes, hands separate, hands together, hands opposed; learn your Bach inventions, try to learn them in all 12 keys. [They] guided me in the right direction because I had that desire and I had that hunger.

Over time, you develop confidence in a form of artistry that you must have in order to perform with and stand under the pressures of working with someone like an Adele. And that is trusting your heart, trusting your instincts, trusting your skill set, and also, learning the lyrics to a song and embodying what it means and what it feels. It’s one thing to show off your talent, but it’s about evoking emotion and a feeling, and you’re providing that as a tapestry for an artist of that ilk, because then they’re able to comfortably and confidently do their thing.

How is solo practice different than practicing, playing and performing in a group scenario?

I used to practice four to five hours a day. Then I went to see [Cuban jazz pianist] Gonzalo Rubalcaba play at the Philadelphia Art Museum and he asked me, “Dude, how many hours do you practice?” I said four or five — I thought that would be impressive. He’s like, “Yeah, you’re doing way too many hours.” I was like, why? He said, “When you practice you’re supposed to work on what or where you have a block. You’re not supposed to just rehearse all the things you can do just to impress yourself. You want to start right where there’s that wall and push past that.” So for me, when I’m practicing by myself, I’m not putting in massive amount of hours to just rehearse my own ability. Because then when you get up on this bandstand, you can’t be fresh; you’re just going to keep recycling. So I just spend an hour working on pushing past that wall, and then you start focusing in on other disciplines, [keeping] fresh by practicing in ensemble and duet situations. Learning how to practice is a very important discipline. Learning how to learn is very important.

The scariest thing is to be true and vulnerable to yourself. It takes a lot of bravery, a lot of character and courage. And, honestly, I get so much of that from the artist that I accompany.

A pianist onstage with singer Adele and three backing singers.

What has it been like working with someone as creative as Adele?

Well, she’s a perfectionist, and she’s a complete musician. That makes my relationship with her extremely easy. [Everything] is crafted and thought out by a musician. It’s music by a musician.

With an artist such as Adele, there’s a certain spirit there, a certain excellence. It’s not a fluke. Trust is everything in any relationship. Establishing the confidence that you can depend on me under any circumstance — that’s what defines the relationship. I like being counted on. I want you to count on me. I want you to have faith and trust in me.

When you’re playing in a band setting, there are more points that have to be locked in; after all, a chain is only as strong as its weakest link. So if the guitar player isn’t feeling it today, no matter how much the rest of the band is trying to lock in and be in sync, well, we still got this. When it’s just me and the singer, that’s like heaven for me: I’m at your disposal. Adele’s show and music are perfect for a piano player because they encompass so much emotion. Yes, there’s a full orchestra [too], but as a pianist, this gig is perfect.

What does Black History Month mean to you?

On some levels, I respect it a great deal, and I respect its gesture towards the community. But I’ve always felt that it was very, very hard to cram Black History into a month. I think people tend to appreciate and remember the things that they want to know, but if you make someone learn something … it’s almost like everything that I was made to learn, I have forgotten.

I personally think that there are things that could be far more impactful to the Black community. I would like to see more of the actual things that would be life-changing, not only to the Black community, but to the human race at large. As long as we see each other as separate, there’s always going to be a divide. That’s the root of so many negative things that have plagued the planet; a lot of the things that plague humanity come from a lack of self-respect, lack of a way to acquire self-respect, a lack of history. So while I appreciate the gesture of Black History Month, I would like to see better efforts.

How has your culture influenced your music?

Growing up in church influenced my music a lot, but the experience of growing up as a Black man in Philadelphia in the early 1980s provided me with a unique outlook on life. I have two great parents who took it upon themselves to make sure that my two sisters and my little brother and I were educated, not just by what the school system was providing, but about the world that we live in, about what the world has progressed from, and ultimately about what human beings are. That provided me with a strong core as I navigated life, because the truth of the matter is that ignorant people treated me ignorantly, while kind and loving people treated me lovingly. I do believe that we are like plants: You feed us negativity, guess what’s going to happen? We are going to be horrible people. But if you give us love and opportunity and positive virtues, that’s what you get in return. If you give whoever’s listening something true and honest and healthy and spiritually edifying, it makes you feel good, makes you want to dance.

If I can provide that to my listener, I am leaving a piece of me behind that is good, and we all want to be remembered for something. I don’t want to contribute to humanity in a negative way; I want to contribute in a positive way. When looking at the history of what was done in this country to men and women that wore my skin, I could easily be angry. It’s very easy to be angry and have that anger fester and turn into an appetite for more anger, all because of the hate that happened.

But I had parents that taught me that we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities and evil spirits, that it can happen to you. And the fight that you want to be on is a fight on the side of right. Just find the root of the tree and stand for what’s right.

Photo credit [stage]: Raven B. Verona @ravieb

 

For more information, visit www.yamaha.com/artists/ericworthamII.html

Playing With Tempo

What’s the difference between a drummer and a drum machine? Two bars at the end of the song!

I jest, of course, and have the utmost respect for my amazing drummer friends. But most musicians who play live will understand that quite often tempos will race ahead during a show, due to the excitement of the performance and the resultant adrenaline rush. This is quite normal and can sound — and feel — really good … as long as everyone continues to lock into the drummer and his or her fluctuations.

Bands that work with recorded tracks and MIDI programming will instead use a click track to stay locked in to the tempo. Though often set to a single fixed tempo, these clicks can be “mapped” — that is, painstakingly worked out on a bar-by-bar basis to make sure the music feels good rhythmically and melodically at those speeds.

Here’s a guide to playing with tempo – not just playing in tempo. There’s a difference, as you’ll soon see. First, though, let’s start with the basics.

What is Tempo?

Tempo is the speed at which a piece of music is (or should be) played. You can consider tempo as being the pulse or heartbeat of the music; in many ways, it’s the very foundation of all music.

Tempo is measured in beats per minute (BPM for short). Each beat receives the rhythmic value of a quarter note, so 60 BPM constitutes one beat (one quarter note) every second, while 120 BPM constitutes two beats per second, etc.

Tempo markings (in BPM) are usually written to the left of the song title on a chord chart or manuscript. The producer, bandleader or artist may change those markings by a few BPM as they work through the arrangements.

It’s important to understand that tempo is not the same as rhythmic feel. However, the tempo can affect how a piece of music is felt or perceived by the listener. A normal resting heart rate for adults ranges from 60 to 100 BPM … which may explain why music in those tempos somehow feels “right” to most of us.

How Is Tempo Used?

Composers use tempo to create excitement, anticipation and sadness, to great effect. The tempo for a car chase scene in a movie, for example, would most likely be at a high BPM, while the music accompanying a romantic embrace or moment of sadness would likely be played at a slower tempo, with less rhythmic complexity.

Songwriters and vocalists use tempo to support the pace of melodic and lyrical delivery. If the phrasing of a lyric is rushed, its clarity and meaning may be lost or incomprehensible to the listener. For that reason, acoustic versions of songs are sometimes performed at slower tempos than the original recordings, which of course changes how the song feels. I use this technique on certain songs during my live performances. For example, I play the classic rock song “Boys Of Summer” fingerstyle and at a significantly slower tempo, much like a ballad. I take the same approach to the iconic Tom Petty tune “Free Fallin’” and the pop singalong “Jessie’s Girl.” My audiences seem to love the more relaxed delivery.

It’s also worth pointing out that people who are learning to read music are often encouraged to use slower tempos to facilitate the execution of even the simplest of melodic lines. Tempos can and should be raised gradually as note recognition and performances improve.

The Internal Metronome

When I first started learning guitar, I worked religiously with a metronome. This instilled a strong rhythmic foundation for my development as a musician, and helped me understand how musical information fits within measures of music.

As an instructor, I’ve seen students who’ve never worked with a metronome really struggle with timing, tempo and the basic framework of rhythmic subdivisions, so I consider it a vital part of learning to play guitar … or any musical instrument, for that matter.

As a solo performer, you’ll need to develop an internal clock that you can feel within you; this will allow you to establish your tempos and grooves. Those tempos and grooves may change slightly in every performance, depending upon how you, as an artist, are feeling at that moment in time. We should feel the music we play and let our emotions inform the performances, allowing the art form to breathe a little.

The Importance of Pocket

As a musician, you’ll often hear the term “pocket.” I like to explain it as the perfect rhythmic placement of a musical element within the context of an arrangement (i.e., “playing in the pocket”). Tempo plays a huge part in the creation of pocket. If the tempo is too fast or slow, the pocket may be lost.

Speed and Accuracy

There are guitar players out there — some of whom are quite famous — that I humbly consider “sloppy” in their delivery. The energy is all there, but their accuracy often suffers as a result of the tempo and complexity of the phrases they choose to play. Nonetheless, they’ve had incredible careers, and I salute them for that and their musical approach. It’s a part of their unique style too!

But if you’d prefer your phrases to sound clean, articulate and rhythmically consistent, I advocate playing slowly and perfectly, bringing any ideas up to “speed” over time, while retaining accuracy. Improvisers with incredible chops may find playing exotic bebop lines or fiery metal solos no problem at all. Mere mortals like me pay very close attention to tempos. You’ll never hear me playing fast, because quite simply, I can’t. I’d rather articulate and deliver a phrase cleanly than try to show off. I’m profoundly aware of those limitations within myself, and I created a style around it.

The Video

It took me a little while to find the correct tempo for the guitar riff in this video to sound comfortable. I knew that I wanted to double that riff with the bass guitar, and I didn’t want either element to feel rushed. In the end, I found that a tempo of 88 BPM worked best.

I’ve placed the lead guitar lines in-between those guitar riffs, utilizing space in the arrangement for them to stand out so that they define their own presence in the mix.

The Guitars

Rhythm Guitar Parts

The Yamaha Pacifica may well be one of the most versatile electric guitars on the market today. It’s been a staple in the company’s guitar range for over 30 years, and with good reason. The range of tones and textures available from this double-cut workhorse are astounding, making it the perfect guitar for both recording sessions and live performance.

I used a Pacifica 612VIIFM exclusively for the rhythm guitar parts in the video, which were double-tracked using the coil-tapped humbucker and middle pickup configuration (position two), panned hard left and right in the mix.

Playing guitar in his studio.
Playing the Yamaha Pacifica 612VIIFM.

Lead Guitar

The slide and single-note lines in the video were played on a Yamaha Revstar RSS20. I wanted a warm, rich tonality for those lead guitar parts, and as you can hear, the Revstar humbuckers offered just the right amount of growl and depth.

Robbie playing guitar in studio.
Playing the Yamaha Revstar RSS20.

The Wrap-Up

We can combine rhythmic feel, groove, pocket and tempo with harmonic structure, melodic sensibilities and a lyrical narrative to create everything from a ballad to electronica.

Every creative element within the composition will have a profound effect on the others, so careful considerations need to be made before committing to the final blend, paying special attention to your tempos. Experiment with them until they let the music ebb, flow and breathe naturally. That’s a true recipe for success!

 

Check out Robbie’s other postings.

Spotlight on the WS-B1A Portable Bluetooth® Speaker

Looking for a portable Bluetooth® speaker that looks and sounds great? You’ll want to check out the new Yamaha WS-B1A.

Yamaha speaker
Yamaha WS-B1A.

The WS-B1A is lightweight and small enough to be held in your hand, yet it’s packed with features like these:

  • Bluetooth wireless connectivity at the push of a button
  • IP67 waterproof- and dust-resistant rating so it can be used almost anywhere
  • 2 1/8″ speaker driver and two passive radiators plus a built-in 10-watt amplifier for powerful sound
  • Clear Voice technology that instantly brings podcasts and soundtracks to life
  • USB Type-C charging, with full charge in 3 hours or less
  • Up to 12 hours of playback on a full charge
  • Handheld size for portability
  • Wall-mountable

Let’s take a closer look.

COMPACT POWERHOUSE

The ultra-compact WS-B1A is just 3 1/2″ x 4 1/8″ x 3 1/2″ (W x H x D), making it literally small enough to fit in the palm of your hand. Yet with its 2 1/8″ speaker driver, two passive radiators and built-in 10-watt amplifier, it delivers the high-quality sound of a full-sized speaker, making it perfect for enhancing the sound of your smartphone, tablet or laptop. Music becomes punchier, podcasts are more engaging, and there’s an extra degree of realism in the videos you watch.

RUGGED YET STYLISH

The WS-B1A boasts a robust IP67 grade waterproof performance, allowing you to play your music anywhere, anytime — even where it’s wet. It’s also dust-resistant, for extra durability.

The WS-B1A looks as great as it sounds, too. Its stylish exterior is covered in a luxurious fabric that’s acoustically transparent, ensuring crisp and clear sound.

Black bluetooth speaker.
The exterior of the WS-B1A is covered in an acoustically transparent fabric.

WIRELESS CONNECTIVITY

With full support for Bluetooth (including the latest Bluetooth 5.0), the WS-B1A can be used up to 33 feet away from your device — simply pair it up with the push of a button and you’re good to go.

GET CHARGED UP

It’s easy to charge the WS-B1A using the included standard USB Type-C cable — just plug it in to your device or any USB wall charger. What’s more, it gets fully charged in only three hours, giving you up to 12 hours of play time.

You can also place your WS-B1A on a Yamaha CC-T1A charging cradle (not included) for a convenient way to ensure that your speaker is always fully charged, ready to grab and go whenever you are.

Black charging cradle
Yamaha CC-T1A charging cradle.

EASY TO USE

Using the WS-B1A is simple and straightforward, with four touch keys on the top panel that put full control at your fingertips. At just the push of a button, you can increase or decrease volume, skip back to the beginning of the song or ahead to the next track on your device, or turn Clear Voice (see below) on or off.

Top view of black Bluetooth speaker
WS-B1A top panel.

CLEAR VOICE TECHNOLOGY

The WS-B1A offers the same proprietary Clear Voice technology that you’ll find in many Yamaha sound bars. Simply hit the top panel Clear Voice button and podcasts and video soundtracks instantly sound better than ever, with background noise and sound effects lowered and dialogue brought front and center, making voices easier to hear and understand.

Arrow pointing to button
WS-B1A Clear Voice button.

IT’S MOUNTABLE TOO

A standard 1/4″-20 threaded socket allows you to easily mount the WS-B1A anywhere. Hang it on the wall of your dorm room, bedroom or patio — any place you like to listen to music and podcasts or enjoy videos.

Arrow pointing to socket
A standard threaded socket on the rear of the WS-B1A enables easy wall-mounting.

 

Learn more about the WS-B1A portable Bluetooth speaker.

How To Write A Love Song

How do you write a love song?

Easy. Fall in love. And be willing to share your revelations about it.

Of course, you might well ask, “How do I know that I’m falling in love?” Well, there are certain clues:

  • Your attention keeps returning to a certain someone more than anyone else in the room
  • You find their smile to be infectious
  • The tone of their voice draws you in
  • You’re curious to see them again as soon as you separate
  • “Out of sight, out of mind” isn’t working
  • When you hear “My Funny Valentine” or “Make You Feel My Love,” or whatever song expresses how you always hoped to feel about a soulmate, your heart literally beats faster — the equivalent of a positive result on an at-home are-you-falling-in-love test.

If any of the above apply, start scribbling. What are you waiting for? Writing about something in real time will capture its essence with way more clarity than writing from the memory of it.

If the object of your affection is someone you’ve loved for awhile — whether a romantic partner or a family member who’s been in your life since the day you were born — you might want to look at photos of them, revisit music you’ve listened to together, reread letters, texts or emails they’ve written. All will connect you with the words to express why they matter. Don’t be surprised if you’re overwhelmed and frozen with love at first … especially if your thoughts wander to the idea of living without them. But if you want to write a compelling love song, those are the feelings you must be brave enough to face and share.

As for the one that got away — well, this could be the most challenging and gut-wrenching of all categories. It requires reliving painful memories and of course the letting go. But it has to be done in order to move on and to honor that love is love whether it loved you back or not. Who knows? Maybe your song will serve to help someone else find the strength to get through a similar situation.

So get busy. No matter where you are on your love timeline, write as much as you can possibly put into words. Then put down your pen and let the feelings marinate. In a few days, reread your scribblings and highlight the bits that resonate most profoundly.

When you feel ready, get with your instrument of choice (or a co-writer) and marry the words to melodies and textures that organically call to your fingers and your voice. As you do so, close your eyes and picture the person you love. Most of all, trust the vibes. There’s no magic crystal ball that will deliver a better love song than the honest-to-goodness vibrations in your heart. I hope your heart — and the heart of the one you love — lets you in.

Here’s a conversation between producer Eve Nelson and myself about how we approached recording my one-that-got-away love song “Almost Doesn’t Count,” covered by Brandy back in 2000.

 

Check out Shelly’s other postings

Advice for First-Year Music Educators

Starting your career as a music educator is an exciting time! Who better to offer some words of wisdom than the Yamaha “40 Under 40” music educators for 2023?

Below are 122 tips that will help you navigate your first year of teaching.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Susan Wines

Susan Wines
Orchestra Director
Wade Hampton High School
Greenville, South Carolina

1. Find an encouraging and wise mentor — this can be life-changing! A mentor will keep you abreast of current teaching trends while also helping you keep your head above water with all the other ‘minutia’ required in education. You are so valuable, and students need YOU! To the world you may be one person, but you truly have an opportunity to change the world, one student at a time.

2. Whenever you can, go watch a successful teacher. This teacher doesn’t have to be another music educator. Take your planning period and go observe the teacher of the year within your building. Watch the conductors at your Region Event and All-State and glean every rehearsal technique you can.

3. Be vulnerable – video tape yourself teaching. Watch it and reflect and, if you can, share it with your mentor to receive feedback.

The Yamaha Educator Newsletter: Join to receive a round-up of our latest articles and programs!

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Franklin WillisFranklin J. Willis
Adjunct Professor of Music Education, Vanderbilt University, Blair School of Music
Community Impact Director, CMA Foundation
Nashville, Tennessee

1. Be organized and create a plan. This will help you stay on top of all the tasks that come with being a music educator.

2. Get to know your students and their interests. This will help you create lesson plans that are engaging and relevant to them.

3. Connect with other music educators in your area. This is a great way to get advice, ideas and support from those who have been in your shoes before.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Jeremy WilliamsJeremy Williams
Band Director
L.H. Marrero Middle School
Marrero, Louisiana

1. It is not always about what you like or even want. Example: Just because you may really like a song, it may not be a good fit for your group at that particular time. Not every kid who comes into the band room is going to be a band director one day. You will have students come to you with a variety of different interests, levels, backgrounds and needs. Make sure that the decisions you make are what is best for the band and the program as a whole. Every school, every program and every situation is a little different.

2. Know the repertoire for the level you are teaching. Picking the correct repertoire can be the make or break for so many things for the program and band member retention. If the band learned fundamental musical concepts playing the repertoire, and the band had fun and continues to play at the next level — then you did your job. Plaques, trophies and awards are not the reason we do what we do, period.

3. Don’t be afraid to reach out to other band directors. As band directors, we are often on an island. Most schools have one band director (unlike the English and Math departments where there are multiple other teachers teaching the same content). There will likely be no department head (or if there is, it is not uncommon for them to have a totally different specialty.)

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Tyler WigglesworthTyler Wigglesworth
Choir Director, Performing Arts Academy Coordinator, Vocal Music Director
West Covina High School
West Covina, California

1. Get to know the community, as well as the individual students who you serve. They are each unique humans who bring so much to the table in the music-making process, and every community and student is unique.

2. Always look to foster relationships with your colleagues as well as other music/performing arts professionals. Not only does this open up pathways for potential collaborations, but it is also a great way to demonstrate respect, inclusion, and love for others to our students.

3. Cut yourself some slack. “Rome was not built in a day,” and your music program won’t be either. Have an ambitious and hopeful vision for the current year, the upcoming year, the next five years, even the next 10 years. Having a vision for your program, and a dedication to an excellent execution of that vision, will help you begin to develop and shape your program into something really wonderful. Take on one thing at a time but do it excellently, and it will grow!

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Greg WhiteGreg White
Director of Bands
Ronald Reagan High School
San Antonio, Texas

1. Become the BEST musician you can possibly be. Listen to great music, STUDY your music and perform as much as possible.

2. Focus on communication. There is no such thing as overcommunication. Most people only get to know you through email, so make the craft of writing a priority.

3. Take time for yourself. This profession is hard, but worthwhile. Make sure you are taking every opportunity to lengthen the sustainability of your career.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Sara WeirSara Weir
Music Teacher
Park View Middle School
Cranston, Rhode Island

1. Listen to your students, and respond to them like humans, not children who must obey! If you bring respect to the table, the students will follow suit.

2. Admit when you don’t know something, and model looking it up!

3. Build relationships first through structure, routine and consistency.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Nicole WakabayashiNicole Wakabayashi
Director of Music and Drama
Notre Dame School of Manhattan
New York, New York

1. Go above and beyond. Being a music educator to high schoolers means that you not only need to be a strong musician/conductor/producer but you must also be emotionally available for your students. A level of mutual trust must be built.

2. If you are an instrumentalist or vocalist, continue to perform and develop your own craft. Find ways to still be on stage and hone your own performance rituals that you can pass on to your students. If you are asking your students to perform, you also need to remain a performing artist.

3. No matter your age, stay up to date with all current music from every genre.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Miriam VazquezMiriam L. Vazquez
Music Teacher
Duane D. Keller Middle School
Las Vegas, Nevada

1. Perseverance: This has been my word since I started teaching. I kept hearing that “it gets better,” and I finally figured out that we, as educators, get better! I remember going home crying during my first year and feeling exhausted from all the extra hours and weekends I would put in. But I always remembered that it took my teacher six years of not giving up before I finally joined her mariachi class, and I cannot express how grateful I am that she persevered because I would not be where I am today if she had given up.

2. Self-Care: Yes, your program needs lots of attention, but we tend to forget about ourselves. Sleeping, eating and even things as simple as setting a specific time when work ends are important in ensuring long-term success and sustainability, not only for the program but also for the teacher. Students notice self-care. And we need to care for ourselves in order to be more present for our students.

3. Always remember your WHY: As we continue with our busy lives, schedules and performances, and as our music programs start to run like well-oiled machines, things can become stagnant, where the focus is on the result, rather than the process. The process is the why — taking students from not knowing anything about music to being national performers — and all of the meaning that students take out of that process — makes what we do vitally important. We cannot simply focus on the student outcome of “learning an instrument,” “performing for whomever” or even “Keller Middle School — Superior.” The sense of community is why we do what we do, and we must remember that.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Trevor TranTrevor Tran
Head of Performing Arts, Director of Vocal Arts
Fort Myers High School
Fort Myers, Florida

1. The structure of learning cannot be built without the foundation of relationships

2. You can’t pour into your students if you are empty

3. You absolutely deserve to be where you are, if you put in the work

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Jabari TovarJabari Tovar
Instrumental Music Teacher, Percussion Specialist
Salem Public Schools
Salem, Massachusetts

1. Have a plan. Plan out your goals for the school year and how you’ll implement them (dream big but be realistic). Plan out how much time it’ll take to get your students where you want them to be. Plan to take time for yourself! Teacher burnout is real and doesn’t help anyone.

2. Remember, everything you do must be for your students. If you try something and it doesn’t work out, that’s OK. The key is to always keep the students in mind.

3. Be honest. Students appreciate transparency. We tell our students that making mistakes is OK, but sometimes we as teachers don’t give ourselves the same grace. Own it, learn from it and move on.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Theodore Thorpe IIITheodore Thorpe III
Director of Choral Activities
Alexandria City High School
Alexandria, Virginia

1. Be curious, be brave and ask as many questions as possible that come to your mind. There’s someone there to help you who has been there before. They certainly helped me.

2. Give yourself grace. You will make some mistakes. Just try not to make the same ones. Also, don’t be afraid to say, “I don’t know.” Students will value your honesty with them and your honesty with yourself.

3. Join your local and national professional music organizations (NAfME, ACDA, BOA, etc.). Networking with fellow music educators is extremely valuable in our professional development.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Taylor SpakesTaylor Spakes
Director of Performing Arts
West Rowan Middle School
Salisbury, North Carolina

1. Keep high standards. Students will rise to your expectations and will be thankful in the long run for being held to them.

2. Don’t be afraid to take risks and chances. Your students will surprise you and learn things you didn’t think were possible.

3. Ask for help. If you’re struggling to figure out everything it takes to run a music program, you’re not the only one! Other educators have their tricks that work for them. Don’t be afraid to reach out to those in your community with more experience. They want to help!

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Marcus SmithMarcus D. Smith
Choral Director and Music Educator
Baltimore City College
Baltimore, Maryland

1. Pace yourself and accept your reality. So many times, we envision our perfect ensemble. Work the ensemble in front of you to progress to be the desired ensemble that you envision. It takes day-by-day building. Give yourself and your students grace; it takes time.

2. Become a connected educator. Advocate for your program by building relationships with students, parents, faculty, alumni, administration and the community. Remember that you are not alone. Communicate with your ensemble’s village.

3. Be passionate. Continuously show love for your discipline. Always be at your best. Demonstrate love for your craft. It will become contagious. This contagious spirit will become enjoyable for all.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Dylan SimsDylan Sims
Director of Bands
York Middle School
York, South Carolina

1. Find your tribe. Surround yourself with a community of support and people who you can go to for help when you’re stuck. It’s so important to have people who can help you work through a problem, remind you of upcoming deadlines or calm you down when you’re in a panic. It’s okay to ask for help — you’re not in this alone!

2. You’re going to make mistakes, and that’s OK. We’ve all been there — we have all forgotten to turn in grades, respond to that parent email or remind students about their concert attire. These are all learning experiences, and you will learn from them. It doesn’t mean you “failed,” it means you’re growing!

3. Take time for reflection. It’s going to be hectic and you’re going to be overwhelmed sometimes, but take time to reflect on what you’re doing correctly and celebrate those small victories. Likewise, reflect on things that could use some improvement and get creative about ways to address those situations. Use your tribe to celebrate and help you!

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Dr. Timothy SextonDr. Timothy S. Sexton
Associate Director of Bands
Tarpon Springs Leadership Conservatory for the Arts
Tarpon Springs, Florida

1. Video record your teaching and conducting on a weekly basis. This will urgently refine your own delivery/tone, pacing of information, ear training, etc.

2. Find a positive mentor teacher in your life who is dedicated to your students’ growth, dedicated to your growth as an educator and constructively honest in conversation. (Thank you, Dr. Joshua Boyd, Ryan Murrell and countless others, for being my mentors.)

3. Develop curricula through Understanding by Design (UbD) / Backward Design. Begin with the end in mind with all things.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator James SepulvadoJames Sepulvado
Performing Arts Department Chair, Associate Professor of Music
Cuyamaca College
Rancho San Diego, California

1. Always remember the music and people. If your college training was anything like mine, the things that matter most are not discussed as much as they should be. The most important things about this job are music and people. If you wake up on fire to make music every day, and you care about your students deeply as people, then everything else about the job will come with time. If you aren’t passionate about music and/or you don’t care about your students, there is nothing you can learn that will make up for that.

2. To do this job well requires about 300 hours of work a week. You must get comfortable with the fact that there will ALWAYS be more work to do than can be done. Once you figure that out, then  learn how to get better at delegating, training, asking for help and prioritizing your time.

3. The truth is in the score. This somewhat cryptic saying comes from Elizabeth Green and it is a way of saying that we are not the source of energy when you conduct. We are the conduit through which the music passes, and it is our job to do everything we can to communicate the music that wants to pass through us to the musicians in your ensemble and then ultimately to the audience. When you make it about you, whether it’s your ego, your pride or your competitiveness, you are missing the point. The more you make it about the music and what your students need, the more powerful your music-making powers will become

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Caleb SchepartCaleb Schepart
Music Teacher
Dr. Kenneth B. Clark Academy
Dobbs Ferry, New York

1. Make sure you are organized, and don’t be afraid to ask for help if you need it.

2. We call it “playing music” for a good reason, so remember to make sure that you and your students get to have some fun doing music stuff in your class. If you don’t think it is important, if you don’t enjoy it, then it isn’t realistic to think that your students will, too.

3. Discipline and respect are essential to good music-making in the classroom, so be sure to find an approach that fits your personality and demeanor. It may be difficult at first — maybe you are concerned that the students won’t like you — but in the long run, they will lose respect for you and stop liking you anyway if you aren’t able to respect everyone’s time by decisively addressing disciplinary issues.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Noelle RaderNoelle Rader
Orchestra Teacher
Mendive Middle School
Sparks, Nevada

1. Don’t overlook middle school and middle schoolers! It is a great place with fantastic students. Be open to jobs at the middle school level, it’s a very special place where you can make a huge impact.

2. Give yourself five years! A fantastic mentor told me this at the beginning of my career, and it’s been a game changer. The first five years are when you are experimenting and figuring it all out — and these first years are tough! But around year five, you start to feel settled, and you have the confidence that you know what you are doing. Never stop improving and give yourself some grace those first years.

3. Create an organized system for all your digital and physical files from day one! You will save yourself so much time if you always know where things are. Even if you change it later, at least you have somewhere to start.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator William OliverDr. William Oliver
Director of University Bands, Assistant Professor of Music Education
Huston-Tillotson University
Austin, Texas

1. Keep your desk clean. The entire enterprise runs through your office.

2. Keep your due dates and your deadlines from being too close to each other. For example, field trip forms are due to the office on Friday, so they are due to the director on Tuesday, NOT Thursday.

3. Record yourself teaching. Monitor your talking versus teaching ratio. Feedback is one of the most significant drivers of growth.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Emily MeyersonEmily Meyerson
K-12 Music and Drama Educator
North Baltimore Local Schools
North Baltimore, Ohio

1. Don’t be afraid to ask for help! I felt like I could barely keep my head above the water my first year, and that’s OK! Being a new teacher is scary sometimes and there are a lot of things you don’t learn about in college.

2. Growth takes time. When you try new things or try to turn a program around, you won’t see results right away. In fact, you may see things get worse before they get better. Stay the course, and be patient. You will see those changes, but it can take years to turn a program around.

3. Set boundaries. Being a music teacher is hard work. We oftentimes provide the only safe space our students have and that leads to a lot of sharing. It’s important to be there for your students, while also setting boundaries to protect your own emotional well-being and mental health. Boundaries are important.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Nerissa ManelaNerissa Manela
PhD Student, Teaching Assistant
University of Miami
Coral Gables, Florida

1. Connect with your community. Whether it’s your school district, state or somewhere else, find experienced teachers who you can turn to with questions and gain insights from. Music teachers often feel isolated, but in building your network, you will know you are supported and have a team of cheerleaders behind you!

2. Set boundaries. There’s so much pressure in the professional world, especially in the teaching sphere, to go above and beyond. There is nothing wrong with having high expectations, but burnout is not a badge of honor. Do everything in your power to leave work at work and find something truly recreational or relaxing to include in your routine.

3. It’s just music! Mistakes happen and the first year of teaching certainly has a huge learning curve, but remember that your job is to make music with children — never lose sight of the joy that music brought you, and enjoy the wonderful opportunity you have to bring joy, wonder and success to your students!

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Paul LowryPaul Lowry
Director of Bands, Percussion and Jazz Studies
Department Chair, Performing Arts
Del Sol Academy of the Performing Arts
Las Vegas, Nevada

1. Routines and structure are key.

2. Give your students reasonable opportunities to make responsible choices.

3. Work hard but have fun doing it.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Johanna KitchellJohanna M. Kitchell
Orchestra Director
Riverside Junior High School, Riverside Intermediate School
Fishers, Indiana

1. Learn the names of your office staff, counselors and custodians. Treat them with kindness. They hold the walls together. Music programs demand more than other subjects and having a good relationship with these people will make a difference.

2. Ask, beg and borrow. All those great ideas, activities and assignments your colleagues have? Chances are they got them from someone else. We are here to support one another. So, ask for a copy, ask for their thoughts, ask if you can use it. I bet they’ll say yes.

3. Never forget that your students are in your class by choice. The students in front of you choose to participate in music, for one reason or another. It is your responsibility to create an environment in which they want to stay, and an experience in which they thrive.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Larry JenkinsProfessor Larry Jenkins
Professor and Assistant Director of Bands
Tennessee State University
Nashville, Tennessee

1. Give yourself GRACE! There will be trial and error and moments that you don’t “get it right.” Realize you aren’t the first and won’t be the last to experience those feelings, learn from them and give yourself grace as you move forward.

2. Plan ahead and be prepared but be ready to PIVOT. Proper preparation allows you to be confident in your instruction but always be prepared to pivot and try something else if need be in order to best serve the needs of your students.

3. Remember that “there’s more.” Think outside the box. Allow your students to think outside the box. All great innovations started with an idea!

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Dr. Joseph JeffersonDr. Joseph L. Jefferson
Director of Jazz Studies, Associate Professor of Trombone and Euphonium
Southeast Missouri State University
Cape Girardeau, Missouri

1. Be a good human, be patient and allow yourself some grace.

2. Continue to learn and improve your teaching and performance skills so that you can teach students at every level.

3. Create an inclusive and diverse learning environment that is welcoming for all students!

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Lisa HatfieldLisa Hatfield
5th-Grade Band and Orchestra Teacher
Batavia Elementary Schools
Batavia, Illinois

1. It’s OK not to know everything. Even now, I will still get asked about a fancy fingering or music history question that I don’t know the answer to right away. Just go do your homework and share your findings. Those questions may knock your “but I’m a musician!” pride down a notch, but they will make you a better teacher.

2. Take risks! Want to try something you saw online? Have a weird idea to teach a musical concept? Try it! The worst thing that will happen is that it doesn’t give you the results you were hoping for, and you move on to try something else.

3. Be empathetic. If I could compare my first year to now, the amount of empathy I have for my students and their families has grown exponentially. People are dealing with so many outside and uncontrollable factors that sometimes music is their only saving grace, or alternatively, it gets pushed to the side. Instead of taking offense, find out how you can help.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Matt GullicksonMatt Gullickson
Band Director
Eastview High School
Apple Valley, Minnesota

Pick any three from below:

1. Don’t be afraid of mistakes, just try not to repeat the big ones.

2. Go for it! Don’t wait until you know all the steps to join the dance.

3. You’ll never forget your first year, so enjoy it the best you can.

4. The hard part about your first year is the psychoanalysis that follows every rehearsal. You spend so much time thinking about the ins, outs and what ifs that occurred or didn’t occur. This tip is simple: Only spend time thinking about what you can fix in the next rehearsal, everything else is folly.

5. Don’t let the stuff you can’t control rent space in your brain.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Kylie GriffinKylie Griffin
Elementary Music Teacher
Dozier Elementary School
Erath, Louisiana

1. Ask many questions! The first year of teaching is difficult for everyone.

2. Think outside the box. There is a world of music to explore across multiple cultures and races.

3. Talk to your students. Ask them how their day or weekend was. Ask about their baseball games, dance competitions, etc. Make your students know that they belong and that you care about what’s going on in their lives.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Corey GravesCorey Graves
Director of Bands
Tony A. Jackson Middle School
Forney, Texas

1. Find a mentor who you trust and admire. There is always a teacher with more experience waiting and willing to help guide you in the right direction. No teacher worth their salt wants to see you fail!

2. Get out of your band hall and see master teachers work their craft. Go to all types of conferences, camps and other schools to absorb all the information you can!

3. Be stubborn about your goals and flexible about your methods. Just because a plan is not working the first time (or ever) does not mean the goal should be trashed. That is the beauty of the alphabet … if Plan A will not work, there are 25 more letters from which to choose! Be flexible enough not to panic and destroy the momentum you’ve created!

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Andres Gonzalez

Andrés González
Music Director
Play on Philly
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

1. Find places where you have safe opportunities to teach and implement what you learned in school, ideally with role models around where you can learn real teaching experiences and techniques.

2. Design and plan → Implement → Self-reflect → Improve. Do this for the rest of your life! We need to be constant thinkers and be the first person to give feedback to ourselves.

3. Be meaningful all the time. We are changing the world, and it takes a lot! Show your students that there is always a pathway and that you’re willing to guide and support them

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Dr. Derek GanongDr. Derek Ganong
Assistant Professor of Trumpet, Director of Jazz
Boise State University
Boise, Idaho

1. Find your people and collaborate on everything

2. Get organized. Otherwise, you won’t have enough time to do anything but stay afloat, which is bad for students

3. Have a clear sense of your learning objectives. Are the things you are doing actually addressing those objectives? Constantly ask yourself constantly “why are we doing this?”

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Jasmine FrippJasmine M.T. Fripp
Director of Choral Activities and General Music
KIPP Nashville Collegiate High School
Nashville, Tennessee

1. Embrace the process of becoming a better teacher. You won’t always get it right, so embrace those mistakes and grow from them.

2. In the great words of one of my many mentors, Jeffrey A. Murdock: “Teach the kids in front of you, not the kids you wish you had.”

3. When students feel confident, that they belong, that can be their authentic selves, and that they are being pushed to a high level of excellence, you have created “The Ultimate Classroom Culture.”

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Brandon DurasBrandon J. Duras
Director of Instrumental Music
Brunswick High School
Brunswick, Maine

1. Trust your abilities as a musician, educator and director. Your students are capable of so much, so don’t be afraid to challenge them to sound musical — you know what that sounds like. Don’t feel obligated to say yes to every request for your group. You know what is reasonable and possible — don’t get pushed around.

2. Make connections with both music and non-music colleagues. They share the same students and can offer a lot of advice. There are a lot of times when you can feel isolated because of how busy you are, so it is helpful to know you’re not.

3. This may sound scary, but your students notice everything. They notice if you’re having a good day or a bad day (my students notice when I don’t end rehearsal by saying have a great day!), they notice how you interact with and support (or don’t support) them, their peers or your colleagues. So, treat everyone with fairness and kindness. Along those same lines, this is a thankless job, so even if you don’t feel appreciated, know that you are.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator David DavisDavid Davis
Music Teacher
Park Spanish Immersion Elementary School
St. Louis Park, Minnesota

1. Exemplify a growth mindset. The best teachers are constantly learning and adapting.

2. Put your students first. Often, this means questioning the status quo, being skeptical of things that “have always been done this way,” prioritizing student choice over compliance, and leaning into discomfort in order to advance systemic change.

3. Schools are learning institutions, not entertainment venues. Music education should be about liberating students’ creative voices and seeking musical growth for all, not just about progression of technical skills and competitions. In my opinion, concerts should be an optional component of a curriculum, not the primary way of demonstrating learning outcomes. “Teaching to the concert” is akin to “teaching to the test” and does not result in well-rounded, literate or imaginative musicians.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Leah ClaiborneDr. Leah N. Claiborne
Associate Professor of Piano
University of the District of Columbia
Washington, D.C.

1. Find your voice and encourage your students to find theirs as well.

2. Never be afraid to say you don’t have the answer. I think when we show up in certain spaces there is a misunderstanding that educators must have all the answers. The moment I was able to celebrate that I am a life-long learner, I was able to realize how incredible my network of scholars on any area was — and they were at my disposal! I celebrate not having all the answers for my students because it allows me to open up my network to them as well.

3. You can love what you do and still be burnt out. I don’t believe the saying, “If you choose what you love to do, you never have to work a day in your life.” Sometimes, the work is hard and draining. Having a good work/life balance is important so that you never lose sight of why we are in this profession in the first place

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Rob ChiltonRob Chilton
Creator
RC Theory
Frisco, Texas

1. Teach beginners early in your career. Nothing strengthens your pedagogy like teaching a child to play an instrument from square one. They only know what you’ve taught them. It’s the ultimate litmus test of your ability as a teacher. Furthermore, you’ll intimately learn the instruments, making you a better ensemble teacher!

2. Learn to play every instrument you teach. The best decision I ever made for my pedagogy was to learn how to play a new instrument every summer when I was young and still had the time. I can still remember the summer I spent practicing clarinet. I gained a strong appreciation for what it feels like to be a beginner again, and I figured out how to troubleshoot all the strange sounds I was hearing in class but wasn’t sure how to address.

3. The first three years are the hardest. One of my mentors once told me that your first year you’ll be drowning. Your second year you’ll tread water. The third year you’ll start to swim but be unsure of the destination. Once you hit the fourth year, you’ll start to swim with purpose. This couldn’t have been more accurate for me, and I’ve seen it ring true for so many of my former student teachers over the years.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Logan BurnsideLogan Burnside
Band Director
Jordan High School
Jordan, Minnesota

1. Everything you know matters — your experiences, your pedagogical and musical knowledge. However, you must remember that you are teaching humans in front of you, each of whom have hopes and dreams about “what band is,” what they hope to accomplish and what it means to be a part of an ensemble. Additionally, they have worries and stressors in other areas of their lives that will affect their performance in your class. I think it is important that as music educators, we address the entire individual and be a positive force for good in their lives.

2. Students will feed off of your genuine joy of music-making. They will mimic your stress and frustration if you show those emotions, but they will also mimic your vulnerability, technique and passion. Lead by example and demonstrate sensitive and encouraging musical energy.

3. Get students to buy in to what you are doing through building genuine relationships, showing them that you care and fostering trust. Especially if you are stepping into a high school band program, I strongly recommend not changing about 90% of the program norms for the first year. The 9th graders in front of you likely never encountered your predecessor, but to the 12th graders, you are the teacher who took the job of “their” band director. Show them you are on the same team and want the same thing through honoring their band experience and add new things where you can.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Gabriella BurdetteGabriella Burdette
Orchestra Director
Grace M. James Academy of Excellence
Louisville, Kentucky

1. Utilize all the resources available to you. It’s important to take advantage of any grant, partnership or help from the community to enhance your program. Students will notice how much you are investing in them and their success.

2. Celebrate the growth of your students as much as possible, no matter how big or small. Students want to be seen and heard. They need positive reinforcement in their lives to provide them with motivation to achieve excellence.

3. Collaborate with your department and seek help when needed. Do not try to do everything on your own. We can grow and support each other and our programs.

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator Emily Williams BurchDr. Emily Williams Burch
Coordinator of Music Education, Professor of Music
University of South Carolina Aiken
Aiken, South Carolina

1. The first year was hard for all of us — keep showing up and asking for help. It will get easier! Just remember to be YOU! You’re the only you there is on this planet, so be yourself and don’t try to be like anyone else (it’s OK to not follow the imaginary ruler or yardstick of life — just do you!)

2. Make sure you’re eating well and sleeping enough — you can’t rock a classroom full of folks if your engine isn’t running correctly

3. It’s OK to say no, and it is more than OK to ask for help — not only in year one but forever. I wouldn’t be able to do anything I do today without my mentors. Collaboration is one of the keys to loving life!

2023 "40 Under 40" Educator John AguilarJohn Aguilar
Director of Bands
Robert Eagle Staff Middle School
Seattle, Washington

1. Document everything! Your first year will always be the year in which you lay the groundwork/foundation for the rest of your career. Keep every physical/digital file that you use and store it for future reference. They will come in handy later!

2. Ask lots of questions and seek lots of answers. Let your mind be inquisitive. You never know where those generated ideas will take you and your students!

3. Enjoy each moment and take time to care for yourself whenever you can. Try to not bring the work home as much as possible. If you are great with your students, strive to be even greater with your family, friends, spouse, children, pets, etc. Maintaining a healthy work-life balance will give you longevity and energy in this field of work.

Check out tips for first-year music teachers from the 2025 “40 Under 40,” 2024 “40 Under 40,” 2022 “40 Under 40” and 2021 “40 Under 40” educators for more invaluable advice!

 

10 Best Blues Albums to Own on Vinyl

Every record collection should have a healthy dose of the blues. And because so many great blues records are analog in nature, with a raw, stripped-down production ethos, they’re best enjoyed on vinyl.

From Muddy Waters to John Lee Hooker to Janis Joplin to Eric Clapton, there are so many great choices, but here are 10 must-haves:

1. The Complete Collection – Robert Johnson

There are other compilations of blues originator Robert Johnson’s music, but this one far and away sounds the best. For years only available as a two-CD collection, this vinyl import is your gateway to the genre on so many levels. Johnson’s heartfelt playing is simple, gritty and as raw as it gets. And he’s the guy that everyone has borrowed from since.

2. Howlin’ Wolf – Howlin’ Wolf

Wolf is a cornerstone of the blues. The way he rips through these classic tracks makes you feel like you’re sitting on his porch in Mississippi, taking it all in. Some aficionados say that he provides all the blues you’ll ever need. That may or may not be true, but the amazing set presented on this album might convince a lot of folks.

3. Jail – Big Mama Thornton

Unsurprisingly, jail and the blues seem to go together. Even though Elvis gets all the credit for “Hound Dog,” this is the lady that was there first, and her version has much more grit, chock full of horns that would do James Brown proud. Remember Janis Joplin’s “Ball and Chain”? Big Mama wrote that one too (though she gave up her publishing rights). Amazing songs … and wow, what a voice!

4. Live in Cook County Jail – B.B. King

Speaking of jail, this 1971 release recorded in Cook County Jail in Chicago is an off-the-beaten-path treasure. The versions of “Every Day I Have the Blues” and “Sweet Sixteen” included here are incredible, and this album also arguably delivers King’s best rendition of his signature tune, “The Thrill is Gone.”

5. I Do Not Play No Rock and Roll – Mississippi Fred McDowell

Hunting down the origin of the Rolling Stones’ tune “You Gotta Move” (later covered by Aerosmith) sent me to the source: Mississippi Fred. On this record, he breaks it down old-school with slide guitar so drippy wet, you’ll practically be reaching for an umbrella!

6. Peter Green’s Fleetwood Mac – Fleetwood Mac

It’s easy to forget that Fleetwood Mac started as a mega blues band in the ’60s. This collection of blues tunes is full throttle from start to finish, and so heavily laden with wailing guitars (courtesy of guitar hero Peter Green and six-string dueling partner Jeremy Spencer), you almost can’t hear Mick Fleetwood’s powerful drumming … which is saying a lot.

7. Second Winter – Johnny Winter

Everything is bigger in Texas, they say, and here’s your proof. The albino bluesmaster kicks some serious you-know-what on this record, which offers a great mix of Winter originals and classic tunes. Don’t be fooled by the fact that this two-record vinyl set only has three sides of music on it, with a blank fourth side. As Johnny says in the liner notes: “It was important for this album to be as loud as technically possible. We didn’t want to give you more and we didn’t want to give you less.” Mission accomplished.

8. Couldn’t Stand The Weather – Stevie Ray Vaughan

Stevie Ray Vaughn is the artist that brought the blues back to the forefront for another generation. His debut album Texas Flood hit the airwaves in 1983, when a lot of people were still pogoing to Devo and the B-52s. When it became an instant hit, it took everyone by surprise, thrusting Stevie Ray to the forefront of the world’s top players … and this follow-up album did even better. In addition to being imbued with incredibly tasty guitar licks, all of SRVs vinyl releases are executed to audiophile standards.

9. Still Got The Blues – Gary Moore

Though many remember Moore for his work with the rock group Thin Lizzy, he was a bluesman to the core. This platinum LP combines masterful playing, grit and sorrow — all the necessary requirements for a great blues album. Moore’s choice of material is fantastic, and includes two great covers of “Walking By Myself” and “Too Tired,” where he’s joined by Albert Collins. A stealthy gem.

10. Blue & Lonesome – The Rolling Stones

Arguably, no one did more to push the blues to the forefront of our consciousness than the Rolling Stones. This 2016 release, a collection of classic tunes presented in a stripped-down manner that’s true to the genre, should be on your list, if for no other reason than it provides such a great tribute to these songs.

 

Check out these turntables from Yamaha.

Celebrate Failure: Teach Through Music

We all fear the horrible F word — failure. Who wants to fail at something? How often do people purposefully put effort into failing? It is something we avoid at all costs, are ashamed of, or even lie about, right? So why am I writing an article about celebrating failure?

Let’s talk about failure, and what I mean when I say we should celebrate failure in our classroom. In his book, “Failure: Why Science Is So Successful,” Stuart Firestein says “Although ignorance and failure are commonly thought of in a negative light, in science they are just the opposite: They are where all the interesting action is.”

Think about the scientific method: You write a hypothesis, conduct the experiment and analyze the outcome. Physicist Enrico Fermi is quoted in Firestein’s book, “If your experiments succeed in proving the hypothesis, you have made a measurement; if they fail to prove the hypothesis, you have made a discovery.”

How do we create this space of discovery in our classes for different ages and levels of playing?

Harmful Failure

First, let’s address those failures that are harmful or even life altering. We miss deadlines and lose our job, we run a red light and get into an accident, a surgeon makes a fatal mistake during surgery, we get angry and break something, we overspend and overdraft our bank account.

This article is not about these types of harmful failures that are very difficult to come back from. These failures can be unforgiveable, unacceptable and should be avoided at all costs. Hopefully, we are taught the skills to avoid them.

However, we must respect that these failures are real and realize that this article is about education and how to develop lifelong learners who are self-motivated to succeed. Accepting failure is crucial to helping our students develop these skills.

Fantasy vs. Reality

frustrated boy sticking his tongue out When I first became a teacher, I believed that anything less than the top rating at festival meant I was a failure. I had this fantasy about what it meant to be a band teacher. I was going to have the best groups in the area! I was this fun, energetic teacher, my kids would love me, and in turn, they would be amazing musicians simply because I was the person in front of them. I would teach them how to play faster, higher, louder, with more emotion, in tune, with balance. I was going to get my name out there! Thankfully, I learned pretty quickly that this was not reality.

Reality was hearing students say that they can’t, they aren’t good enough, they’re just bad at it, they’re smart enough, they just don’t get it, it’s too hard. I’m not exaggerating when I say that I heard almost all of these comments every single day during my first two years of teaching, sometimes from my best players. I had no idea how to get through to them, how to help them see what I saw: their potential. It was exhausting.

How was I supposed to show them how to work through the hard stuff to get to the good stuff? How do you do that when they are ready to quit the second a challenge comes their way?

Changing the Narrative

young boy looking sheepish after getting caught doing something wrongI remember talking to a veteran teacher from a neighboring district about this. He told me, “Kids are just different nowadays. They don’t try any more, they give up and they want everything handed to them. They’re lazy.”

Thankfully, our conversation ended shortly after he said this. I took what he said and refused to accept it! But the wheels started turning. I soon realized what the problem was for my students and for many students — I was teaching music to them rather than teaching them through music.

I changed the narrative in my classroom. We started talking about our mistakes outside of class first. I would share with them mistakes I had made the day prior. This became a daily routine at the beginning of every single class. Things started out small, students would share things like forgetting to wipe the table after dinner, missing three questions on their math test, forgetting to remind their mom about practice tonight. Then we started to talk about mistakes we made in the music.

The students already felt comfortable talking about the little mistakes they made in their personal lives and how they would learn from them. When we started incorporating mistakes made in class, they automatically shared what they would do to fix that mistake next time. They immediately began to analyze their own music and playing. Unintended benefit right there!

Overcoming My Fear

I was afraid for my students to hear me sound bad on an instrument. I thought I had to keep up this persona that I could play all the instruments well. I seriously don’t know where this mentality came from.

I am a tuba player, so I started with brass. I began playing the trumpet more often. One day in class, I commented to my trumpet section that a particular part of their music sounded so much better. A student from the section responded, “Yeah, we were talking about your trumpet playing the other day. You’re getting better, and we weren’t okay with you sounding better than us, so we had a sectional this weekend.”

I kept my cool, but I wanted to scream to the world that my kids held their own sectional and improved! This became a regular occurrence in all the sections without me implementing or pushing for anything. The students simply took charge.

From Noise to Music

happy orchestra studentsHave you ever taught a beginning band or orchestra class? Those first few weeks can be, well, interesting. Those beautiful colorful sounds, screeches, squawks and flubber sounds happen regularly, but we know that they will turn into music soon. We know these noises are part of our students developing their embouchures, bow holds, finger placement.

Failure is literally built into beginning band and orchestra. On what day in their learning did we decide that failure is no longer acceptable? Why?

Oftentimes, we do not even realize we stopped accepting those failures. We begin the internal, or sometimes external, monologue that they should know this already, we’ve been doing it for weeks, they never practice, why is the trumpet section still missing that F sharp? Will my clarinets ever play a B natural instead of a B flat without me telling them?

Many of us stop accepting the failures as part of the learning and begin dictating what’s right and wrong. I still find myself falling back into this, especially right before a concert or festival.

I Want to Hear Your Mistakes

young boy holding a magnifying glass to his eyeHow often have you said to a student or section that is not playing or singing out, “I want to hear your mistakes” and meant it? How many times have you said this during rehearsal, and when that mistake happened, you stopped the group and made a comment on the right note or rhythm? Have you ever heard those mistakes and literally applauded that student or section? If not, try it, genuinely.

I encourage you to say you want something and then accept it with open arms. After you thank them for playing out and allowing you to hear it, then you can kindly fix it. The next time, they will play a mistake so you can fix it before the concert. We have all had that one student who waits until the concert performance to finally play out.

Before my students sight read a new line in their book or a new piece, we go through the regular criteria: key signature, time signature, rhythms, notes, etc. We have an organized process and check all the boxes.

Before we play the first note, I always ask, “Are you going to make mistakes?” to which my students yell, “Yes!”

“Are you going to stop playing and put your instrument down?”

“No!”

“Good, let’s begin.”

Once I started this call-and-response, my students quit putting their instruments down and giving up. They stopped saying, “I can’t.” In fact, I have not heard those words from any of my non-first year students in the last three years. It is no longer a part of our class. I am hearing it less and less in my beginning groups, too.

Perfection is Not Our Goal

On playing assessment days, I go down the row and the students play one by one. I kindly tell those who freeze up that I will come back to them and suggest they finger along, and I keep going. Not only does this keep up the momentum, but it allows students to know that they can try again. Plus, other students who may be freaking out as their turn is coming up are reminded that this is a safe place.

Every time I come back to a student, they do better than their first attempt. No one has ever been upset that someone else got a second try. The support for each other to succeed is there.

Of course, we talk about the reality of performances and how we do not get a second chance, and that even professional musicians make mistakes during concerts. We need to teach our students that perfection is not our goal, nor is it realistic. The more they can play through a mistake and anticipate them, the more successful they will be. Hearing conductor, composer and educator Jack Stamp talk about mistakes and the unrealistic expectation for musicians when compared to sports and academics was life changing for me.

Turning Failure into Success

teacher high-fiving studentHave you ever taught students how to improvise or compose? During these two processes that are highly dependent on failure, we learn what we like and what we don’t. We sometimes use a process of elimination as we work through the kinks.

As students are learning the 12-bar blues, they are singing the bass line and imagining what their solo will sound like. Then they pick up their instrument and play … and it sounds nothing like what they imagined. They can either give up, never try again, or keep going to find out what works and what doesn’t.

A past teacher of mine once told me, “There is no wrong note in jazz, just hold it ‘til it becomes the right note.”

Of course, I am aware this is not a rule we should live by, but the idea behind it is golden. Why is that note wrong now but right later on? When that wrong note finally sounds amazing in a different chord, that failure became a success, and students learn to love when it clicks. They need to work through those mistakes and failures. As Jennifer Lim says, “Mistakes are proof that you are trying.”

When we celebrate our students’ failures, we show them that their value is not connected only to their successes. They are valued for simply being themselves. This does not mean failures are not painful, it just means that they are not the end of something.

Students must learn from failure, and when we create a dialogue in our classrooms that we accept failure, students learn to accept them as well. They learn to be resilient and to have “grit,” the magical word that we hear all the time in staff meetings and training.
Students learn how to work through tough situations, knowing that if they keep going, they will be successful. They will be okay with not always being the best because they know if they keep trying, they can be.

Celebrate their failures, and you will begin to teach them through music instead of just teaching music to them.

Exercises to Strengthen the Fourth and Fifth Fingers

Do you find that you tend to favor your first three fingers (the thumb, index and middle fingers) over the your ring finger (fourth finger) and pinky (fifth finger) when playing piano or keyboards?

You’re not alone — most of us do. And there is a good reason why, as you’ll learn shortly. But if you want to be able to play smooth runs and passages, you need to make use of all your fingers. More than that, you need to be able to use them smoothly and with good control. Here’s a guide to achieving that goal.

The Physiology of the Hand

When people discuss fingers in relation to playing keyboard, they often use the descriptive terms “strong” and “weak.” However, the issue isn’t really the difference in strength between fingers; it’s about control and independence. The construction of the hand and the muscles and tendons beneath the skin causes us to have more independent control of the first three fingers, as you can see in this video:

Realizing this will help you to better understand the challenge of improving your use of the “problem” fourth and fifth digits. Fortunately, there are exercises that can help.

Start With These Tried-And-True Held Note Exercises

To get started, you don’t even need to be at a keyboard. Begin by placing your hand on a flat surface, with your fingers curled slightly underneath, like this:

Closeup of a right hand.

Now just lift each finger repeatedly, while leaving the others in place. You don’t need to lift the finger too high. It’s also very important that you not force your hand to stay in touch with the surface — there should never be any tension in the hand.

These types of table-top exercises are great because you can do them anywhere, anytime.

Now let’s transfer this concept to the keyboard. Place your right thumb on middle C, with your other four fingers over the next higher white notes. Quietly press down and hold all the keys, and then practice playing each note repeatedly, like this:

Musical annotation.

The smaller notes in the parentheses remain held down: only one finger will be moving in each measure. Work slowly at first, and be sure to keep your hands relaxed, as well as your arm and shoulder muscles. Only speed up when you feel comfortable.

You’ll find lots of variations on this theme (i.e., exercises where you hold down notes while working on isolated fingers) in piano instruction websites and books, most famously in Essential Finger Exercises for Obtaining a Sure Piano Technique by Ernő Dohnányi. However, many contemporary instructors feel that this concept should be modified, because it doesn’t take into account the shared tendons for the ring and pinky fingers. You can’t fight the design of the hand, and in normal playing you’ll never need to hold down so many notes while playing an isolated figure, so I recommend you hold down less notes, allowing the fingers to move more naturally. For example:

Musical annotation.

The first measure is hard to play, but the second measure is much easier, since the pinky is free to move slightly along with the ring finger as it naturally wants to do. You’ll still get good benefit from this exercise, and you won’t be fighting the design of your hand.

Here’s another version of the held note concept, this time focusing on the pinky. The same concept is applied: by not holding the ring finger down, you can execute the second bar much easier, with less tension in your hand.

Musical annotation.

Don’t forget to do this with your left hand as well. Place your pinky on the C below middle C and span the adjacent white notes with your other fingers. Here’s the old-school version:

Musical annotation.

And here’s the recommended version (shown for the ring finger only):

Musical annotation.

Move On to More Advanced Held Note Exercises

Building on this concept are exercises that have you playing moving figures with the “weaker” fingers. Here’s a good one to get you started:

Musical annotation.

You should find the first measure easy to play, and the second measure (where you leave the middle finger free as well) is even easier.

Here’s another exercise that moves around the top three fingers:

Musical annotation.

Once you’ve mastered that, work on your left hand the same way:

Musical annotation.

Some Classic Exercises

These next exercises don’t involved holding any notes; they just work the harder-to-control fingers, and are inspired by such classic technique books such as Hanon’s The Virtuoso Pianist, Czerny and others.

Musical annotation.

This next one just alternates what note you start the two-note groups with:

Musical annotation.

Try this one to concentrate on the most difficult finger groups:

Musical annotation.

As always, be sure to work on your left hand as well:

Musical annotation.
Musical annotation.
Musical annotation.

Ready to Get More Advanced?

Players who have progressed a bit further might want to try tackling this next concept. It involves playing two notes at the same time, then moving these two-note groups around, like this:

Musical annotation.

You should raise your fingers just slightly up off the keys before striking each two-note group, and focus on striking both notes at the same time. As always, go slow and don’t tense up the hand.

Here’s the left-hand version of that same exercise:

Musical annotation.

Since these double-note exercises can also be done away from the keyboard, on any flat surface, there’s no excuse for not getting your practice time in. Soon enough, you’ll feel comfortable using all five fingers … which is as it should be!

All piano examples played on a Yamaha P-515

Check out our other Well-Rounded Keyboardist postings.

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha keyboard instruments.

A Brief History of Video Games

To tell the origin story of video games, we must look at the early days of computers. In the 1950s, engineers began to use rudimentary machines to design simple games to play. A big breakthrough came in 1962 when MIT student Steve Russell, along with friends, created Spacewar! This title featured controllable spaceships that had to avoid a star’s “gravity” while also engaging in battle against one another.

Though having no real commercial success (its popularity was limited to the relatively small programming community of the era), Spacewar! was so impactful that it is now in the Library of Congress. In the following decade, more innovation took place, with a preponderance of hugely popular games (and their theme songs) like Pong, Space-Invaders and Pac-Man. But it wouldn’t stop there. In this posting, we’ll examine the origins of the video game industry and track its massive development. Today, it is a billion-dollar tech enterprise, providing unique experiences made even more immersive when enjoyed with gaming headsets like the Yamaha YH-G01.

THE GOLDEN 1970s

In 1972, North America was introduced to Pong. While today the title may seem overly simple, at the time it was mesmerizing. The game was essentially a digital version of table tennis, with a line down the middle and two digital “paddles” on either side of the screen that the player could move up and down. (Move it fast enough and you could even put a digital spin on the pixelated ball!) Like real ping-pong, the objective was to hit the ball back and forth until you could make your opponent (which could be another person or the computer) miss.

Six years later, the alien-fighting Space Invaders was released, followed in 1980 by Pac-Man. While these games were engaging and innovative, what made them supremely popular was the invention of the video arcade. The concept of the mechanized “penny arcade” had begun in the early 20th century. But the digital video game-based arcade began to pop up in the 1970s and was a magnet for young people.

Patrons would pump quarters into their favorite video games, which were housed in tall cabinets. As such, gaming was largely a public endeavor — kids would gather around and watch a friend try and beat a high score. At around the same time, the home gaming console was gaining ground in the market. By the mid-70s, Atari® was offering gamers the chance to play their favorite titles — like Pong — in the comfort of their living room.

But that was just the beginning.

THE UP-AND-DOWN 1980s

When the 1980s hit, video games were peaking in popularity. In fact, there was so much money and interest in video games that the market famously oversaturated and crashed in 1983. Some even pinpoint the fall to one specific title — one that’s considered by many to be the worst video game of all time: E.T. the Extra-Terrestrial. Its creation was rushed, pushed to release by Christmas the year of the famous Steven Spielberg film of the same name. There is even an urban legend that thousands of its unsold cartridges remain buried somewhere in New Mexico!

But with the (temporary) downfall of arcades and video games came the potential for a rebound. Enter Nintendo® with its Nintendo Entertainment System (NES) and its now-signature game, Super Mario Bros™, both of which were released in 1985. Gamers of today owe a great deal to the sibling Italian plumbers — Mario and Luigi — and their dedication to saving Princess Peach. NES games like Paperboy (1985), The Legend of Zelda™ (1986) and others sold like hotcakes.

COMPUTERS, CONSOLES AND THE 1990s

Nintendo released the first major handheld gaming system, Game Boy™, in 1990. Thanks to its success, the business of gaming grew immensely. Arcades were still relatively popular, but the focus was now more on home consoles and the burgeoning computer game market. With the advent of smaller yet ever more powerful “personal computers,” gamers at home were privy to titles with more advanced graphics like Wolfenstein 3D, a first-person point-of-view “shooter” game released in 1992 on CD-ROM.

Around this time, too, video game consoles rose in popularity. After NES, consoles like Sega Genesis and Super Nintendo found their ways into millions of homes, followed by the Nintendo 64 system, which featured the first-person shooter, GoldenEye 007 (1997). New video games with characters like Sonic the Hedgehog (1991) became household names. In addition, sports titles like Madden NFL ’94 (1993) and NBA Jam (1993) became prevalent. Not to be outdone, one-on-one fighting games like the bloody Mortal Kombat (1992) and Street Fighter II (1991) were fan favorites, played in arcades and at home.

BIGGER, BETTER 2000s

With the new millennium came new possibilities. In fact, the best-selling home console to date is Sony’s PlayStation 2®, which first hit the market in 2000. That console improved on the first PlayStation®, which debuted in the mid-90s and featured titles like the 3D flying game Star Fox (1993). In 2001, Microsoft made a power move and entered the fray with the Xbox™ console and its futuristic game, Halo: Combat Evolved (the first in the longstanding Halo franchise). From that point forward, the decade was dominated by bigger, better graphics each year and more in-depth titles featuring nuanced missions and heart-racing action.

THE GAMES OF TODAY

Today, gamers enjoy more options as ever before. There are handheld systems much more advanced than Game Boy, such as the Nintendo Switch™, which came out in 2017. There are also myriad titles of varying skill level available to gamers via their tablets and smartphones. Offerings like Angry Birds (2009) and Candy Crush Saga (2012) have generated millions of dollars and occupied almost as many hours of players’ free time.

Those who want more bang for their buck can dive into the über-realism of Second Life or the endlessly fascinating Minecraft™ series on their computers. Also available is the latest innovation from Sony: the company’s PS5 (PlayStation 5®). Even virtual reality gaming is growing, with titles like Beat Saber. Today, there are modern “open world” games that offer expansive, multi-faceted stages to navigate, and multiplayer games that give the chance for players to work in teams or compete against each another. Advanced titles like Red Dead Redemption II may even leave some speechless with their hyper-realistic details and advanced plots. No doubt about it: We’ve come a long way since Pong!

A Black Piano Professor Finds Her Voice and Mission

As a child, Sunday mornings were my favorite part of the week. My mom always let me wear my favorite dress to church where I would sit as close as I could to the church pianist to see her fingers work magic as she led the congregation in song.

When we returned home, I knew my ears would be met with the sounds of Coltrane, Quincy Jones and Miles Davis. My dad created his own musical sanctuary, playing records on his turntable. Music was such an integral part of my life well before I ever decided to start taking music lessons.

Musical Inspirations

Nina Simone, circa 1965
Nina Simone
Miles Davis
Miles Davis

After church, I would sit with my dad and look at the pictures on these old record albums. He would give me a history lesson on all the artists, and I took it all in the way any 4-year-old could. But the voice and sound that he never needed to identify for me was that of Nina Simone. I was captivated by her piano playing and haunting voice, and I was enchanted by her majestic photos. I loved the stories of her activism and felt her music served as a time capsule that marked a significant turning point in American history. “It is an artist’s duty to reflect the times,” Simone once said.

I told my dad that I wanted to be Nina Simone. He responded by putting me in classical music lessons. Every week, multiple times a week, I took classical piano lessons and learned Bach, Beethoven, Mozart, Rachmaninoff, Chopin and Liszt. I especially loved Bach and felt I was on the right path with my pursuit of following in Nina Simone’s footsteps because she said, “Bach made me dedicate my life to music.”

I loved performing and participating in piano competitions. As I got older and began to navigate this space of classical music, I began to question what a Black girl like me was doing studying the music of dead white male composers? And what exactly do I have to say about it?

THE YAMAHA EDUCATOR NEWSLETTER: Join to receive a round-up of our latest articles and programs!

Finding My Voice

Dr. Leah N. Claiborne with young male student at piano
Dr. Claiborne’s student performs in his first piano recital.

I studied classical piano music in a conservatory and major university for more than 20 years, but I constantly questioned my place in this industry where people who looked like me were not only not celebrated, they weren’t even mentioned or included as part of the curriculum.

This all began to change once I entered graduate school at the University of Michigan, a time in my life when I was longing to find my voice. Fortunately, I had incredible educators who encouraged and helped nurture my musical talents. I began to research the contributions of Black composers, specifically in classical piano music. I was shocked with the amount of music that was readily available but not being utilized.

I realized very quickly that I wanted to dedicate my time to researching how the music of Black composers could be used at every stage of development in piano studies, and more broadly, how the compositions of Black composers could be utilized in curriculum development for music education.

Rummaging through Graveyards

Dr. Claiborne gives piano lessons in her home to local students in the Washington, D.C. area.

I set out on a path of discovery not knowing what I would find, but I was fully committed and assured for the first time that I found a place to make an impact in this industry of classical music that I loved so much. My first encounter with realizing how much music was available by Black composers was during my first trip to the Center of Black Music Research in Chicago.
Astonished and overwhelmed with the amount of music in this archival library, I was also deeply saddened because as I continued to visit other research facilities, I often felt as if I were rummaging through graveyards of scores. These scores had died with the composer, and no one had bothered to unearth them and celebrate their existence.

I quickly learned that my issue would not be about finding enough music, my challenge would be what to do and how to organize all my findings. I thought back about my own upbringing and thought to myself, “What would life be like for me, a Black girl studying classical music, if I had been aware of how much piano music was written by Black composers?”

For me, it became urgent and clear that I wanted to find music that could be utilized through pedagogical purposes at every stage of a child’s musical development. In doing so, a student would be made aware that there was and still is music being written by Black composers at the very beginning levels as well as at the most advanced levels of music education.

This is especially important because the music we use and deem as most important at the beginning stages of music development creates an expectation as to what we should expect to learn in the later stages of our musical journey. When we allow our students to experience diverse literature at the early stages of learning, we are modeling that they should seek out and value diverse literature at their advanced levels.

Finding My Mission

Whenever I speak, give lectures, perform or write articles on the contributions of Black composers in classical music, I like to discuss the pedagogical benefits that both teachers and students will gain from incorporating the music into their repertoire. Oftentimes, these composers have tackled technical and musical challenges for the budding musician in such a profound and unique way. By focusing on all the different ways a student will benefit from learning, there can be no denying the importance that this music brings to music education.
It has been important to me to continuously think of measurable and broad impact throughout my work. In doing so, I have partnered my research and efforts with some important arts organizations that share the same desire to build more inclusive pedagogy for music education. For example, as the Director of Diversity, Equity and Inclusion for the Frances Clark Center, I have created a course titled “Unsung Heroes: 20 Piano Pieces by Black Composers for Every Skill Level.” This course offers recordings, articles and pedagogical support with teaching piano music by Black composers.

Dr. Leah N. ClaiborneI have also created a partnership with my non-profit organization, Ebony Music, Inc. and Music Teacher National Association to award the Ebony Prize to a pianist who gave the best performance of a piece by a Black composer in each age category at the national competition. These type of initiatives and resources are not only available through the world of piano music. There so many great resources, specifically by Black scholars who are also making profound impact in the field of music education. Some of these include:

In all my efforts to advocate for the inclusion of Black music in music education, I am constantly reminded by the words of Naomi Tutu when she visited the University of Michigan and talked about her advocacy. She reminded all the students, including me, that there are hundreds of thousands of people who are more talented and more capable than us. We were simply given opportunities that others were not. This has always stuck with me because I am fully aware that there is privilege in being able to research and educate the next generation of music performers, teachers and scholars. I have made it my mission to make sure that the next generation has a better understanding and appreciation for the many Black composers who have and continue to impact our field of classical music.

Photo Credits: Miles Davis photo by Palumbo, derivative work by Malik Shabazz, via Wikimedia Commons, Nina Simone photo by Kroon, Ron for Anefo, CC0, via Wikimedia Commons

Live Sound Troubleshooting Tips, Part 1

Troubleshooting any audio system can be tricky, but it’s not rocket science. In this two-part series, we’ll look at the common problems that plague PA systems, and ways to fix them.

Local Versus Global

One of the keys to troubleshooting your PA is recognizing whether a problem is “local” or “global.” A local problem affects only one or two channels, while a global problem affects the entire system. In this posting, we’ll look at global problems; in Part 2, we’ll look at local problems and those particular to digital consoles.

Important: Always turn off power amps or powered speakers any time you are making or removing connections. Failing to do so (i.e., “hot-plugging” them) can result in a nasty pop that could damage speakers and/or scare the daylights out of anyone nearby.

No Power

The first step in troubleshooting any audio system is ensuring that all the components are plugged in and turned on. If you are having power issues, check the following:

1. Confirm that the power switches for all gear are turned on.

2. Check that all AC plugs are firmly seated, including those that are plugged into power strips or surge suppressors.

3. Confirm that all power strips are turned on and plugged into working AC outlets. Most power strips have a light indicating that they are active.

4. Check the circuit breakers on your power strips (usually a pushbutton on the side). If a circuit breaker has tripped, it’s possible that the devices plugged into the strip are drawing too much power — in which case you may need to reconfigure the power distribution so that the power strips are operating within their safety limits. Power requirements for most audio gear can be found in the owner’s manual.

5. Removable IEC power cables can work loose during transport or due to vibration. Be sure they are firmly seated.

Diagram.
The IEC connector and power switch on the rear panel of a Yamaha TF-Rack.

6. If a device still won’t power up, check the fuse on the rear panel and replace it if necessary. Use only the fuse recommended by the manufacturer.

No Sound

1. Verify that all components are receiving power.

2. Examine the connections between the mixer and the power amplifier or powered speakers. Sometimes cables for the mixer L/R outputs get swapped with the monitor outputs.

3. Turn up the volume controls on the powered speakers/amps.

4. Raise the mixer master fader to 0 (unity gain).

5. Make sure the mixer master mute switch is off.

6. Send a signal from an input channel to the L/R bus of the mixer. You can play music from a laptop or smart device, speak into a microphone or use a test tone generator for this purpose. All current Yamaha digital mixers, including TF Series and RIVAGE PM Series models, provide an onboard oscillator for use as a test signal.

Audio Is Coming from Just One Side of the PA

If you’re getting audio only from one side of the PA, there are a couple of possibilities — but cables are always the first suspect. Here’s how to troubleshoot this type of problem:

1. Monitor a signal that is panned center and assigned to the L/R bus. Raise the channel fader to 0.

2. Slowly raise the master fader to 0, then back it down to -10 or -15 while you continue to troubleshoot.

3. Ensure that XLR connectors are latched, TRS or TS plugs are fully inserted, and Speakon connectors have been turned and locked. RCA connectors are particularly prone to failure under heavy use due to the outer ground connection wearing out and becoming loose, so if a piece of equipment provides the option of RCA, TRS or XLR connectors, always opt for TRS or XLR.

Closeup of cable end connector.
Speakon connectors should be locked in place before use.

4. If you discover that the input connector to a power amp or powered speaker is partially plugged in (or not plugged in at all), temporarily power the piece of gear down while you reconnect the cable.

5. Swap the left and right output connectors on the mixer. If the problem changes sides, then the cable between the mixer and the amp is probably at fault. Change it.

6. If the problem remains on the same side, check the volume control on the amp or powered speaker.

7. Confirm that the amp is not in “protect” mode, whereby it may mute the outputs. This can be caused by shorted speaker cables.

8. For PAs using passive speakers with power amps, swap the speaker cables at the output of the power amp (make sure it’s powered off first!). If the problem changes sides, replace the speaker cable.

No Sound from a Monitor Mix

Monitor mixes can be tricky to troubleshoot because they can be affected by input channel settings. If you’re not getting sound from a monitor mix, here’s what to do:

1. Confirm that the aux send used for the monitor mix is pre-fader.

2. Using an input channel and source that you know is working, set the aux send to 12 o’clock.

3. Slowly raise the aux send master to unity gain.

4. Examine connections as previously described. If you are running multiple monitor mixes and some of them are working, swap cables at the aux output jacks on the mixer.

Diagram.
The Yamaha MGP24X has six aux sends.

A cable tester is a handy device to have in your tool bag, and one that tests XLR, TS, TRS, RCA and Speakon cables can be purchased for under $50. Trust me: It will pay for itself on the first gig. If you’re experienced using a DMM (Digital Multi Meter), most can be set to indicate continuity with a “beep” — though using a DMM to test a cable will be a bit more time-consuming than using a dedicated cable tester.

Closeup of controls.
A Digital Multi Meter.

Any cable that’s questionable should ether be immediately labeled for repair, or tossed in the trash. You don’t want that same cable showing up at the next gig, causing problems.

Hum or Buzz from Both Sides of the PA

Hum or buzz in a PA system is often related to a ground problem that can be traced to either an AC connection or an audio cable. Here’s how to chase down a ground issue:

1. Turn off the amp or powered speakers and disconnect the mixer from the main L/R and monitor amps.

2. Turn on the amp and with the volume up, listen to the speakers. You should hear a faint hiss, but no buzz or hum. If you do hear buzz or hum, examine the AC plug and make sure that the ground pin (the round one) is intact. (Never remove it!) Replace the power cable if necessary.

Closeup of plug.
The ground pin (the round one on top) should never be removed from an AC plug.

3. Look around for nearby fluorescent or neon lighting fixtures or lighting dimmers, all of which can induce noise in audio lines. Turn such fixtures off, or set such dimmers fully clockwise so that no dimming is occurring.

4. Connect the L/R outputs of the mixer to the amp(s) for the main speakers.

5. Turn on the mixer, then turn on the power amp. Raise the master fader to 0, lower all channel faders all the way down, and raise the volume controls on the amp. You should not hear any buzz.

If hum or buzz persists, or reappears when you connect cables between the mixer aux sends and the inputs to the monitor amps, you may have a ground loop.

Ground Loops

A ground loop is a condition where audio equipment is grounded in more than one location and there is a small voltage between the grounds. That small voltage can cause a big noise! Here’s how to find and cure a system ground loop:

1. Plug all AC cables — amps, mixer, powered speakers, etc. — into the same outlet using a power strip. This may not always be possible because a single outlet may not be capable of handling all of the power requirements. In that case, try plugging all gear into a nearby location — for example, using only AC outlets onstage and not at front-of-house.

2. Use an AC hum eliminator. These are placed between the AC plug of a device and the AC outlet. A well-designed AC hum eliminator maintains a ground connection for safety while eliminating the noise.

3. If this doesn’t work, try an audio hum eliminator. These are passive devices (usually in the form of a small box) that use transformers to safely break ground loops. Hum eliminators are typically connected between a mixer and a power amplifier, allowing audio to pass through unaffected while removing ground-related noise.

Diagram.
Connections for using an audio hum eliminator.

Check out Part 2, where we discuss how to troubleshoot distortion and input problems, as well as gremlins that sometimes lurk beneath the surface of digital consoles.

Photographs courtesy of the author.

 

Check out our other Tools of the Trade postings.

Honoring Black Composers

Great composers should be honored all year long, but during Black History Month, it’s particularly fitting that we pay tribute to the Black composers whose music has brought so much joy to so many millions.

The 12 men and women on this list were relentless in expanding their creative boundaries with the uniqueness of their scores. Some were innovators of new genres like ragtime and jazz, while others were the first to gain access to bigger stages. These struggles continue. It wasn’t until 2021 that trumpeter Terence Blanchard made history as the first Black composer in 138 years to have their work, “Fire Shut Up in My Bones,” presented by the Metropolitan Opera. Blanchard’s trailblazing builds on the commitment of those listed below to always move the music forward.

Joseph Boulogne, Chevalier de Saint-Georges (1745 – 1799)

Saint-Georges, known as the “Black Mozart,” was a French violinist and the earliest European musician/composer of African descent to receive widespread critical acclaim. He wrote and published countless operas, string quartets, concertos, and symphonies between 1771 and 1779. A 2020 New York Times story presents a rationale for the “Black Mozart” moniker, noting “remarkable similarities between an excerpt from a Boulogne violin concerto … and a passage from Mozart’s K. 364.” The same phrasing recurs in Boulogne’s solo string writing: “a difficult sequence climbing to the highest register of the instrument, immediately followed by a dramatic dip — [one that] had never appeared in Mozart’s work until this Presto.” Boulogne’s compositions include “L’Amant anonyme, Ouverture: I. Allegro presto” and “Violin Concerto in D Major, Op. 3 No. 1: II. Adagio.”

Francis “Frank” Johnson (1792 – 1844)

Johnson is considered one of the forefathers of ragtime and jazz. Proficient on the bugle, violin and piano, he wrote over 200 compositions that encompassed operatic airs, Ethiopian minstrel songs, patriotic marches, ballads and quicksteps. He’s also the first African-American to have his songs published as sheet music. Johnson’s catalog includes “Princeton Gallopade” and “The Grave of the Slave.”

Henry Thacker Burleigh (1866 – 1949)

This American classical composer and arranger had a rich baritone voice that landed him a scholarship at the National Conservatory of Music in New York. He made Black music accessible to classically trained artists by introducing them to spirituals and arranging them in a classical style. During the late 1890s Burleigh started publishing his own arrangements of art songs, and eventually became the best-known composer of the genre. Among his prominent works are “You Ask Me if I Love You” and “The Prayer I Make for You.”

Scott Joplin (1868 – 1917)

Joplin was the “King of Ragtime,” one of the pioneers of a genre characterized by a strong syncopation in the melody with a regularly accented accompaniment in stride piano style. A composer and pianist of great renown, Joplin wrote over 40 ragtime songs, a ragtime ballet, and two operas. Ragtime underwent a revival in the 1970s when Joplin’s “The Entertainer” was used in the Oscar-winning motion picture The Sting. Here are renditions of two of his most famous compositions: “Maple Leaf Rag” and “The Entertainer.”

Harry Lawrence Freeman (1869 – 1954)

Harry Lawrence Freeman was the first African-American composer to write operas that were successfully produced. His first two projects, Epthelia, 1891 and The Martyr, 1893, were performed by his company, Freeman Opera, at the Deutsch’s Theater in Denver. In the early 1900s, the Freeman family migrated to New York’s Harlem neighborhood. In 1912, ragtime composer Scott Joplin was also in the city, and sought Freeman’s assistance in reimagining his three-act opera, Treemonisha, which had been stalled for a year. Here’s sample of Freeman’s music: “Chloe’s aria from Act II of Voodoo” and “Mando’s aria from Act I of Voodoo.”

Samuel Coleridge-Taylor (1875 – 1912)

Coleridge-Taylor was not only a composer and conductor, but also a political activist whose musical sensibilities were shaped by his multicultural parents: an English mother and a father from Sierra Leone. Always conscious of his heritage, Taylor’s classical compositions were greatly influenced by African musicians, transforming him into one of the most innovative artists of his time. His compositions include “Deep River” and “Nonet in F Minor.”

Robert Nathaniel Dett (1882 – 1943)

Robert Nathaniel Dett showcased his talents through the Hampton Institute Choir. Under his baton, 40 members of the Hampton Singers performed at Carnegie Hall in January 1914. The college, now called Hampton University, achieved another milestone on Dec. 17, 1926, when 80 members of the choir performed at the Library of Congress. Dett published about 100 piano, vocal and choral works, including arrangements of “Somebody’s Knocking at Your Door” and “I’m So Glad Trouble Don’t Last Alway.”

Florence Beatrice Price (1887 – 1953)

Florence Beatrice Price was the first Black woman composer to have her music played by a major orchestra in the U.S. The premiere of Symphony No.1 in E minor on June 15, 1933 was driven by her first-place victory in the Wanamaker Competition during the previous year. She wrote over 300 works, including four symphonies and four concertos. Among Price’s most memorable compositions are “Mississippi River Suite” and “Ethiopia’s Shadow in America.”

William Grant Still Jr. (1895 – 1978)

This diverse composer wrote over 200 symphonies, ballets, operas and choral works. In the 1930s, Still arranged popular music for NBC Radio shows, and for movies such as Bing Crosby’s Pennies from Heaven (1936) and Frank Capra’s Lost Horizon (1937); he further distinguished himself by leading the Los Angeles Philharmonic at the Hollywood Bowl — the first African American to conduct a major American orchestra with his own music. Here are examples of Still’s work: “Afro-American Symphony No.1” and “Troubled Island.”

Edward Kennedy “Duke” Ellington (1899 – 1974)

Without question, Edward Kennedy “Duke” Ellington was one of the greatest and most prolific composers of the 20th century. According to Smithsonian Magazine, he wrote over 3,000 songs for his own band and for others. Ellington on his own, and in collaboration with co-writers like Billy Strayhorn, expanded the number of standards with songs like “Do Nothing Till You Hear from Me,” “In a Sentimental Mood” and “It Don’t Mean a Thing (If It Ain’t Got That Swing).” Following his death, trumpet legend Miles Davis said, “At least one day out of the year all musicians should just put their instruments down, and give thanks to Duke Ellington.”

Margaret Allison Bonds (1913 – 1972)

Margaret Allison Bonds was an American composer, pianist and arranger who is best known for her partnership with novelist/playwright Langston Hughes. It was the personal and professional relationship between the two that sparked her creativity, with Bonds providing a soundtrack for much of Hughes’ work. Their collaborations include “I, too, sing America” and “Songs of the Seasons.”

Julia Amanda Perry (1924 – 1979)

Perry was an American composer who merged her classical training at Westminster Choir College, the Berkshire Music Center (now Tanglewood) and Juilliard with her African-American sensibilities to cultivate her own voice. Her 1951 arrangements of “Free at Last” and “I’m a Poor Li’l Orphan” revealed her affinity for Black spiritual music. In 1954, her opera, The Cask of Amontillado, was first staged at Columbia University. Perry also penned several types of chamber music, including a violin concerto, 12 symphonies and two piano concertos. Among her most memorable compositions are “Prelude for Piano” and “Pastoral.”

 

Be sure to check out Yamaha Artist Lara Downes Rising Sun Music, a record label and history project honoring Black composers of the last 200 years.

Sepulvado James

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

James Sepulvado

Performing Arts Department Chair,
Associate Professor of Music
Cuyamaca College
Rancho San Diego, California

Providing opportunities for music students and music teachers to learn to be better players and educators has been a driving motivator for James Sepulvado, the Performing Arts Department Chair and Associate Professor of Music at Cuyamaca College in San Diego.

In 2008, a group of music teachers in San Diego discussed what music education should look like in the region. “We dreamt of creating a professional wind ensemble that could serve as a model for the plurality of young people in this country who learn what art is through their band class at school,” Sepulvado says. “We also thought of innovative ways we could employ the musicians of that wind ensemble to carry out educational outreach programs.”

Fifteen years later, that dream has grown into an organization that presents concerts and educational programs to thousands of students every year. The flagship program is the San Diego Summer Music Institute (SDSMI), which has become one of the finest summer music camps in the country. “We try to keep the big-picture goal of the camp simple: Connect the most passionate music students with the very best musicians and teachers,” Sepulvado explains. “Over time, we have improved on our ability to execute that goal, and students and musicians alike have come to recognize SDSMI as an exciting place to learn and teach.”

As SDSMI grew and improved, Sepulvado and his colleagues started to think, “Wouldn’t it be amazing if other music teachers could see what we’re seeing? This led us to come up with the idea to add an educators track to the camp, which we did in 2019,” he says.

They named the camp the Ryan Anthony Music Project (RAMP) after Ryan Anthony, who hailed from San Diego and was the Principal Trumpet in the Dallas Symphony Orchestra. Anthony dedicated his life to music and to his charity, Cancer Blows, until his death in 2020.  

RAMP is gaining traction as a premier professional development workshop for music educators around the country.

Sepulvado’s lastest project is an after-school music program for elementary students in the Santee and Lemon Grove school districts. “There is a renaissance of music education happening in east San Diego county,” he says. “After years and even decades of no music program existing in this area, more than 750 students in these two districts alone have started studying music. The model is catching on and spreading, and I think we are on the brink of seeing a generational cultural change that will improve our community for decades!”   

On top of all this, Sepulvado wrote a book, “The Joy of Listening to Music.” “The core message I hope to convey in my book is that the act of listening attentively to a great piece of music is one of the greatest joys humans can experience,” he says. “Listening to music under the right conditions is healing and transformative in a very powerful way. When music is understood and experienced in this way, it becomes clear that great classical music is very relevant to our lives today and not some museum piece from a long past era.”

Continue reading

Sims Dylan

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Dylan Sims

Director of Bands
York Middle School
York, South Carolina

The band program at York Middle School in South Carolina is above all, a nurturing environment, thanks to Director of Bands Dylan Sims. “I have a very diverse band program,” he says. “We have students of varying cultures, economic standings, and personal preferences and identities, and that’s something that I’m incredibly proud of. The magical thing about band and music in general is that it’s something that brings people together.”

Sims has a discussion with his students at the beginning of each year about how they are all different, how they all have talents to bring to the program, and how they all should be celebrated!

While Sims promotes the band room as a fun place where students come to make music together, he also has high expectations for student performance and behavior in and out of the band room. “As individuals, they are representing our program no matter where they are,” he says. “We hold each other accountable for our performance. When one of us is struggling, it’s not uncommon for students within a section to ask for a sectional or to schedule time to help each other out — yes, this can happen at the middle school level!”

The music curriculum is aggressive, but students are enjoying the challenge. Sims’ teaching approach is called “gradual release of responsibility,” which allows students to take ownership of their ensemble. “At the beginning of the year, I teach students how to rehearse, things to listen for and how to make intelligent musical comments,” he explains. “From there, they take on more of the ‘fixing’ responsibility. By the end of the year, many of my students are able to tell me what’s wrong, how we need to improve it, and many will even call sectionals with their sections to improve it.”

Technology plays a large part in Sims’ class, too,  with the use of drones, tuners and metronomes during class, as well as software like SmartMusic and Canvas. Students can use these programs independently if they are in a practice room to improve their skills.

Sims has forged relationships with several local universities to help his students as well as to provide teaching opportunities to college students. York’s current partnerships with Winthrop University and Limestone University provides outstanding performance opportunities for Sims’ students. “It’s not uncommon for the band room to have studio teaching staff in the band room weekly,” he says. “Additionally, we offer our band room up to these universities for college music students to come in and teach masterclasses, private lessons and get some real experience of being a band director like dealing with finances and logistics.”

So far this year, York has been able to help eight future music teachers through this partnership!

For the 2023-2024 academic year, Sims moved to Gold Hill Middle School in Fort Mill, South Carolina, as the Associate Director of Bands.  

Continue reading

Smith Marcus D.

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Marcus D. Smith

Choral Director, Music Educator
Baltimore City College
Baltimore, Maryland

Baltimore City College, the third oldest high school in the United States, has always been a school of music excellence with wonderful performance opportunities. However, in 2021, the school’s choir received an unbelievable opportunity to perform with the Baltimore Symphony Orchestra and award-winning Broadway star André De Shields, an alumnus of City.

“We were invited in March 2021 and received the music a few months before the December performance at the Joseph Myerhoff Symphony Hall. We immediately began preparing measure by measure, song by song,” says City’s Choral Director Marcus D. Smith. “Mr. De Shields made this an unforgettable experience — he walked through our halls, inspiring the choir during rehearsal. He filled the room with his voice singing, ‘Believe in yourself as I believe in you!’”

This opportunity came at a time when students were just returning to in-class instruction and were required to wear masks during rehearsals and performances. “We tried our best to navigate through our new normal while keeping everyone healthy and maintaining a standard of excellence in music,” Smith says.

Another way Smith ensured that his music students have more opportunities is when the International Baccalaureate (IB) Music Performance course was brought back to City. “It was a team effort,” he says. “We believed it was necessary to include the music students in the holistic vision of the school. It was important that music students were afforded the same opportunities as students in the other IB disciplines.”

Smith also worked on a faculty recital series with colleague and the choir’s accompanist, Patrick Alston. “At City, we have faculty members who have professionally studied voice and instrumental music and they perform recitals and put on masterclasses for the students,” Smith explains. “As the school year progresses, more students participate in the masterclasses and recitals, which helps them with college auditions, life-long learning, and gives them a taste of various careers in music.”

Smith credits his work as the minister of music at Ark Church in Baltimore (a position he has held since he was a teenager) for helping him be a better music educator. “Being a church musician has taught me to be compassionate, patient, organized and to work hard,” he says.  

Continue reading

Willis Franklin J.

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Franklin J. Willis

Adjunct Professor of Music Education
Vanderbilt University, Blair School of Music,
Community Impact Director
CMA Foundation
Nashville, Tennessee

Think bigger in order to serve students! That’s the message you’ll hear from Franklin J. Willis, a trailblazer and catalyst for change in the music education space. As a former elementary music instructional coach for Metro Nashville Public Schools, Willis offers invaluable insight into the challenges and solutions that exist in music and arts education.

Nationally recognized for his commitment to student learning, passion for the profession and innovative teaching practices, Willis shares his unique and relevant pedagogy through professional development sessions for music teachers of all grade levels. One of his fundamental tenets is that every child has musical potential and deserves a music teacher who will see the best in them. “Music education is a vital tool to teach students about other cultures, create community and inspire a love for learning,” Willis says.

He consistently uses his network — colleagues, community organizations, local businesses, colleges and universities, and more — to advocate for the importance of music education in schools and to provide opportunities for students to utilize their passion for music for all to see. This includes producing music videos and stadium performances at CMA Fest, a four-day music festival in Nashville.

Willis is currently an adjunct professor of music education at Vanderbilt Univeristy’s Blair School of Music, where he teaches undergraduate courses that provide a robust and realistic experience of teaching music in the 21st century. He is also the community impact director at the CMA Foundation, where he paves the way for students to experience equitable access to opportunities in the music industry beyond the classroom.

In 2020, Willis wrote “Edward’s Rhythm Sticks,” a children’s book that shows how much music is a part of our lives. “I was inspired by my son’s exploratory behavior with music and his love for rhythm sticks,” he explains. “This story illustrates how fun music can be and how even the simplest things can be made into instruments.”

Parents and teachers can use the book to teach rhythm, pattern and sequence. “Most of all, they can use the book to bridge learning, music, literacy and having fun together,” he says.  

Continue reading

Williams Jeremy

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Jeremy Williams

Band Director
L.H. Marrero Middle School
Marrero, Louisiana

People living in and around New Orleans have a deep affinity for the area’s music and culture. They also have incredible resilience to deal with natural disasters like hurricanes. Jeremy Williams, the Band Director at L.H. Marrero Middle School, definitely has both.

When Hurricane Ida hit in August 2021, it completely decimated the school’s band room. Williams jumped into “full-on rebuild mode and was living on the phone and computer all day, seven days a week, trying to find avenues to bring in resources to help,” he says. 

Thanks to Williams’ relentless drive, the Marrero band went from having “a totally non-usable room, non-usable instruments and non-usable storage to students making music and giving performances again,” he proudly proclaims. “While the band program is still in the rebuilding process, the progress that we have made has been tremendous. The young people in the band have been extremely patient and learned many life lessons during this time. Now, they come to rehearsals eager and ready to make music!”

And the music that Williams prepares for them always includes some standard New Orleans repertoire. “Music in New Orleans is deeply rooted, it is embedded into our culture,” he says. “When something like music is such a large part of our lives (here in New Orleans) and the way we live, it is no longer a luxury, it is a necessity.”

Williams tells his students, “we live here, so it is our responsibility to keep our music alive. It’s our job to see that the music lives on and sustains to the next generation. I even joke that the heart of a true New Orleans musician naturally beats in a 3-2 clave pattern!”

Another way that Williams has helped to support music-playing is through the creation of a youth jazz band called The Next Generation Jazz Band of New Orleans. He initially went out like a talent scout and looked for students for the band. “I went out to listen to kids play anywhere and everywhere,” Williams said. “Many of the kids in this jazz group attend public schools. Many are on free and reduced lunch programs. Many do not have the resources for private lessons. Some can’t attend school where they can get exposed to great opportunities.”

Williams simply looked for children who wanted to play. The band has students of all ages and ability levels from young kids to high school seniors. In the summer of 2022, Williams and The Next Generation Jazz Band of New Orleans recorded an 11-track album of New Orleans tunes. “This gave exposure to many kids who would never have had such an experience. It was an incredible amount of effort to coordinate this group, but it was well worth it,” he says. 

Continue reading

White Greg

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Greg White

Director of Bands
Ronald Reagan High School
San Antonio, Texas

Focus is the key to the success of the Ronald Reagan High School band program. Director of Bands Greg White says that keeping students focused comes primarily from the preparation he and his team put into rehearsals. “We hold that time sacred and never want to waste even a second,” he explains. “That means getting information from all the stakeholders in our program and creating a plan that fits all our needs. That plan then must be communicated to and then executed by our amazing team of teachers.”

This same focus and attention to detail goes into creating innovative shows. Last year’s “In Plain Sight” explored the idea of seen vs. unseen, misdirection or subtlety. “The music was based on the incredibly well-known ‘Adagio for Strings,’ but it was adapted in ways that were unique and unpredictable,” White says. “Additionally, we used visual effects such as costuming to create misdirection that drew the audience’s focus in ways that were surprising!”

White prefers to limit the use of props on the field because “we believe the biggest assets we have are our students! The more we can feature our incredible performers and their skills, the better,” he says. “We also believe that this gives us a unique ‘look’ that is clean and flexible to fit our needs.”

The students at Reagan have a variety of musical experiences available to them. The program includes a marching band, four concert bands, two full orchestras, steel pan ensemble, musical pit orchestra, jazz band, low brass ensemble, saxophone choir, chamber music program and three winterguards.

White is open to adding new groups, too. When student leaders approached him about forming a sax quartet, he worked with them to make it happen. The ensemble, called Quid Nunc, has grown over the years with meaningful performances and success in the competition realm.  “My goal for the group is to spread the awareness of and participation in high-level chamber music,” White says. “Quid Nunc has toured across Texas and the Midwest throughout the years giving outreach concerts to students ranging from kindergarten through college.”

Outside of Reagan, White is involved with SASi, a group dedicated to developing student leaders in all areas, including student councils, athletic teams and marching bands.  “I love having the opportunity to impact a large number of students — and directors! — throughout the country in my work with SASi,” he exclaims. “I strongly believe in the lessons and skills taught through the SASi curriculum and how they shape young leaders to be the best versions of themselves in order to serve the programs they work with.”

Continue reading

Wigglesworth Tyler

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Tyler Wigglesworth

Choir Director, Performing Arts Academy Coordinator, Vocal Music Director
West Covina High School
West Covina, California

When charged with starting the West Covina High School Performing Arts Academy, Choir Director Tyler Wigglesworth jumped right in. Together with the theater, band and dance teachers, Wigglesworth’s goal was to provide high-quality performing arts education while still giving students a comprehensive high school experience.

“We require each student who wants to join the Performing Arts Academy to fill out an application and then audition,” he explains. “If selected, the student will declare an emphasis, called a pillar, which defines the focus of their performing arts education for the next four years. The four pillars offered are dance, instrumental music, theater (both acting and technical) and vocal music.”

The director who oversees that specific pillar works with the student, as well as their academic counselor, to provide a four-year academic plan that encompasses all the Performing Arts Academy, high school and college-entry requirements.

In addition to directing the choral department, coordinating the Performing Arts Academy and running its vocal music pillar, Wigglesworth is also the music director for the school’s musicals. “What excites me the most about my music program is simply the diversity of opportunities that are provided for each student to refine their craft as they find their voice at West Covina High School,” he says.

Encouraging students to find their voice is core to Wigglesworth’s teaching philosophy. “I truly believe that music and other performing arts disciplines are catalysts for students to unlock incredible levels of excellence as they work together toward a high level of performance,” he says. “However, we have to celebrate that these ensembles are made up of individuals who have unique backgrounds that they bring to the art of music-making. By simply participating, students are expressing their individuality, and it is the combination of all these individual voices that creates musical magic.”

Wigglesworth also finds unique and exciting performance opportunities for his students. “A couple years ago, I took two of my choirs to perform at Carnegie Hall in New York City,” he says excitedly. “Not only was that an incredible experience, but through that process we had the opportunity to bring to life a beautiful work that was written for our group in collaboration with composers Melanie Penn and AJ Harbison. It was such a thrill to be able to be a part of new music being written.”

In 2023, the school’s choir will be premiering another new work — a song co-commissioned with Los-Angeles-based singer and composer Joel Balzun.

Continue reading

Tovar Jabari

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Jabari Tovar

Instrumental Music Teacher,
Percussion Specialist
Salem Public Schools
Salem, Massachusetts

Developing a culturally responsive curriculum is one of the tenets of Jabari Tovar’s teaching philosophy. The instrumental music teacher and percussion specialist at Salem Public Schools in Massachusetts says, “I’m fortunate to work in a community as diverse as Salem. Our community is composed of families from many different backgrounds, and a large portion are from the Dominican Republic, so I’ve incorporated traditional songs from there when selecting repertoire.”

Recently, Tovar arranged the Latin American folk song “Pin Pon es un Muñeco” for his 4th-grade students, and last year, he taught a unit on Reggaeton to his 6th graders, focusing on the style’s roots from Jamaica and Panama (and how it migrated to the Dominican Republic), the importance of Dembow rhythm, and how students can perform Reggaeton patterns on their band instruments.

Because the core of Tovar’s job is working with beginner percussion students, “any repertoire must be at an appropriate level of difficulty for them but still challenge them,” he explains. “I do a lot of research and usually start by looking for folk songs or children’s songs that are melodically and rhythmically appropriate. I spend a lot of time on YouTube and Google finding pieces that fit my students’ needs.”

Tovar also reaches out to some of his Dominican-American faculty colleagues for guidance on repertoire. “Hearing the thoughts and perspectives directly from people who come from different cultures is invaluable,” he exclaims.

As a teacher, Tovar is all about the “small” wins. To reach those wins, he regularly pushes his students and himself. In 2019, he shifted the high school concert percussion ensemble to a marching one. For the first season, the group was a “standstill” ensemble. Marching elements were added the following year. “Shifting from a concert to a marching group has come with its own set of unique challenges, but it has been an incredibly rewarding experience,” he says. “I’m looking forward to further growing and developing the program for years to come!”

Tovar himself is an alumnus of the Salem music department, and he’s thankful to give back to the community that has given him so much.  One way he shows this gratitude is to address the unseen obstacles faced by students and families that might prevent students from participating in the music program. “I try to look at everything we do from the perspective of students and parents,” Tovar says. “I consider everything from noise constraints when practicing at home, to making sure students can transport instruments to and from school depending on their mode of transportation. If there’s anything I can do to make the non-performance aspects of their musical lives easier, I’ll do it.”

Continue reading

Thorpe Theodore III

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Theodore Thorpe III

Director of Choral Activities
Alexandria City High School
Alexandria, Virginia

Described as “inspiring students to soar” by the Alexandria Times, Theodore Thorpe III, the Director of Choral Activities at Alexandria City High School (formerly TC Williams). in Virginia, is known to empower students by instilling discipline and work ethic. According to parents, Thorpe allows students to struggle instead of always coming in and fixing everything, which builds essential musical skills as well as tangible and transferrable life skills that ultimately prepares students to be contributors to society.

When Thorpe arrived at Alexandria 13 years ago, the choral program had 30 students. “I needed to hit the ground running to recruit,” he admits. “From creating barbershop quartet jingles that students would perform over the loudspeaker during announcements, to walking the hallways and listening for low-speaking voices for potential basses, to going to basketball and football games, I did it all.”

Thorpe says the biggest recruitment tool was the choir’s first few performances, which gave the middle schoolers a program to look forward to joining. In two years, the choir grew to 100 students. “Ultimately, the students sold the program much better than I could have,” he says.

His choir now has a long list of impressive performances, including an invitation to perform at the opening ceremony of the National Museum of African American History and Culture in September 2016, being the showcase choir at the Virginia Music Educators Association Conference in November 2017, and the televised performances at the Kennedy Center Honors and Christmas in Washington.

In addition to his roles a conductor, educator and musical director, Thorpe is also a vocalist, composer, arranger and pianist, which he says helps him in both the rehearsal and performance space. “I don’t have an accompanist for my classes, so I’m pretty much playing while teaching class,” he says. “I’m consistently teaching vocal technique within the ensemble setting, and my background in composition and arranging allow me to make musical choices that fit my ensemble, especially when it comes to melody, countermelody, harmony and the division of that harmony for balance and blend purposes.”

Continue reading

Sexton Timothy S. Dr.

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Dr. Timothy S. Sexton

Associate Director of Bands
Tarpon Springs Leadership Conservatory for the Arts
Tarpon Springs, Florida

Potential and progress are critical, not perfection. That’s the message that Dr. Timothy S. Sexton, the Associate Director of Bands at the Tarpon Springs Leadership Conservatory for the Arts in Florida, wants his students to embrace. “I am constantly looking for ways to show our students that I value them as people first and musicians second,” Sexton explains. “Sincere, daily conversations with our students has helped to make more meaningful connections with them. I remind our students that we never measure perfection, but rather potential and progress!”

When developing curricula, Sexton immediately begins with the end in mind, “so we address our most difficult segments of material first,” Sexton explains. “We joyfully try to cultivate deliberate practice plans, which allow our students to grow more confident when creating on their own.”

Tarpon Springs’ music program has a long history of success, but Sexton is not one to be satisfied with the school’s past accomplishments. He has set some lofty goals for himself, some of which call on performance and pedagogical skills he learned during his DCI days:

  1. To help our students grow to be the best versions of themselves.
  2. To expand our students’ vocabulary, both visually and musically. Sexton gained a versatile set of vocabulary in creating and refining more contemporary choreography when he was a performer with Carolina Crown and BLAST! Brass Theater, and he instills these skills with his students.
  3. To consistently program high-quality, diverse repertoire for our students to prepare them for future performance experiences.
  4. To partner with universities in collecting qualitative and quantitative data in regards to how our program operates.

Part of achieving goal #1 of helping students be the best versions of themselves, Sexton oversees the Tri-M Music Honor Society that has approximately 40 student members. The group regularly collects donations (clothes, food and living essentials) for Pinellas HOPE, a community nonprofit, which partners with Catholic Charities to provides a variety of services and shelters for underprivileged and homeless adults and youth within Pinellas County. 

Tarpon Springs’ Tri-M chapter also helps with the annual Feed the Fosters, by donating toys, coloring books, candy canes, etc. Students also help by providing meals to children and families in need during its “Breakfast with Santa” event in December.

Continue reading

Oliver William Dr.

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Dr. William Oliver

Director of University Bands, Assistant Professor of Music Education
Huston-Tillotson University
Austin, Texas

Dr. William Oliver proved that he was “all in” when he arrived at Huston-Tillotson University (HT) in Austin as Assistant Professor of Music Education. “I wanted to learn about the community, so I sought resources and connected with stakeholders to teach me the city’s history and our institution’s role in its development. HBCUs are goldmines, and when tapped, they demonstrate to potential students how our university can lead them to their dreams,” he says.

A large part of the music education curriculum at HT revolves around the serious study of the voice or instrument. “I made it my mission to seek and hire the highest quality applied faculty,” Oliver explains. “Some teach in person, and others teach via Zoom. They occupy positions in military groups, professional symphony orchestras and professional jazz ensembles. As a result, students can study with professors who ‘live the degrees we offer.’”

To develop curriculum, Oliver asks for feedback from HBCU graduates and first-year teachers to identify areas of their music education where they wish they had more training. “I have since purchased guitars and added a class to help students learn essential skills for the contemporary music classroom. Additionally, I added companion private lessons on students’ primary instruments once a week, emphasizing jazz skills and techniques,” Oliver says.

He also connected with Pandora, a company that prides itself on seeking opportunities to assist university and community music organizations with developing commercial music and technology programs. He demonstrated to executives the multitude of real-world outlets that commercial music provides to the ever-changing music industry. “I brought the project to life — writing and presenting a complete curriculum with potential courses in audio engineering, hip-hop production and software courses in Logic Pro and Ableton Live,” he says.

These efforts have led to a tripling of students in his program. “My mantra for recruitment and retention is, ‘The best ability is availability,’” he says. “Meaningful relationships are typically not forged through a single encounter, such as through university-sponsored events. There must be a sustained interaction between a faculty member and a potential student during the recruitment process.”

Through the summer months, Oliver and new students touch base weekly — discussing curriculum, planning senior recitals and post-graduate school options even before they attend their first college class. “This reinforces our commitment to their persistence to graduation,” he says.

Oliver fought to take his students to the Texas Music Educators Association conference in 2022. “Our future music educators must be exposed to professional development opportunities while studying to become certified music teachers,” he explains. “I met with the university president to discuss the benefits of our attendance, highlighting the presentations, live performances and networking opportunities. Without hesitation, she agreed to cover our trip, which emphasizes the value of instilling a lifelong love for learning in our students.”

Continue reading

Manela Nerissa

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Nerissa Manela

PhD Student, Teaching Assistant
University of Miami
Coral Gables, Florida

Nerissa Manela is at a unique crossroads between teaching in K-12 classrooms and community outreach programs and pursuing her doctorate degree.

For six years, Manela taught in Title I public schools, where she often utilized innovative technology into her curriculum. “I appreciated the silver lining of home learning during the pandemic in that all students had access to devices and the internet,” she explains. “When we returned to school in the fall of 2021, I wanted to build on the technological skills my students had learned and practiced at home.”

She was awarded a $1,000 grant from The Education Fund to purchase a class set of Makey Makeys, and had her 5th graders bring their devices to music class on a regular basis. “I knew that incorporating literature, science, technology, engineering and math in music classes would enhance the cross-curricular instruction that is crucial in a 21st century education,” she says See the projects with descriptions, photos and videos here.

Manela also works with the Greater Miami Youth Symphony as a conductor, string coach and education coordinator. She developed a bottom-up curriculum to ensure that preparatory classes and beginner-level ensembles adequately prepare students to audition for and advance through four levels of orchestra and three levels of band. Manela also observes classes, provides feedback and coordinates professional development for teachers.

On top of all this, she is a board-certified music therapist. “I know that the patience, empathy and understanding I developed from my experience in music therapy settings made me a better teacher,” she says.

After interning at Jam Sessions, a music therapy socialization group and mentoring program for neurodiverse adolescents and young adults in San Diego, Manela launched the Miami branch in 2017. “Participants work alongside volunteer mentors to sing, play instruments and build relationships,” she explains. “The Jam Sessions program helps participants and mentors develop and practice the social and communication skills needed to foster a more inclusive community.”

Once she completes her doctorate studies, Manela is excited to work with collegiate students who share the same drive to bring the possibilities of music to their future students. She is also enjoying the research aspect of the doctorate degree that is focused on teaching neurodiverse students.

Continue reading

Lowry Paul

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Paul Lowry

Director of Bands, Percussion and Jazz Studies
Department Chair, Performing Arts
Del Sol Academy of the Performing Arts
Las Vegas, Nevada

“When you are student- and ensemble-focused, great things can happen,” says Paul Lowry, the Director of Bands, Percussion and Jazz Studies at Del Sol Academy of the Performing Arts in Las Vegas.

Lowry was given the daunting task of reviving the band program at Del Sol Academy. “To revive any program takes the whole community, and each part is equally important. We set several wheels in motion at the same time,” he says.

Developing strong meaningful relationships across the building was essential. The school’s principal always says to “do what is best for the kids,” and Lowry took his advice to heart. “We have worked hard so that our arts programs exemplify this motto,” he says.

Lowry also worked with the academic counseling staff to discuss placing students correctly, promoting the program to prospective students, student enrollment and supporting his performing arts goals.

A booster program was started, and parents eagerly filled volunteer positions. The club now hosts banquets, cultivates fundraisers and solicits donations while building a sense of community. The boosters and administration joined forces with Lowry to gradually purchase equipment over several years, and Lowry applied for every grant possible to help put better instruments into students’ hands.

These “baby steps” has allowed the music program at Del Sol Academy to make leaps and bounds toward what it is today. “Over seven and a half years, the band program has grown from a single band of 70 students to three concert bands, three jazz bands, two percussion classes, a marching band and a 90+ philharmonic orchestra totaling over 500 students combined,” Lowry boasts. “We have experienced incredible growth thus far, but we are far from being done. I am excited for what the future holds!”

This growth has come because of a constant and never-ending recruitment and retention process. “Repetition and consistency are my real secrets to recruiting. Middle schooler students should see you often enough that they know your name,” Lowry says. “We always invite our middle school students to join us at several performances, including our pre-festival concert, community performances and our spring concert, which usually includes a combined piece that we put together with select kids from the middle schools. Allowing them to perform next to seniors excites them for the next level, bridges the gap between middle school and high school, and builds mentor/mentee friendships.”

Lowry emphasizes the importance of communication, especially when integrating band merchandise. “Branding our program has been a major tool in creating exclusivity within an inclusive program,” Lowry explains. “Students want to feel like they are part of a community, so we utilize common branding on flyers, bookmarks, pencils, buttons, pins, apparel and wristbands. Not only do these items advertise our website, concert program dates, upcoming events, but they also inform students on the process to join our program. Nothing goes to waste, as any extra merchandise gets sent over to our feeder school colleagues to give out as prizes and incentives.”

Continue reading

Jenkins Larry Professor

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Professor Larry Jenkins

Professor, Assistant Director of Bands
Tennessee State University
Nashville, Tennessee

The band program at Tennessee State University in Nashville is often referred to as “A Band of Firsts.” Assistant Director of Bands Larry Jenkins explains that the band is the first HBCU band to perform during a presidential inauguration and on the White House lawn, the first HBCU band (the Jazz Collegians) to perform at the Midwest Clinic and now the first band to be nominated for both a GRAMMY® and an NAACP Image® Award in the same year. “We are proud to provide our students with one-of-a-kind experiences,” he exclaims. “And it looks like 2023 is shaping up to provide several more!”

The GRAMMY and NAACP nominations are for “The Urban Hymnal,” a collaboration between Jenkins and multi-disciplinary artist Sir the Baptist. “The concept — creating a new take on hymns by merging our band sounds with gospel and Black culture, ranging from hymns to hip-hop — was developed on a napkin at a Mexican restaurant in Nashville,” Jenkins says. “Sir and I wrote a plan outlining who we wanted to be featured and how we wanted to execute it. The sound of the TSU band would serve as the link between the music of our ancestors and the music of today.”

Sir the Baptist and music producer Dallas Austin came to TSU as part of the school’s Artist in Residency program, which provides students an insider’s point of view of the inner workings of the music industry.  Jenkins says, “Through the expertise of Sir the Baptist and Dallas Austin, students learned a little bit of everything, from creating split sheets to licensing, sync and digital distribution.”    

Jenkins takes his role as an HBCU professor seriously. “I am tasked with providing an educational experience that reaches beyond the musical notes and rhythms and dives into history, community and culture,” he says. “To go a step further, as an HBCU band director, I must make sure that our students are connected to the work of our pioneers and the proud traditions they left in place for us.”

TSU’s location in Nashville, “Music City USA,” is essential to Jenkins. “My ties to the city provides vital connections between students, the music industry and the community at large,” he says.  “Through these connections, our students have garnered internships and performance opportunities. Also, it’s important for students to see me working in the field, which enhances the classroom experience.”

Continue reading

Jefferson Joseph L. Dr.

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Dr. Joseph L. Jefferson

Director of Jazz Studies,
Associate Professor of Trombone and Euphonium
Southeast Missouri State University
Cape Girardeau, Missouri

Helping students find their passion and accomplish their goals are the best parts of being an educator, according Dr. Joseph L. Jefferson, Associate Professor of Trombone and Euphonium and Director of Jazz Studies at Southeast Missouri State University (SEMO). This comes naturally for him because he is a high-energy educator who is passionate about what he does!

“When I arrived at SEMO, participation and interest in the jazz program was very low,” he explains. “The situation at SEMO was unique on multiple fronts. In addition to recruiting current students for the jazz ensembles, I also had to recruit high school students to build a trombone and euphonium studio to support all the other instrumental ensembles at SEMO, and find ways to grow the jazz program.”

Jefferson first provided solid fundamental basics in jazz, which gave students insight on how to play jazz music and understand the culture of the genre. “My goal for jazz students is to offer them a comprehensive learning experience in both instructional and performance situations,” he says.

As interest grew, the school decided to expand jazz offerings. A jazz minor was approved in May 2020, and Jefferson started recruiting. “Rather than trying win students over, I take a genuine interest in their goals and overall fit for our music program,” he says. “One-on-one interaction with students is very meaningful during the recruiting process because it shows them that I am interested in them and their potential.”

The biggest recruiting strategy, Jefferson says, is the good work your current students do. “Their hard work is ultimately reflective of the program and the teachers who have helped them during their development,” he explains. “Potential students want to see themselves as part of your program, which is extremely critical when recruiting for the trombone/euphonium applied studio, jazz studies or the program as a whole.”

SEMO’s annual Clark Terry Jazz Festival is now in Jefferson’s capable hands. His goal for the festival is to continue to grow it in size and number of guest artists and educators who provide high-quality jazz education for local students and middle/high school directors. “We are in a rural area, so providing access in this region is critical,” he says.

Another annual performance, the Big Band Holiday Jukebox, is one of Jefferson’s favorite collaborative events. He plans to increase the quality of performances on the jazz front and to make it the premier holiday production for the region and state.

On top of his work in the music department, Jefferson is the chairperson as well as one of the founding members of the Holland College of Arts and Media Diversity Committee, which was formed in 2018. The goal of this group is to intentionally foster equity, diversity and inclusion within the college, university and service area through recruitment and retention efforts, curriculum advocacy and development, and creative activity.

Continue reading

Gullickson Matt

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Matt Gullickson

Band Director
Eastview High School
Apple Valley, Minnesota

Connection is the key to Band Director Matt Gullickson’s program at Eastview High School in Apple Valley, Minnesota. “Music is an incredible catalyst,” he says. “For me, the greatest expression of teaching is having true connectedness with students.”

Although Gullickson implements some rigorous methods for his students — such as yoga, mental coaching and studying “7 Habits of Highly Effective People” — he gladly participates side by side with them. “I’m not afraid to do something with my students that I know will be good for them,” he explains. “And I’m not a fan of half measures — I prefer full measures. I’m sure the idea of 180 teenagers doing yoga in the wet grass sounds half-baked, but I see it as a pillar to teach vital concepts like stick-to-itiveness, gratitude and not sweating the small stuff.”

Plus, Gullickson sees another benefit. “When do teenagers get quiet time to themselves? They are always doing something,” he says. “Providing them a few peaceful minutes at the end of our yoga session to examine their own thoughts is a badge of honor for me!”

Known as a creative designer of unique, challenging and award-winning field shows, Gullickson is proud to be a part of an all-local team that has created a brand that is unmistakably Eastview. “My favorite part of designing for marching band is conjuring up ways to give students a one-of-a-kind role in our show,” he explains. “I’m always thinking: How can I use my spotlight as a designer to shine a light on a kid in a way that best fits their talents?”

The school’s 2022 fall show, “Baroque-n-Record,” was a mashup of Bach meeting Sir Mix-A-Lot. “We fed Bach to the football crowd and Dr. Dre to the competitive marching band crowd, and they were both better for it,” Gullickson laughs. “I knew I wanted to finish with Pachelbel’s Canon but not Phantom Regiment style. We used the famous chord progression as background and then put a rap over the top of it. I’d never seen rap being performed as part of a marching band show but figured it was time, and Pachelbel wouldn’t mind.”

He adds that the student who performed the rap was one of the most introverted students he’d ever taught. “To watch him perform in front of the homecoming crowd was unforgettable,” Gullickson proudly proclaims. “He had them in the palm of his hand!”

Gullickson likes to push students outside of their comfort zones. “My biggest learning moments came during times when more was expected of me than I thought I was capable of. That’s why I push students to flex different muscles,” he says. “What you believe about students becomes what you see, so it is only to your benefit to believe they are capable great things.” 

Continue reading

Graves Corey L.

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Corey L. Graves

Director of Bands
Tony A. Jackson Middle School
Forney, Texas

At Tony A. Jackson Middle School in Forney, Texas, the band hall is a fun place! That’s because Director of Bands Corey L. Graves has invested heavily in relationship building. “When you walk into our band hall, you see students who feel a deep sense of family and belonging,” he explains. “Our goal is to make every student in the program feel valued, heard and understood. When students know you care, they will go the extra mile every time!”

Graves enjoys teaching at the middle school level. “I love being a part of students’ introduction to music! Middle school is where the magic begins! Students are SO impressionable! I want every student to feel the same joy I had when I began my musical journey,” he exclaims. “Music was more than just a class for me. It was a space where I could be myself unapologetically!”

It is during these first influential years that students learn not only the fundamentals of making great sounds, but also how to practice, create self-discipline, push themselves to perfect skills, focus on teamwork and embrace delayed gratification. “Here students learn that failure is not the opposite of success, but a part of success,” Graves says.

It’s no wonder that his students love band. “It’s the first place most of them visit when they get to school, and the last place they leave before going home because the band hall is a strict ‘positive vibes only’ haven where everyone feels safe to be themselves,” he explains.

On top of this positivity, Graves runs a very structured and process-based program. “Our band culture is built on high expectation, not high pressure,” he says. “We strive for every student to reach their full potential by being their best, not the best. My students thrive on this type of accountability and usually far exceed their own goals! I stand in awe of the jaw-dropping music these young students are capable of playing.”

Graves credits much of his growth as a music educator to the 11 years he spent at Roma Middle School. “I received great mentoring from Dena Laurel, the Director of Bands at Roma High School and a team of teachers who were committed to high expectations, student-centered education, and a true passion for music. We were able to reach some remarkable heights with our students,” he says. “I’m often asked why I moved from Roma after seeing so much success with my students. In short, I was given an opportunity to move closer to my family and establish something new. I believe those same successes can be created anywhere if the students are a part of a culture where they feel connected, supported, valued and empowered! Kids can do ANYTHING!”

Continue reading

Duras Brandon J.

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Brandon J. Duras

Director of Instrumental Music
Brunswick High School
Brunswick, Maine

The first year of teaching is always exciting and nerve-wracking, but for Brandon J. Duras, the Director of Instrumental Music a Brunswick High School in Maine, it was much more than that because the pandemic hit and schools were closed. “Admittedly, I think I was in denial about school being remote for the remainder of the year,” he says. “We were told that our school would be remote for two weeks, then another two weeks. We didn’t need to meet face to face as a group to rehearse, but I wanted to. I heard from the students that their time in online rehearsals was their favorite part of the day. They needed that interaction, and honestly, I did too!”

Duras took over a strong and established program and was navigating how to make the program his own while not shaking things up too suddenly for the students. “I was confident in my abilities but felt that I had to prove myself worthy of the position,” he says. “Luckily, I had great colleagues and students to help me through the transition.”

One way that Duras has made his mark at Brunswick High is by bringing in new music and diversifying the programming. “Over the past four years, we have added about 10 new works to the wind band repertoire through commissions and consortia,” he explains. “Through these works, we have been able to build relationships with some of the composers and work with them to bring their music to life.”

Balancing staples in the repertoire with new works, especially by underrepresented composers, keeps his program moving forward. “It gives my students the opportunity to learn about the past and be part of the future,” Duras says. “Even in a state that is 94% white, it’s important for my students to represent the greater wind band world through our repertoire.”

Duras is proud of what his program has accomplished, especially at a competition in Washington, D.C. over spring break last year. His students put together music in a few short weeks, and they swept their division! The D.C. trip ended in a special way for Duras and his students — with a police escort into town. “Any chance I see a student succeed and feel proud of themselves — and these moments do not need to be musical — is a proud moment for me,” he says.

Continue reading

Davis David

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

David Davis

Music Teacher
Park Spanish Immersion Elementary School
St. Louis Park, Minnesota

David Davis, the music teacher at Park Spanish Immersion Elementary School in St. Louis Park, Minnesota, sees his students as co-learners and co-teachers, and he happily shares the teaching podium with them.

“Most of the unique aspects of my music program are student-created through highly intentional classroom facilitation and instructional design that centers student voice, choice and creativity,” he says. “By prioritizing students’ ideas, identities and cultures, I’m able to make learning intrinsically motivating and relevant. By taking this approach, the music I utilize is inevitably more culturally diverse, and students can more easily see themselves reflected in the curriculum.”

Davis believes that all students are innately musical and deserve to have a music education that is welcoming, inclusive and relevant to their lives. ”Whereas most music curricula are generally static and look the same regardless of what community they are serving, I choose to customize my music curriculum to be more organic, linked to student curiosity, and relatable to student experiences and backgrounds to better fit the ever-evolving communities I serve,” he says.

Citing constant self-learning and reflection coupled with a drive to take action toward systemic change, Davis has grown his band and orchestra program to 85% of enrollable students. Changes that supported this growth include:

  • Frequently acknowledging every student for their cultural and musical brilliance regardless of their technical skills.
  • Prioritizing student voice and choice, rather than a teacher-directed approach that just asks for compliance.
  • Decentering the Western classical aesthetic priority by emphasizing learning by ear, improvisation, dance and other music genres equally to Western technique and notation reading.
  • Reducing gatekeeping by including all instruments and genres in my curricular classes and ensembles (yes, guitars in orchestra and accordions in band!)
  • Implementing student self-assessment within a co-created rubric instead of typical grading practices, so students are invested in self-evaluation and setting growth goals.
  • An “opt-out” rather than “opt-in” registration model for my first-year instrumental program that ensures every student has a place, as well as an instrument they can use, in band or orchestra if they wish.

Running a program that pushes boundaries has paid off. “Through projects incorporating improvisation/composition, a diversity of music genres and contemporary electronic instruments, not only are my students excited to participate in class, but they are getting a much more well-rounded, holistically musically literate, creative, culturally aware music education than what I had,” he says.

During the pandemic remote learning environment, Davis experienced one of his proudest moments when his 3rd-grade class created an entirely original musical. “All I did was coach them, and this incredible bunch of 9-year-olds created original songs, characters, background music, art and storylines, sharing ideas and videos through virtual contexts,” he says. “The resulting Zoom musical brought so much joy to all of us during a challenging year.”

Continue reading

Claiborne Leah N. Dr.

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Dr. Leah N. Claiborne

Associate Professor of Piano
University of the District of Columbia
Washington, D.C.

Teaching at an HBCU (Historically Black Colleges and Universities) comes with a lot of responsibilities — something Dr. Leah N. Claiborne, Associate Professor at the University of the District of Columbia, understands and embraces. “It’s an incredible honor to teach at an HBCU that was initially founded for the purpose of educating young Black women,” she says. “Black American contributions are woven into the fabric of this country, and HBCUs honor and acknowledge the whole American story in all disciplines. While I had no idea that after graduating from the University of Michigan that I would be teaching at an HBCU, it was an obvious choice because I knew that my research would not only be welcomed, but it would be celebrated with an already long history of great scholarship on Black American music.”

While many predominately white institutions across the country have struggled in recent years to incorporate underrepresented voices in their curriculum, “it is expected that our students’ recitals, their history classes and their literature courses includes the voices of Black Americans,” Claiborne explains. “It is expected because there is an understanding that the HBCU community honors the full story of American music — a story that cannot be told fully unless it honors the contributions of Black Americans.”

Claiborne also spreads the message of diversity, equity and inclusion (DEI) as the Director of DEI for the Francis Clark Center and the co-chair of the DEI track of the National Conference of Keyboard Pedagogy (NCKP). She joined the editorial committee of “American Music Teacher,” the journal of the Music Teachers National Association (MTNA) and proposed a column dedicated to sharing best practices of DEI efforts across the country, and having a dedicated area for teachers to share their transformative work within their communities. “The best part of writing is the feedback from colleagues across the country. After I write an article, I wonder if anyone will read this or think that this work is important,” Claiborne says. “Then once it is published, my heart swells with feedback from teachers.”

While she was still studying at the University of Michigan, Claiborne conceptualized Ebony Music, an organization that shines a spotlight on Black classical pianists and Black composers of piano music. “Representation is so vitally important in all stages of musical development, and in the area of piano, there has historically been very little representation of Black classical pianists and music by Black composers on the great performance stages in the country and across the world,” she said. “I often wonder what it would have been like if I not only had the opportunity to learn music by Black composers, but also see Black pianists on the concert stage.”

Claiborne says her greatest joy is when she hears her community speak about Black composers in the same way they speak about Bach, Beethoven or Brahms. “We need to move past the performance and education of underrepresented composers simply because they are underrepresented,” she says. “When we discuss, perform and write about this music because of its impact in our field, we honor the voices who created it. It’s a gift for me to be part of this historic journey of honoring voices and sharing them with my communities.”

Continue reading

Rader Noelle

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Noelle Rader

Orchestra Teacher
Mendive Middle School
Sparks, Nevada

Noelle Rader was an aspiring professional violist, but after a performance-related injury became so severe that she could no longer play, she underwent surgery to save the long-term use of her hand. As she worked with doctors and surgeons, she became a substitute teacher to have some flexibility around necessary appointments. “I soon found the classroom to be an invigorating place, and I became extremely passionate about music education,” Rader explains. “Even though my former career ended sadly, being a teacher felt like coming home. I love teaching orchestra, and middle school is my absolute jam!”

As the orchestra teacher at Mendive Middle School in Sparks, Nevada, Rader says that student choice is a big part of her teaching philosophy. “It can be seen in our daily rehearsals where students decide what learning strategy they need for a particular song, to our concerts where students vote on each piece we perform,” she says. “I’m also very proud that the demographics of the orchestra program reflect our school. I’m happy that every kind of student sees themself in orchestra.”

Rader says that the more than 200 musicians in her orchestra aren’t just students, they are people. “I want them to feel seen and heard when they are in my classroom. We celebrate, we cheer each other on, and we share our thoughts and feelings,” she says.

Because Rader experienced pain, discomfort and eventually injury from playing an instrument, she became particularly interested in how to prevent that for her students. Body Mapping is a somatic education method that helps musicians learn about movement in music by learning about their bodies and senses. “I incorporate these principles directly into my teaching as we learn concepts in class, such as understanding where our arms actually connect to our body and how to use the arm joints freely when bowing. I believe all musicians have the right to make music free from pain and discomfort,” she says.

Rader is often asked to present her Body Mapping teaching methodology at conferences, especially because the rates of playing-related pain and discomfort among musicians is staggering, and researchers have found that this includes young musicians in elementary and secondary school. “I believe music education can no longer ignore the physical aspects of learning to play an instrument,” she explains. “Incorporating ways of supporting the physical wellbeing of our students is critical. Body Mapping can give educators the knowledge and vocabulary to support our students’ music learning. If students feel good when they play, they will be happier in our classes and have the freedom to express themselves.”

Continue reading

Vazquez Miriam L.

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Miriam L. Vazquez

Music Teacher
Duane D. Keller Middle School
Las Vegas, Nevada

Mariachi is so much more than a musical genre to Miriam L. Vazquez, a music teacher at Duane D. Keller Middle School in Las Vegas. It’s an inclusive movement! “Everyone can be a part of it regardless of language, age, religion or ethnic heritage,” she says. “All voices are important and valid in the promotion of mariachi education — not just Latinx educators. I say that music itself is a language, and more than ever, mariachi needs advocacy.”

Her mariachi program started with 80 students last fall, and one year later, it boasts 300 students! “Upon returning from the pandemic, many students faced great pain and fear as they lost a part of their lives that they thought could never be recovered,” Vazquez explains. “I decided to design a unique mariachi program where not only my students would feel at home, but also their families and other members of the community, who eagerly seek the warmth of being part of something great, new and with a purpose.”

Vazquez says that her program experienced an influx of non-Hispanic students who are developing a love and passion for mariachi music and “feel right at home in my classroom.” The program also provides opportunities for students to travel and gain valuable life skills that often lead to increased educational achievement, career prospects and other life aspirations.

Vazquez is described as understanding students’ social and emotional needs as well as their musical needs. She explains that gratitude is a fundamental part of the mariachi culture. “Aside from playing music together, I also encourage my students to be effective communicators,” she says. “We have developed a beautiful tradition of expressing aloud why we are grateful to have each other in our lives, which has greatly affected our culture at a school level. Not only have we seen a larger presence of music/performing arts on campus, but there has been a drastic increase in family involvement at the school — things our program has driven!”

Another way Vazquez shows gratitude is by promoting other programs at Keller during her concerts, which are some of the most well-attended shows in the district, with some drawing audiences of more than 1,000 people.

“We connect on a multi-generational level while building strong relationships among families, school and community,” she says. “In fact, we are launching our Familias Fuertes (Strong Families) sessions this semester to strengthen our family relationships through workshops that cover most of our students’ topics of need.”

Vazquez hosted the Keller Mariachi Face Off, affectionately referred to as “noche,” which brought together over 1,500 students, families and community members to celebrate the success of her growing program. “Within seven months of starting the program, we had more than 20 schools come together to make the event a success. In our specific location in the city, there aren’t a lot of community resources or community gathering places, so being able to provide this sense of community for everyone is a huge step in the right direction for us as a program and for our school.”

Continue reading

Hatfield Lisa

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Lisa Hatfield

5th-grade band and orchestra teacher
Batavia Elementary Schools
Batavia, Illinois

Teaching a concept like syncopation and rhythm to elementary school students can be challenging, but Lisa Hatfield, the 5th-grade band and orchestra teacher at Batavia Elementary Schools in Illinois, uses creative elements in her teaching approach. “I love to teach using fun and creative methods — and that’s how I learn, too,” she says. “For a concept like counting syncopation, I use unique aids, such as basketballs and Legos. With basketballs, kids can see, hear and even feel the down (bounce) and up (catch) beats. When we build rhythms on top of each other, I use Legos to show students how they ‘fit’ together.”

Hatfield also arranges current songs and trends to incorporate more advanced skills like accidentals and higher ranges, so students work on them over and over without realizing the repetition. “My class just learned how to play an octave from a TikTok song,” she exclaims.

Her main goal is for her students to love playing their instruments, but “for my sanity, everything I teach must also be personally entertaining, so I like to keep things new and fresh,” she says with a laugh.

Hatfield’s program boasts a retention rate well over 90%. She says that involving other music teachers and older student musicians as often as possible helps create a stronger musical community and promotes how fun and exciting the music experience can be if students stick with it! Some events that celebrate the musical progression throughout all levels include:

  • 8th grade ensembles performing and demonstrating instruments at a recruitment concert for 4th graders,
  • the marching band’s special meet-and-greet (while autographing posters) with beginning musicians,
  • the annual All-City concert that brings together hundreds of grades 5-12 musicians to perform together.

Hatfield has shared her knowledge by teaching courses on integrating technology into school music programs through the VanderCook College of Music continuing education program. Some of her top tips? Create beautiful and environmentally friendly digital programs that the audience can scan with a smartphone, which “allows you to expand the purpose and reach of your program by including pics and gifs of your students,” she says. Hatfield also says to promote fundraisers and events with direct links, so people can dive deeper into your program notes and the history or inspiration behind your song selections. Finally, transitioning to cloud-based content and visual aids for both students and parents “enable you to effortlessly update them from year to year, share with ease and edit them quickly to accommodate different student needs from anywhere,” she says.

Continue reading

Meyerson Emily

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Emily Meyerson

K-12 Music and Drama Educator
North Baltimore Local Schools
North Baltimore, Ohio

Emily Meyerson, the K-12 Music and Drama Educator for North Baltimore Local Schools, isn’t afraid to try anything to improve her program. “I came into an established program in 2010, where things had been done a certain way for so long, and I was too green to immediately shake things up,” she says. “After I had a couple of years under my belt and gained a little confidence, I knew that major change was necessary in order for this program to thrive.”

Meyerson started with a huge revamp of the middle school program. “I went from 50 kids in the middle school choir to seven, which was terrifying,” she says. “I leaned on my administration for support, and the elementary principal at the time suggested the creation of an elementary show choir as a feeder program.”

Over the next several years, her numbers grew and she started to see the fruits of her labor. Meyerson now has a strong middle and high school choir program, and she continues to use the elementary show choir as a great feeder program to get strong singers involved early.

Another change she made was switching her pedagogy to Teaching for Artistic Behavior (TAB), a concept the art teacher introduced her to that focuses on:

  • What do artists do?
  • The child is the artist.
  • The classroom is the child’s studio.

Meyerson and the art teacher took the plunge together and incorporated this new methodology. “Switching to a TAB pedagogy completely revitalized my classroom, the way I teach and my students,” she says.

When students come into her music class, they begin with a mini-lesson or demo that usually lasts about five to seven minutes, then they are free to explore and create in whatever ways they want, within certain guidelines. “In the visual art world, TAB studios are offered by medium so you might have drawing, painting and sculpture studios,” she explains. “In music, I wanted to do the same thing, offering the same type of choices. Some of my favorite studios are boomwhackers, keyboards, ukuleles, electric guitars, electric drums, note knacks, electronic music (on iPads) and the recording studio that my custodians built for me in the back of my classroom.”

Meyerson acts as facilitator, helping students work through whatever problems that may arise as they work toward project completion of their choice. “Sometimes, it’s absolutely chaotic, and at any given time, instead of creating one lesson plan for a whole class, I could be working on 25 different things with 25 students,” she laughs. “We’ve got things in place to help with that though, including a check-in system with specific points they need to touch base with me, and a list of questions to keep them thinking, reflecting and acting like musicians.”

Meyerson also created a swing choir to push and stretch students who were ready for a bigger challenge, as well as a high school guitar program to reach students who weren’t in choir or band or those who wanted additional musical outlets. She started with a two-level class, Guitar I in the fall and Guitar II in the spring. It was a huge success and soon Guitar III was added, followed by Guitar IV this year. “I am super excited about this new course! It features more advanced guitar techniques, electric bass and culminates with a final project that will be writing, recording and producing an original song,” she says.

Continue reading

Kitchell Johanna M.

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Johanna M. Kitchell

Orchestra Director
Riverside Junior High School,
Riverside Intermediate School
Fishers, Indiana

Johanna M. Kitchell, the Orchestra Director at Riverside Junior High School and Riverside Intermediate School in Fishers, Indiana, is not only a problem-solver in her own right, but she is instilling this skill in her students.

Her classroom is described as an active place of learning and Kitchell knows that she is helping to “raise” not just the next generation of performers, but the next generation of music consumers. “I strive to incorporate their opinions,” she explains. “We discuss phrasing, bowing and articulation choices; then we listen and provide feedback. Students write their own program notes for concerts. We perform in the community, we attend local concerts. I try to give my students agency within our learning, and by doing so, find ways for them to feel connected to music that will last past their junior high orchestra days.”

Kitchell also gives students a voice in interpretive and musical decisions. “We all have moments where the music doesn’t have all the information, and we have to ask: Should there be a crescendo? What’s that articulation? Where in the bow? There are also times where the edits we have made still doesn’t feel right, so I ask students for their ideas, and we try them all,” Kitchell says. “We find what works best for the music, together. It takes longer than if I just told them, but that doesn’t engage their musicianship or ask them to think critically.”

Kitchell took problem-solving to a whole new level when she found that she wasn’t consistently using any method book with her second- and third-year players. She was trying to connect skills and techniques to repertoire, but most books layered so many different skills that it was hard to find exercises her students could play accurately. So, she created her own method book, “Golden Techniques for Intermediate Strings” “Each unit is built in isolation, allowing students to focus on a single skill or technique,” she explains. “The exercises introduce each concept simply, then use it in ways most commonly seen in junior high orchestra repertoire. I have found this to be a more effective way to help my students develop their playing skills.”

Kitchell, who is also the Concert Orchestra Conductor for the Indianapolis Youth Orchestra, has grown her program from 70 students to as many as 285 during her 15 years at Riverside. “That wouldn’t be possible without administrative support,” she says.

Continue reading

Tran Trevor

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Trevor Tran

Head of Performing Arts,
Director of Vocal Arts
Fort Myers High School
Fort Myers, Florida

A growth mindset isn’t a trendy buzzword. It means to push students to thrive on challenge and to look at setbacks as opportunities for growth and developing skills. Trevor Tran, Director of Vocal Arts and Head of Performing Arts at Fort Myers High School in Florida, integrates this philosophy into his classroom. “Every year during the first week of school, I give a short presentation about growth mindset,” he says. “We discuss our biology and the natural learning processes of our brain in order to show how humans learn. This helps students understand how our abilities and intelligence can improve and grow.”

Tran takes this lesson beyond the first week of school “Throughout the year, students have individual goals that they work toward and track, and we strive as a class and as individuals to improve,” he explains. “The main message I want to share with other music educators is how growth mindset boosts intrinsic motivation. Students exposed to the idea are more likely to overcome adversity and have more confidence in themselves.”

And adversity has not been a stranger to Tran’s students and his music program. On top of the disruption and change from the pandemic, the Fort Myers area was hit hard by Hurricane Ian in September 2022, which devastated the community. “Despite all the challenges, my students have continued to make great strides toward becoming better musicians, and I know that they will be ready for the real world because of all the obstacles they have overcome,” Trans says proudly.

Outside of his work at Fort Myers High, Tran is expanding the musical offerings in his area. He started the Southwest Florida Choral Festival to provide the public schools and the Lee County community an opportunity to engage with high-quality choral educators. Tran’s plan includes pooling together resources and hosting a well-known choral educator in Southwest Florida to present sessions, clinic choral groups in the area and put on a showcase concert with students from the public schools. “During the past two years, we have set the foundation and started to build. The goal is to engage and collaborate with more groups to expand the event,” Tran explains. 

Another project that Tran is involved in is the Composition Colloquium, a composition education initiative sponsored by the Florida Vocal Association, which was started because there was a lack of educational resources for students interested in composition. “Since its inception, I have led workshops and private composition lessons with students across the state of Florida. These students have ranged from beginning composers to advanced writers who have composed multiple works. We hope to continue providing this resource to Florida students to help usher in the next generation of composers,” Tran says.

Continue reading

Wakabayashi Nicole

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Nicole Wakabayashi

Director of Music and Drama
Notre Dame School of Manhattan
New York, New York

Notre Dame School of Manhattan is a small Catholic, all-girls, college preparatory high school with a mission to provide education to any student regardless of demographic or socioeconomic standing. The program that Nicole Wakabayashi, the school’s Director of Music and Drama and the Arts Department Chair, runs formally started six years ago when she began working at the school.

“This was the first time, in the recent past, that the school has had a choral music program that was integrated into the curriculum,” Wakabayashi says. “I re-built the extracurricular glee club, put on three shows each year with all of the choral ensembles, and music directed the spring musical. While I may not have some of the resources of more developed programs, such as a formal music room or a plethora of instruments, I do have the continued support from the faculty at Notre Dame and, most importantly, the incredible talents and energy my students bring every day. They make my experience as an educator extremely rich.”

Wakabayashi has found innovative ways to bring more inclusion and diversity to her program. In 2019, she started an arts showcase — this first production revolved around the immense contributions of Black artists and musicians to American culture. “The impetus of this project, titled ‘What is Black? Celebrating Black American History Through Music, Art and Poetry,’ was to provide a platform for Black students to tell their own stories through art in a way they might not have been able to in other academic settings while highlighting the importance of antiracism throughout our school community,” she says.

While Wakabayashi produced and music directed the show, she had a group of her senior students curate the entire program. “The main curator of our first showcase, a Cameroonian-American student, told me she wanted to show that Blackness was more transcendent than the binary ways we often look at race. By using the humanizing nature of art, we were able to better celebrate a sense of self through a Black lens,” she says. “The first performance, pre-COVID, had an overwhelmingly positive impact, which propelled us into a virtual edition in 2020 and finally an in-person show in November 2022.”

The 2022 production included a heavy amount of dance, led by professional choreographer Angel Kaba, as well as a six-piece band (with Alphonso Horne on trumpet, Norman Edwards Jr. on drums, Patrick Sargent on saxophone, Mariel Bildsten on trombone, Raul Reyes Bueno on bass and Wakabayashi on piano) to accompany the vocal ensembles. “The rehearsal process and letting the kids create something together really formed a deep sense of community. I am excited to continue this tradition every year going forward,” Wakabayashi says.

Another way she has incorporated diversity is through the Introduction to Music Theory elective she started. “In this course, we cover all the basics of Western music theory and delve into music history during the later parts of the year,” Wakabayashi explains. “I make sure to stress that this type of music analysis is only how a certain part of the world understands music. In order to open their eyes and ears to different types of music, I try to cover a little bit of everything from Hindustani Ragas, the influence of the Indonesian gamelan ensembles on French Impressionistic music, Eastern European folk music traditions, West African Gyil music or anything that might be a little ‘different’ from what we’re used to. I want my students to learn how to listen empathetically and honor the performance practices and styles of different traditions.”

As a music educator, Wakabayashi says that she lives by this quote:

Why We Teach The Arts

Not because we want you to major in the arts,

Not because we expect you to sing, paint, act or dance all your life,

Not so you can just relax or have fun,

But so you will be human.

So you will recognize beauty,

So you will be sensitive and be closer to an infinite beyond this world,

So you will be closer to others,

So you will continue to grow in love, compassion, gentleness and peace.

The arts are not something you do, but something you are.

Of what value will it be to make a prosperous living unless you know how to live?

Continue reading

Burch Emily Williams Dr.

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Dr. Emily Williams Burch

Coordinator of Music Education,
Professor of Music
University of South Carolina, Aiken
Aiken, South Carolina

Dr. Emily Williams Burch has been described as a choral entrepreneur. “To me being a choral entrepreneur is embracing new technology as a way to deliver services, develop new content, create new formats and ultimately break the glass ceiling that is the definition of what a music educator can do,” she says. “As French educator Nadia Boulanger said, ‘To study music, we must learn the rules. To create music, we must break them.’ That’s the out-of-the-box thinking that I embrace as a choral entrepreneur.”

In addition to her position as Coordinator of Music Educator and Professor of Music at University of South Carolina Aiken, Burch is the Executive and Artistic Director of RISE Chorales, a community-based women’s choir, and RISE Outreach, the group’s nonprofit arm. The choral group, which was formed in 2016, shows the community that through singing, women can learn crucial work-readiness skills and other soft skills that will help them succeed throughout life. “It’s the flexibility and ability to innovate and create quickly that most excites me about the RISE Chorales,” Burch says.

The outreach arm started in 2021 and offers college scholarships for RISE singers, sponsors singers to explore RISE and other music opportunities, and provide programming throughout the city to communities that do not have musical opportunities. “We also have two active programs/collaborations,” Burch explains. “We bring music to a school with students who have learning difficulties as well as to a respite care center for adults with Parkinson’s or memory loss. The most rewarding moments are seeing students who struggle with reading or sequencing grasp concepts such as literacy, composing, arranging and performing on a variety of instruments including boomwhackers, recorders and ukuleles.”

Burch also reports seeing incredible progress at the care center when participants suddenly can move to the music, access a memory or story that was previously lost, or simply interact in new ways through music in order to provide stimulation and conversation.

Another hat that Burch proudly wears is podcast host. “Music (ed) Matters” started in April 2020, and each week, Burch meets up virtually with colleagues — known and unknown — and captures their stories and expertise. Every Tuesday morning, a new episode is released featuring educators, musicians, innovators, businesspeople — “basically anyone doing incredible things that can empower and enhance our world as music educators and lovers of music,” she says. 

As if all this isn’t enough, Burch co-authored the book, “The Business of Choir,” with Alex Gartner, and says the idea for the book “stemmed from a few podcast recordings and involved working  in collaboration — which is one of my extroverted self’s favorite things to do!”

The best advice from the book, according to Burch, is that every choir (or band, orchestra, music classroom or space) has a story worth sharing — a legacy of tradition, time, love and incredible music. “But a legacy is not built on these idyllic terms alone,” Burch says. “Some important, yet occasionally overlooked, concepts are missing, such as recruitment, volunteerism, evaluation, strategic planning, accounting and fundraising, to name a few. The book enables you to connect the minutia to the music and ultimately help you quantify your choir’s story and impact on your singers and within your community. The more people who know, the more lives we can impact through the power of music!”

Continue reading

González Andrés

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Andrés González

Music Director
Play on Philly
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

Play On Philly (POP) provides underserved children in Philadelphia a transformative music education experience that develops and inspires the behaviors needed for a successful life. It was modeled after Venezuela’s hugely successful El Sistema program founded by Maestro José Antonio Abreu. It seems fortuitous that when Andrés González, who was trained in Venezuela’s El Sistema program for more than 20 years, moved to the United States, POP was looking for a new Music Director. “POP’s mission mirrored El Sistema’s advocacy for social justice, and when I became part of POP’s community, it felt like an extension of my work in Venezuela,” González says. “I always say that this is a life mission for me.”

POP’s program team and teaching artists are committed to cultivating musical excellence, lifelong skills and confidence. Partnering with Philadelphia schools, POP creates on-site music centers where students receive eight hours of intensive music education and ensemble practice every week after school. Now in its 12th year, POP serves more than 350 students through its pre-K-12 programs at five music centers, as well as through the POP summer program at Temple University. POP also supports young musicians in their musical studies through the Marian Anderson Young Artist Program.

After the pandemic, González saw an opportunity to change POP’s program structure. “I wanted to provide younger students with similar experiences that I had when I was their age: To play music in a large children’s orchestra and feel empowered and supported by your community of peers,” he says. “Before, K-12 students at different music centers didn’t interact too often. With the POP Children’s Orchestra, our students come together as a community and play together.”

Older students in the orchestra serve as section leaders and mentor younger students, and each instrumental part is leveled, allowing students of all ages and experience levels to play together while being challenged in meaningful ways.

In addition to finding opportunities for area children to play music, González strongly advocates for students to work with composers and performers, and through POP’s collaboration with local and national arts organizations, he’s able to create relationships with composers and musicians. “We partner with artists and organizations that hold similar values to us and are committed to giving our students high-quality instruction and experiences,” González says. “We’re in constant communication with partner organizations, composers and renowned soloists to find different kinds of collaborative projects and performances to bring together our curricular goals, recognition of our students in Philadelphia and beyond, and high expectations of artistry and musicianship.”

González shares his world view with his students. “I come from a family and a country with nearly no orchestral and classical music traditions. I know that community-based programs are such an important piece of our societies because every time we include and give access to new young musicians, we are also giving access to their families to new opportunities and make them feel part of the world,” he says.

He regularly shares videos of performances by the Berlin Philharmonic or other important ensembles in the world to show his students what an orchestra should sound and look like on the stage and to create connections to the orchestral training field in the world. “We can’t limit our communities to only what they are used to living and seeing, educators are also a window to the world,” González says. 

Continue reading

Ganong Derek Dr.

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Dr. Derek Ganong

Assistant Professor of Trumpet,
Director of Jazz
Boise State University
Boise, Idaho

Rethinking music degrees in higher education and bringing them into the 21st century is a pretty tall order, but Dr. Derek Ganong is up for the challenge. As the Director of Jazz and Assistant Professor of Trumpet at Boise State University in Idaho, Ganong acknowledges that “it’s always hard to innovate within music education due to the tradition-bound nature of the discipline. However, because Boise State University is a truly innovative place, this thinking is bleeding into our music department. We are in the midst of an experiment to see how music in higher education will tolerate innovation on a grand scheme.”

Part of this experiment is Ganong’s development of a music production certificate that is slated to begin in the fall of 2023. “It took three years to get a majority vote on this certificate program in my department,” he explains. “After that, it was swiftly approved by the higher administrative layers and is currently in the implementation stage — the place where the majority of plans that fail will fail. It’s my task to, in addition to my normal workload, create these courses, find spaces, create schedules, get funding for technology, and market the certificate. I have a few partners within the college, but the onus is on me to make this actually happen in fall 2023.”

Ganong says that despite the robust and thriving nature of the music industry, music education as a whole has yet to universally adopt the agility necessary to truly prepare students for sustainable careers post-graduation. He addresses this by still focusing on the performing aspect, but he also incorporates career education and open discussion/mentoring of students in music industry skills.

This means a lot of independent study courses, outside workshops, bringing in guest speakers and artists, personal investment in equipment, constant contact with industry folks, and time spent on personal development. All this work has paid off. Some of Ganong’s students’ successes include:

  • Producing a full analog synthesis album after working with Ganong,
  • Creating an original music soundtrack for a student’s video game final project who had no prior music skills.
  • Becoming the first-ever intern with Ableton Live after an independent study course with Ganong.
  • Running the Boise State Jazz orchestra 100% remotely during the pandemic and producing three full-length albums of the ensemble by teaching recording techniques. 

“My students thrive on this ala-carte system,” Ganong says proudly.

Continue reading

Weir Sara

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Sara Weir

Music Teacher
Park View Middle School
Cranston, Rhode Island

Sara Weir’s influence on the Cranston community in Rhode Island is far-reaching. In addition to her position as a music teacher at Park View Middle School where she incorporates technology and innovative manipulatives to help her students learn, she has developed a community choir and a district-wide symphony orchestra!

Weir’s general music students in 7th and 8th grade learn about technology as well as music. They use supplemental instructional apps like Youcisian or YouTube tutorials in between direct or one-on-one instruction on ukulele, guitar and piano. Additionally, Weir’s classes do a Foley Art lesson where students record everyday sounds using CapCut and Vocaroo and layer them over a short film. “I love this lesson because students get to see the history of sound effects from when it was mostly physical objects and the progression to using digital sounds and keyboard sound effects,” she says.

Weir’s music program is built on relationships between students. “We work together in class as a team to learn, and then eventually perform,” she explains. “Students teach each other, and students get to have choices in what pieces we perform. We try to have hands-on activities and instruments for all our classes. If we don’t have the physical instrument, we utilize as much technology as we can.”

In addition to the use of cutting-edge tech, Weir also goes “old school” by using several different manipulatives to help her strings students with bow holds. “Our school can’t afford the silicone bow-hold aids for all my students, so I went online and found a YouTube video on how to make ‘pinky houses,’” she explains. “The kids love the name, and the flexibility of the tape allows students to build the muscles with help. In time, the tape comes off, and they are ready to play. I see an improvement each year, as students begin to master the fine motor skills.”

Manipulatives are also used in Weir’s band class, where flute, clarinet and saxophone players create pencil instruments and use a Sharpie to mark dashes for the keys. “It’s very compact (travel sized!) but allows students to practice fingerings on a smaller scale before transferring the skill to their larger instrument. It also makes for a handy replacement when they forget their instrument,” she says.

While working on her master’s degree in education leadership and policy from Boston University, Weir decided to create a community choir to fulfill the community engagement part of her practicum requirements. “I felt that a community choir would be a great way to bring all ages and levels together to sing and heal, post COVID,” she says. “I had a few goals: 1) sing as much as possible, no matter what; and 2) to use movement and mindfulness to  connect with our bodies and voices.”

Weir plans to facilitate and aid the community choir in whatever way she can, both as a member of the community and as a Cranston Public Schools representative and educator. “We would like to expand our programming and do more than one performance this spring,” she says.

In addition to the community choir, Weir also started a district-wide symphony orchestra. “When I attended Cranston schools as a child, we didn’t have orchestra or strings past 8th grade,” she says. “When a graduating high school senior (who was headed to the University of Rhode Island) reached out to me over the summer and asked me to help him continue the symphonic orchestra he was running at his school, I said yes! We could combine our dreams — his of conducting original symphonic works and mine of creating a community space.”

The Cranston Symphonic Orchestra features students in grades 7-12 from the four middle and two high schools. In addition to performing original and arrangements of master symphonic works, Weir encourages and provides support on auditions and music from other community groups. Students rehearse for two hours every week and will perform several concerts this year, as well as guest perform at several others to help with recruitment. “It’s an excellent chance for students to build a social network across the city,” Weir says.

Continue reading

Schepart Caleb

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Caleb Schepart

Music Teacher
Dr. Kenneth B. Clark Academy
Dobbs Ferry, New York

The Dr. Kenneth B. Clark Academy (KCA) in Dobbs Ferry, New York is part of the Greenburgh-Northcastle School District, a special act district that teaches students with significant learning and developmental diagnoses that require specially designed instructional approaches to support their individualized education program (IEP) objectives. 

Caleb Schepart, the music teacher at the KCA, is familiar with special act schools. As a child, his parents both worked at a school similar to KCA, which was designed to meet the unique learning needs of the residential students living on campus in the care of a residential agency. Schepart joined the school’s staff in 2004, helped develop its burgeoning music program and worked there for 10 years while completing his education to become a certified music educator. “After teaching for several other school districts, I was delighted to return to my roots at another special act school,” he says.   

Because his students at KCA are typically “nontraditional learners who have not found success in their home school districts, I developed a nontraditional music program to better meet their unique learning needs,” Schepart explains. “I want my students to be intrinsically motivated to participate, ask questions, sing, play and otherwise learn about music.”

KCA doesn’t have a formally defined band, but rather it supports a variety of small groups that form and regroup depending on the songs, projects and performance opportunities that the students are interested in. “I manage and oversee these groups, placing as much responsibility as possible with the students. There are different kinds of performance and recording opportunities throughout the year,” Schepart says.

To facilitate his nontraditional program, Schepart created a nontraditional learning environment by transforming his class so that it has the look and feel of a café/coffee house. “I wanted to create a ‘real-world’ music space that had to function as a classroom. The café/coffee house vibe feels like a place where people can relax and also get things done. There is a performance/stage area, chessboard café tables that also function as desks and a PA system,” he says.

The nontraditional classroom décor is an important part of creating a low-pressure music-oriented environment where “students who otherwise showed little willingness to play or sing started singing unconsciously and without fanfare, or made requests to play a karaoke track for them, or showed me what they knew how to play on the piano but had kept to themselves for the past three years,” he says.

KCA’s administration have supported Schepart’s vision, including the flexibility to create courses for unique groups of students. “I am able to offer empowering learning experiences through a skillful blend of technical instruction and inquiry-based learning,” he explains.

For example, Schepart developed an instrument-making course and a course on music in video games, film and TV. “These courses supported brain-based learning and offered opportunities for students to leverage their multiple intelligences,” he says. “Part of my research for the creation of these courses involved interviewing and surveying prospective students, so I was able to plan the courses with student interests in mind.”

During the instrument-making course, students constructed kalimbas (thumb pianos). “We listened to music and talked while our hands were busy with the often repetitive tasks of cutting, smoothing, bending, drilling, wire wrapping and assembling,” Schepart says. “A conversation about the ethics and legality of harvesting and using hard woods led to discussions on economics, climate change, physics, poaching and rights for indigenous people.”

Continue reading

Burdette Gabriella

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Gabriella Burdette

Orchestra Director
Grace M. James Academy of Excellence
Louisville, Kentucky

Inclusivity and empowerment are the focal points at Grace M. James Academy of Excellence, a magnet middle school in Louisville, Kentucky, with an Afrocentric STEAM (science, technology, engineering, the arts and mathematics) perspective for Girls Excelling in Math and Science (GEMS). The school’s innovative and student-centered vision are what attracted Orchestra Director Gabriella Burdette. “The encouragement from administrators to give students limitless possibilities and new experiences was an important factor to me when I joined the team at Grace James,” she says.

Her goal for the orchestra program is to empower each student to achieve excellence in playing an instrument in the orchestra, while incorporating the specialized curriculum of the school. “Each unit of study is created and developed to represent the Afrocentric themes of Identity, Humanity, Justice and Oppression, African Diaspora, Intersectionality and Black Joy,” Burdette says. “The Afrocentric and gender-specific curriculum provides students with opportunities to share their personal opinions and perspectives, collaborate with others, draw connections between the content and their personal lives, and provide relatable instruction about women’s roles in music.”

For example, for the Identity unit, students collaborated to create a battle composition, where they played their instruments and “battled” with another section in the orchestra. Students then discussed how they were able to apply their own personalities and music choices into the collaborative activity.

For the Justice and Oppression unit, students went on a field trip to watch a youth orchestra perform Western-style music. They then identified, described and compared the music from the concert to African-American composers like Florence Price, Joseph Bologne, William Grant Still and more.

Burdette says that the concerts her orchestra puts on are intentionally prepared with the Afrocentric curriculum in mind. “We have studied history and performed pieces such as ‘Kumbaya,’ ‘Were You There,’ ‘Lift Every Voice,’ rap music, ‘Adoration’ from Florence Price and more,” Burdette says.

She also brings in professional ensembles and musicians from the Louisville Orchestra to her classroom, which opens the door to many collaborative opportunities and perspectives that enriches students’ lives. “I constantly tell my students that I love showing their talent and skills off as much as I can,” Burdette says. “With the support from the administration, they notice how much we invest and believe in their potential. It is truly all about the students and giving them limitless possibilities.”

Grace James students are excited to learn new skills and repertoire, and more importantly, “they are able to see and perform musical selections from artists who look like them, and they, in turn, learn how to be bold, driven and themselves,” says Burdette.

Continue reading

Burnside Logan

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Logan Burnside

Band Director
Jordan High School
Jordan, Minnesota

As a young music educator in Minnesota, Logan Burnside found a unique way to glean wisdom and knowledge from seasoned directors who have developed great instrumental music programs. He created a podcast called The Band Director’s Lounge and interviews band directors from around the country. Some of Burnside’s favorite pieces of advice from recent episodes of the podcast include:

  • “A great band program helps students get better. It doesn’t matter if they are the best band in the district or the country — it matters that they improve and find joy in music. That can happen anywhere.” — Elizabeth Jackson Kirchhoff (episode #28), Eden Prairie (Minnesota) High School
  • “A great band program is a program that makes a difference in your community, and that can look different wherever you teach.” — Robert Baca (episode #35), University of Wisconsin Eau Claire
  • “You can’t teach excellence without having achieved excellence.” —Scott Guidry (episode #34), Bemidji (Minnesota) State University

These podcast interviews have resulted in Burnside growing his own music program at Jordan High School with some innovative programs, such as the Jordan Band Academy, a peer-to-peer music lesson and mentorship program where high school students volunteer to teach lessons to middle school students. Burnside and his middle school colleague, Tracy Cederstrom, pair up high school and middle school students based on their combined knowledge of students’ skills, abilities and personalities. “Then we just get out of the way and let the high school students work their magic! We have found that the student volunteers are very benevolent and truly want to give back and help make the program grow. Likewise, the middle school students want to learn and improve. Our three district buildings (elementary, middle and high schools) are across the street from each other, so students are able to easily walk back and forth,” Burnside says.

Another special program at Jordan High created by Burnside and Kathryn McKnight, who teaches choir at the school, is “Music Theory Lunch.” Because the school does not offer a music theory class, the two teachers co-teach a brief lesson during a weekly informal lunchtime meeting for students interested in music-theory-related topics, such as composition, sight-singing and rhythm-reading. According to Burnside, the students who attended and brought their lunch down to one of the music rooms, loved it.

Burnside also expanded student leadership roles in the band room. “Shortly after I began teaching, I invited students to nominate peers to be their student leaders,” he says. “This leadership group met once a week before or after school to learn how to be effective leaders in the music room, in their academics and life at large. I prepared brief topics for discussion at each meeting, drawing from musicians and non-musicians alike, including Dr. Tim Lautzenheiser, Simon Sinek, Steven R. Covey, Jocko Willink, Jon Gordon and more.”

Students responded well to this, and Burnside believes that they are the main reason for the positive, inclusive and encouraging band culture that exists in Jordan High’s program. “More importantly, it gave students ownership over what was happening, providing opportunities to voice concerns and learn how to co-lead the bands,” he says. “As a result, it only made the band environment better and drew more students to want to be a part of the ensembles.”

Burnside continues, “Band is the place that it should be — safe, supportive, challenging, rewarding and fun. I am incredibly proud of my students, who they are and who they go off into the world to be outside our high school. However, I am filled with joy by how many students cite feeling supported and cared for in band. They openly talk about feeling like they belong to a team and family and they have fun as part of their band experience.”

Continue reading

Wines Susan

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Susan Wines

Orchestra Director
Wade Hampton High School
Greenville, South Carolina

Imagine taking your district’s strings program from an exploratory course to a seven-year investment (from 6th through 12th grade)? That’s exactly what Susan Wines did at Greenville County School District.

“For the first half of my career, I taught band and orchestra at a middle school that was severely affected by the economic crash of 2008,” Wines says. “For two consecutive years, the principal had to cut employee positions to maintain the budget, and despite recommendations to cut my position, she preserved not only my position, but both programs because she saw the positive effect music had on our community.”

Wines moved to Wade Hampton High School, where the program was half the size of her middle school one, and she immediately saw how a middle school music educator can positively influence the high school program. “I have long held a  vision for fostering lifelong musicianship, but this new position shed light on the ramifications of our decisions as directors as well as the need to create a team, from the first year students enter the music program through graduation,” she notes.

As the lead teacher for the orchestra division for the district, which has 15 high schools, 30 middle schools and more than 50 elementary schools, Wines revisits the topic regularly. “There is no direct feeder system for orchestra programs, which has exacerbated the retention conundrum for all music programs,” she explains. “I have restructured our directors to be part of specific ‘orchestra teams’ that promote unity and provide support for one another while championing students to stay in the program for all seven years. I encourage my colleagues to not only dream but to make definitive plans that moves all of our programs forward through joint events that showcases the seven-year investment.”

Wines knows that investing in each student takes efforts, “but it yields long-term, I would even argue lifelong, results.”

On top of her work at Hampton High and the district, Wines is also the Education Director and Conductor of the Greenville County Youth Orchestra (GCYO). The GCYO welcomes any student, and Wines helped to expand the structure to be a five-tiered orchestra program plus a new wind symphony program.  

Lauded for her work at the district and county-wide level, Wines is also innovative in the classroom. She often merges multiple disciplines — such as music and history or orchestra and writing — to engage her students to make connections and forge relationships. “Last year, one of my orchestras worked on ‘Agincourt’ by Doug Spata,” she says. “Instead of focusing only on time signature, finger patterns and bowing techniques, I knew that this piece afforded my students with an opportunity to learn so much more.”

Not only did her students form small groups to discuss the history of the Battle of Agincourt, they also speculated which melodic theme was the English versus the French, and why the composer chose 7/8 as the time signature as they mapped the battle through the repertoire.

“When the students came back together, a full group discussion ensued, and history buffs emerged as they shared their thoughts and opinions,” Wines shares. “Moments like these not only allowed students to shine and share their knowledge with their peers, but they infused students with more confidence while they saw their value within the orchestra program as well as life.”

Continue reading

Fripp Jasmine M.T.

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Jasmine M.T. Fripp

Director of Choral Activities and General Music
KIPP Nashville Collegiate High School
Nashville, Tennessee

“Passion and excellence are contagious, transparency breeds trust, and structure brings stability,” says Jasmine M.T. Fripp, the Director of Choral Activities and General Music at KIPP Nashville Collegiate High School.

Fripp walks into every rehearsal with excitement and a genuine love for the art of music-making. Not only does she hold her students to a very high level of excellence, she finds ways through music to showcase the beauty in Black and Brown cultures. “Because I create structure through planned rehearsals, retreats, performances, choir outings and trips, kids take the music program as seriously as I do,” she explains. “They understand what we do as an ensemble has purpose and goals to achieve.”

She finds ways to weave history, culture and issues of social justice into her general music program. “Within my general music classes, we study Black and Latinx cultures through music,” she says. “We talk about how Black and Latinx cultures either laid the foundation for or had a large impact on various music genres. We also discuss heavier topics like cultural appropriation, protest songs, racism and colorism in the music industry. Lastly, I teach students how to fight for social justice through music and other talents.”

Her mission to have more diversity and inclusion in the world of music education led Fripp to create The Passionate Black Educator, which “aims to advocate for students of the global majority by providing opportunities to learn and advance through music, fine arts and education,” she says. The organization empowers music educators of all cultural backgrounds to create student-centered classroom environments that promote anti-racism, culturally responsive pedagogy and healing-centered teaching.

Not surprisingly, Fripp is a sought-after clinician for her work in music education and anti-racist pedagogy. Some of the main messages she teaches through her presentations include:

  • Music from Black, Brown, Indigenous and Asian cultures hold just as much educational value as Euro-centric music. If you don’t know about cultural music, don’t be afraid to seek out experts and resources.
  • Becoming an anti-racist music educator is a continuous process that cannot be done by simply checking off a list of “anti-racist deeds.”
  • Racism and white supremacy culture in music education negatively impacts students and teachers.
  • There is beauty in solidarity. Make it mandatory in your music classroom.

Fripp came to the attention of many music educators in 2020 when she posted “With Love, Letters to my Fellow White Music Colleagues” on Facebook. She explains that during her reflection time following the murder of George Floyd, she thought of “all the inequities that I witnessed within music education and how it impacted my Black and Brown students, and me. For years, I suppressed my feelings and kept my observations to myself, but through this letter, I finally dared to say, ‘enough is enough.’”

Continue reading

Griffin Kylie

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Kylie Griffin

Elementary Music Teacher
Dozier Elementary
Erath, Louisiana

Kylie Griffin brings her love of southern Louisiana music, culture and language into her classroom at Dozier Elementary School in Erath, Louisiana. She wants her students to appreciate the cultural identity of their community at a time when Cajun and Créole French culture are rapidly declining. “In 1921, French was banned in Louisiana schools in an effort to Americanize the state’s population,” Griffin explains. “Our grandparents were humiliated and abused for speaking French. That’s why I teach Cajun and Créole French songs to my students as well as use French in my classroom.”

Griffin says that the music she teaches has inspired the community as a whole. “Family members tell me how much it means to them to hear their children sing French songs, especially to their grandparents who speak the language fluently,” she says. 

Outside her music classroom, Griffin finds time to promote the area’s music through groups like the Bayou Tigre Steppers, the state’s first school-sponsored, student-led zydeco ensemble, which she started in 2021. This Bayou Tigre Steppers consist of older students who want to continue playing the music of their families. “My goal with this ensemble is to create lifelong musicians who can preserve and continue our beautiful culture,” she says.

Griffin’s love of zydeco started during her graduate studies at the University of Louisiana at Lafayette, where she played in the Ragin’ Steppers band. After graduating, Griffin and her husband, Gregg, started their own group called Poisson Rouge, which just released “Là -Bas,” its first full album that is available on all streaming platforms.

Griffin also started Petits Cajuns, a Cajun French music camp, with her husband and Jason Harrington — both music teachers in the district. Camp attendees choose to learn accordion, fiddle or acoustic guitar. “Our goal as music educators is to create lifelong musicians who want to continue to play in some capacity after they leave our music program, even if that means singing or playing songs for their children later down the road,” she says. “I hope that students in my classes, the Bayou Tigre Steppers and campers at Pettis Cajuns will continue to play and sing Cajun, Créole French and zydeco music!”

Continue reading

Chilton Rob

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Rob Chilton

Creator
Readymade Music Literacy
Frisco, Texas

The pandemic provided an unforeseen opportunity for Rob Chilton. “When school shut down in March 2020, I decided to make videos lessons to continue teaching my beginning band students,” he explains. “I decided that the option that provided the most value would be investing my time in strengthening my students’ literacy from home. Teaching the nuts and bolts of rhythm, staff notation and piano keyboard seemed to be easier to do remotely than monitoring their embouchure, hand position and other elements of performing.”

Starting with a basic camera, white board and colored dry-erase markers, Chilton soon began experimenting with graphic design and more professional software. He then added special effects and different characters into his lessons. Videos became a viable virtual tool to teach his students at Killian Middle School in Lewisville, Texas, throughout the 2020-2021 school year.

In May 2021, Chilton made the tough decision to leave the classroom to develop his video series that he named Readymade Music Literacy, which is geared for beginning band, orchestra and choir classrooms. During its first year, Readymade Music Literacy was used in 12 schools in two states. Currently, it is being taught in 85 schools across 10 states. “I’ve had the opportunity to visit multiple schools that use Readymade Music Literacy, and the reception has been incredible,” Chilton says. “Students tell me that they love the videos and often ask for autographs and want me to do impressions of myself from the videos!”

Music educators say that Readymade Music Literacy introduces concepts quickly and efficiently and makes reading music fun. They also tell Chilton that the series of 36 weekly videos lessons gives them a little breathing room in their busy schedules.

Chilton started Readymade Music Literacy as a way to connect with today’s generation of learners, who are living in a drastically different world than the one he grew up in the 1990s. “They play video games, watch YouTube and scroll social media,” he says. “My videos are professionally made but with a YouTube feel. Colorful graphics, special effects and quick dialogue make learning to read music feel more relevant to today’s generation.”

Chilton’s immediate goal is to reach more music educators to introduce them to Readymade Music Literacy and how it can help streamline their musical literacy instruction. His long-term goal is to develop more content that positively impacts the experiences of both teachers and students. “The job of a teacher isn’t getting easier, and I want to bring relief to the table to empower educators to do their job with efficiency and longevity.” Chilton says. “For students, I want to make learning to read music fun and desirable!”

Continue reading

Spakes Taylor

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

Taylor Spakes

Director of Performing Arts
West Rowan Middle School
Salisbury, North Carolina

When the band program at West Rowan Middle School was in danger of being cut, Taylor Spakes, the choir director, stepped in. “Knowing that both band and chorus is so important to the community, I could not allow for one of the programs to be cut from the school,” she says. “The high school program was in a state of regrowth after COVID, and eliminating its main feeder band program was not an accessible option.”

To prepare herself for her new position as Director of Performing Arts, Spakes met (and continues to meet) with other band directors to receive what she calls “band director lessons. They have been a huge help in getting me up to speed on correct technique with playing instruments and learning the keys to a successful band program, as well as how to fix an instrument, how to teach a beginning instrumentalist, and how to put an instrument together for the first time,” she says.

Luckily for Spakes, her choir experience provided the foundation for how to run a music program. “When in comes to performing, music is music, no matter the vessel,” she says. “Specifically, teaching choir has given me a leg up on how to teach ear training, aural skills and audiation. I infuse singing into the band program to help train ears, which has proven to be helpful in sight reading.”

One of Spakes’ proudest moment as a music educator happened in the spring of 2022 at a combined concert with the high school choir. “Each year, my choir students sing ‘Seasons of Love’ from ‘Rent,’” she explains. “We also learn the song in sign language to show how music can be experienced by those in the deaf and hard-of-hearing community. At this concert, all choir students from 6th to 12th grade had learned that song with me. The stage was flooded with my current and past students to create a massive choir. Seeing all my students from the beginning of my teaching career to the current year was the most fulfilling and beautiful way to end the school year.”

Continue reading

Aguilar John

Back to 40 Under 40

2023

John Aguilar

Director of Bands
Robert Eagle Staff Middle School
Seattle, Washington

Which of these is plausible for a middle school band?

a) Traveling across the country to perform at two battle of the bands.

b) Performing at a Seattle Storm halftime show, which has garnered more than 2 million views across social media platforms.

c) Recording a song with rapper Bruce Wayne (Marlon Wood).

d) All of the above.

If you know John Aguilar, the Director of Bands at Robert Eagle Staff Middle School in Seattle, then you would immediately pick d) all of the above — and you would be right.

Aguilar explains that Curtis Akeem, a social media comedian, personality and marching band advocate from Atlanta, reached out to him after seeing his middle school band on Instagram. Akeem wanted to support the band, so Aguilar asked him to come to Seattle to work with his students on a song that they planned to perform at a Seattle Storm halftime show. Akeem MC’d the show, which featured artists Bruce Wayne (Marlon Wood) and Alexandra Fresquez. Not only was the show a success — it was shared on social media and to date has more than 2 million views! This led to the Robert Eagle Staff band being invited to participate in two HBCU-inspired battle of the bands in Atlanta in the spring of 2023.

Aguilar and Bruce Wayne (Marlon Wood) both attended the University of Washington (UW), where Wood was a football player in the 2000s before becoming a rapper and educator, and Aguilar was the drum major in the 2010s. “Although we were a few years apart, we crossed paths when the UW Husky Band asked me to arrange one of Marlon’s songs for them to play,” Aguilar says.

Both men wanted to inspire the youth and the community through an original song. “SOAR” was created to uplift listeners through themes of hope, motivation, pride and perseverance. “After the struggles and educational effects of the pandemic years, it was just inspiring to see students not only return to their original musical form, but also evolve and try new things that were firsts for our program,” Aguilar says. “We became the first middle school marching band in our district to release an original song on streaming platforms, and during that journey, the song was nominated for a Hollywood Music in Media Award, and the “SOAR” music video has amassed over 1 million views on YouTube. What was more inspiring was to see and hear students singing the song whenever it came on the radio or played over the school speakers. It truly became THEIR song!”

By bringing in Black artists/educators like Akeem and Wood, students “learn Black music in a culturally authentic way,” Aguilar says. “It also gives them a chance to meet the artists/educators and hear their stories and journeys, making the education more than just about music, but holistically about life.”

Continue reading

The Importance of Roots, Fifths and Octaves in Bass Playing

As bass players, our number one job is to play roots. Anything else we do is extra, but playing the root of each chord is what we’re most often expected to do. Unfortunately, basslines that consist of only roots can be boring for both the listener and the player. Here’s a guide to augmenting roots with other notes — specifically fifths and octaves — when playing bass. Believe it or not, with just those three choices, you can craft basslines that are interesting to the ear and fun to play.

Ready to learn more? Read on …

Chord Changes

You can think of a song as a series of chords — in other words, a chord “progression.” One popular chord progression might begin with an A minor 7 (Ami7) chord, go to a C7 and then an F7 before ending on an E7. This is an a “iii-V-I-VII7” series because in the key of F, A minor 7 is the third (the “iii”), C7 is the fifth (the “V”), F7 is the root (the “I”) and E7 is a major variation on the seventh chord (the “VII7”), which would usually be E minor 7 flat 5.

In this case, the rest of the band will assume that whatever else the bass player does, he or she will play an A for the Ami7, a C for the C7, an F for the F7 and an E for the E7. This assumption is so strong that guitarists and keyboardists often play “rootless” voicings, chord inversions and substitutions because they know the bassist will take care of the root. If you’re struggling to learn a new song, nailing the roots with authority is a great start.

SPICING IT UP

However, as stated earlier, sticking to the roots alone usually isn’t enough. But even before adding in other notes, try varying your feel. Sustain the root (sometimes a moment in the song is calling for just a “football” — a whole note) or keep it short; push and pull or repeat it for the length of each chord. As always, staying locked into your drummer is crucial; working with (and sometimes against) the kick drum is one of the foundations of playing bass.

Another way to get the most from the root is to play it in octaves or at different places on your fretboard. On a standard four-string bass, for that Am7, play the A at the fifth fret on the E string and then zoom up the fretboard to the A at the 17th fret. Bounce between the open E string and the one at the seventh fret of the A string. Alternate between octaves of an F. If you have a five-string model like the Yamaha BB435, explore the possibilities of the C at the third fret of the A string, the low C at the first fret of the B string, and the C at the fifth fret of the G string.

Electric bass guitar.
There are at least seven places to play every note on a five-string bass like the Yamaha BB435.

THE FIFTH

No matter how creative you get, roots and octaves may not be enough. The next option? The fifth. You’ll find the fifth above the root one string higher (toward the floor) and two frets up (toward the bass’ body); the fifth below the root will be found on the same fret, one string lower. To play the root and fifth of a C chord, for example, play a C on the third fret of the A string, followed by a G on the fifth fret of the D string or at the third fret of the E string.

The root-fifth-octave shape is familiar to most bassists because it works so well and in so many different musical genres, most prominently country music:

This same pattern plays a major role in Tejano, polka and tuba basslines — it’s even used quite often to nail down the low end in reggae music:

To show how you can incorporate fifths into your playing, let’s revisit our iii-V-I-VII7 chord progression. Try adding the fifth of each chord to your A, C, F and E roots and octaves — an E to the Ami7, a G to the C7, a C to the F7, and a B to the E7, then try out variations like these:

  • Play the root, followed by the fifth above
  • Play the root an octave up, followed by the fifth below
  • Start with a low-octave root, go up to the fifth, and then hit the root an octave higher
  • Bounce back and forth between the fifth above and below before landing on the root in-between

Listen to how the bassline in this audio clip (played on a Yamaha BB435, with the pickup and tone controls wide open) connects to the drums as soon as they enter, playing mostly roots at first before adding octaves, fifths and slides.

As you can hear in the next clip, combining these choices with different playing techniques (such as adding very high octaves) and rhythmic variety gives you endless options.

If you’re jamming to music that’s new to you and aren’t sure whether the chords are major or minor, playing the root and fifth will work in most cases … with one common exception: the minor 7 flat 5 chord.

Here’s why: In any major key, the root-fifth-octave shape is great for the first, third and fifth chords. It also works well on the second, fourth and sixth chords. In F major, those would be Gmi7 (the second chord), B7 (the fourth chord) and Dmi7 (the sixth chord). Usually, if we build a chord on the seventh — in the key of F major, it would be an E half-diminished — we’d have to lower the fifth, which is why a half-diminished chord is also called a minor 7 flat 5; the notes of an E minor 7 flat 5 chord are E (the root), G (the minor third), B-flat (instead of a B, the usual fifth) and D (the minor 7). In this case, however, we’re playing a seventh chord built on the E, so we have a G-sharp (a major third), a B (the fifth) and a D (the minor 7).

That said, depending on the music you’re playing, you can learn dozens of songs without ever coming across a minor 7 flat 5 chord. When you do, enjoy its tangy flavor and be sure to flat the five. Eventually, you may learn to use all the chord tones in your basslines and experiment with your own inversions and substitutions. In the meantime, knowing your roots, fifths and octaves will take you a long, long way.

 

Check out E.E.’s other postings.

Simple Stereo Miking Techniques

In multitrack recording projects, instruments are usually miked in mono — that is, with a single microphone. However, in certain situations, you’ll get better-sounding results if you use two mics to capture the sound in stereo. These scenarios include:

  • Recording acoustic piano
  • Recording an acoustic guitar that’s the main instrument in an arrangement
  • A live recording of an entire ensemble or an instrument section like strings or horns
  • Drum kit overheads
  • Room mics

But recording a source in stereo takes more than just setting up two mics and hitting record. Here’s what you need to know, including some simple stereo miking techniques that are easy to set up yet yield excellent results.

First, Choose the Right Microphones

The main gear requirement here is a a pair of microphones, or a dedicated stereo mic, which will make setup easier. The downside to the latter is that many stereo microphones only feature a single miking configuration, whereas using two separate mics gives you more options.

If you go with a pair of mics, make sure they’re the same make and model. Otherwise, you won’t get a frequency-balanced signal on the left and right. That said, there’s no rule that you can’t use different mics; it’s possible you might like the results.

You’ll get the best results for many instruments with a pair of small-diaphragm condenser microphones (sometimes called ( “pencil” mics) set in a cardioid polar pattern, though omni also works in some situations. Use a factory-matched pair if you want the same exact response from each mic. Don’t get too hung up on that, however, as you can also get good results with an unmatched pair of the same microphone.

Another useful, though not strictly essential piece of gear is a stereo bar. It’s a small holder that screws onto a microphone stand. One type, shown in the photo below, contains two posts, each on a swiveling arm. This allows you to connect a pair of mics and adjust their distance from each other and their angle to the source, making positioning easy. Another type contains a single, non-swiveling bar with adjustable posts to configure the side-to-side position of the microphones.

Diagram.
A stereo bar lets you precisely position two mics for stereo configurations.

If you don’t have a stereo bar, you can simply use two mic stands, one for each mic.

Next, Consider the Source

When deciding whether or not to record an instrument in stereo, think about the source. Does its sound emanate mainly from a single point, such as a voice or a trumpet? If so, you’ll probably be fine miking it in mono. But if it’s spread out, like a piano, vibraphone, or even an acoustic guitar, it can sound much better in stereo.

The context is also crucial. If it’s a solo or heavily featured instrument such as an acoustic guitar on a singer/songwriter ballad or a piano on a piano/vocal demo, you’d be more likely to record it in stereo so that it can fill up the stereo spectrum in the mix. But if it’s, say, an acoustic rhythm guitar in a dense arrangement — a situation where you don’t want it to be overly wide — mono miking is a better choice.

Phase becomes a consideration whenever two or more mics record the same source. That’s because the sound waves from the source will arrive at each mic at a slightly different time. If your mix gets summed to mono, those differences in arrival times cause a phenomenon called comb filtering, which can cause some of the frequencies to cancel each other out, resulting in thin or dull-sounding audio.

Diagram.
The sound waves reach the closer mic (Microphone 1) first.

XY

Stereo recording has been around for a long time (it was first invented in the 1930s), so audio engineers have had many years to perfect miking methods that allow you to record in stereo without creating phase problems. Each method has its strengths and weaknesses, so it’s good to know several techniques — that way, you can choose the one that’s right for your project.

The simplest stereo-miking technique is called XY. It requires two cardioid mics with their capsules at a 90-degree angle to each other, stacked one over the other, like this:

Pair of microphones.
XY mic positioning.

Point the closed part of the “v” at the source. How far back you position the mics depends on the instrument, the room and what you’re trying to accomplish. The further the mics are from the source, the more it will start evening out tonally, but you’ll also get a lot of room sound (reflected sound coming from the walls, floor and ceiling, as opposed to direct sound coming from the source).

XY provides a tight stereo image free of phase issues when summed to mono. You can gain a more expansive sound by moving the mics outward beyond 90 degrees (but still with the capsules stacked on top of one another), though you might sacrifice a little tonality when their signals are summed to mono.

Here are two audio clips of an acoustic guitar recorded with an XY pair. First, here it is in stereo.

… and here’s the same recording summed to mono. As you can hear, the frequency response holds up pretty well.

ORTF

Another relatively easy-to-use stereo configuration is ORTF (which stands for Office de Radiodiffusion Télévision Française) — a technique that was developed by French broadcast engineers. Instead of the capsules being together like with XY, they’re spaced apart by 17 cm (approximately 6.7 inches), with the microphones at a 110-degree angle to each other:

Two microphones.
ORTF mic positioning.

ORTF works particularly well when you’re miking an ensemble or vocal group. It gives you a wider image than XY, with more emphasis on the sides and less on the center.

Here’s an audio clip of an acoustic guitar recorded with ORTF. Because this technique requires that the mics point in the opposite direction, the body side of the guitar recorded a little louder than the neck side, so when mixing I panned its channel slightly left in order to balance out the energy in the stereo image.

Spaced Pair

Another basic stereo miking technique is called spaced pair (sometimes known as “AB”). It yields a pretty extensive stereo image, although it’s a little harder to avoid phase issues when summed to mono.

The photograph below shows the mic positioning for a spaced pair recording: simply place two mics roughly three to 12 feet apart to capture the source, which should be in the center:

Two microphones on stands.
Spaced pair mic positioning.

When deciding where to place the mics, use what’s called the 3:1 rule to minimize phase issues. It states that the distance between the two microphones must be at least three times greater than the distance of the mics to the source. Unless you’re miking an ensemble, you probably don’t want the mics to be too far from the source, anyway. That’s because, in addition to any phase issues, you’ll get a lot of room sound and fewer transients (the loud initial part of sounds, like the crack of a snare drum or the attack of a guitar pick), resulting in mushier overall sonics.

Here’s another acoustic guitar audio clip, this time recorded with a spaced pair. As with the ORTF example, there was some imbalance between levels on the left and right, so I did a little judicious panning during mixing to compensate.

Comparing Stereo Miking Techniques

Here are three examples of conga recordings captured with XY, ORTF and spaced pair so you can compare and contrast the results of each technique. All three were recorded with the mics about 2 to 2.5 feet from the congas.

XY:

ORTF:

Spaced pair:

Don’t be shy about using a tape measure to accurately judge the distance between mics and from the mics to the source when employing any stereo miking technique. Whichever technique you choose, be sure to listen to how it sounds as the player plays (use headphones for best results) and adjust positioning until you get the sound you want. It’s easier to experiment with the distance between the source and mics when using XY or ORTF because you don’t have to worry about the 3:1 rule.

Make sure to check your recording in mono too. It won’t sound as wide, but hopefully, you won’t lose too much tone from comb filtering. If it sounds significantly worse in mono, reconsider your mic positioning or miking strategy.

All images courtesy of the author.

 

Check out our other Recording Basics postings.

Music To Keep You Warm When It’s Cold Outside

Let’s face it: Wintry weather gives us an excuse to procrastinate — to postpone chores that would entail bundling up and going out into freezing temperatures. Instead, why not stay put, light a fire and crank up some tunes on your home audio system? There’s no better way I know to feel warm and toasty.

Here’s a playlist that complements the frigid season instead of fighting it.

1. Light My Fire

This uber-romantic acoustic version of The Doors’ 1967 classic by Jose Feliciano sets the perfect mood. Hopefully there are enough logs in the hearth to last a few hours. The time to hesitate is through! Listen to it here.

2. California Dreaming

If you’re not quite ready to leave the comfort of your living room to take a walk on a winter’s day, put this Mamas & Papas track on instead and imagine how safe and warm you would feel if you were in a sunnier climate. Bonus: With so many harmonies to embrace, it’s the perfect song to sing along to. Listen to it here.

3. Snow on the Beach

This is my personal favorite from Taylor Swift’s album Midnights. No matter what the temperature is outdoors, close your eyes and listen to this song while imagining yourself on the beach watching a snowflake fall gently on the sand. The dreamy and sonically pleasing production, along with Taylor’s velvety delivery, will warm you up instantly. Listen to it here.

4. Wintertime

Nora Jones’ voice is synonymous with warmth and comfort. Just about all of her material will serve to elevate the thermostat. But this track in particular, about leaning on a special someone to help us make it through the coldest season of the year, is especially cozy and heartening. Listen to it here.

5. Song for a Winter’s Night

With sleigh bells in the background, perhaps left over from yet another Christmas gone by, Gordon Lightfoot brings his trademark yearning — a cry to be near the one he loves when he’s all too aware that the fire has gone out. But your fire is just fine. So throw another log on and enjoy the crooning. Listen to it here.

6. Valley Winter Song

This boppy record from Fountains of Wayne might actually make you want to take a short break from those hypnotic flames and get up and dance! It’s an uplifting song to a friend during a dark winter day, but take heart because the sun won’t be hidden away for long. Listen to it here.

7. Baby, It’s Cold Outside

I love, love, love this Zooey Deschanel and Leon Redbone cover of the classic flirty duet. It’s a playful, more contemporary contrast from the vintage versions of the ’40s and ’50s. If it’s nostalgia you crave on a cold winter’s night, light a candle and make sure this is in your queue. Listen to it here.

8. Sweater Weather

As this song by the American alternative band The Neighbourhood points out, we all instinctively grab for a sweater when there’s a chill in our bones. Whether it’s brand new or laden with holes up the sleeve, whether it’s made of cashmere or cotton, a favorite sweater is like a best friend … a warm security blanket on a frigid day. Listen to it here.

9. Cold

Sure, you can almost feel the frost emanating from the skin of the arctic woman that’s being sung about, but Chris Stapleton’s soulful vocals put a fever in the room. With a fire crackling in front of you and a glass of wine in hand, you’ll almost forget that the couple’s love is on ice. Sit back and get ready to feel cozy. Listen to it here.

10. Here Comes the Sun

This iconic Beatles tune, penned by George Harrison as he took a stroll around his garden one early spring morning (after a long, cold, lonely winter), will have you looking out the window, watching the ice slowly melting before going off to bed with hope of a warmer tomorrow. And I say … it’s alright. Listen to it here.

The Performance Mind Game

On a warm and humid Friday night in Texas, 250 students come off the field following a halftime performance. The crowd cheered throughout the performance of these wonderful musicians, and high fives and hugs ensued. The props are rolled away, and the electronics unplugged as an army of parent volunteers spring into action to clear the field to allow the football game to resume.

What You Can Do Before the Performance
What You Can Do During the Performance
What You Can Do After the Performance

Now what? What is the right thing for me to say to them? What if they performed well? What if they didn’t? What should your students be thinking as they prepare for the performance, during the performance and then afterward (possibly the MOST important moment for student growth)?

These questions must be answered whether it’s at a football game, on the concert stage, an individual performance or a major competition. Why? Because students will make decisions about their performance on their own — and oftentimes, it’s NOT the decisions we want as music educators —we must take control of the situation and shape the message toward student growth and engagement.

THE YAMAHA EDUCATOR NEWSLETTER: Sign up to receive real-world advice, tips and instrument guides!

 Before the Performance

We are all familiar with this scenario: During the anxious time before a performance, our minds just run wild as we can’t help but focus on all the “what-ifs” instead of the hours of training and dedicated practice that went into this moment. It’s completely natural, yet totally destructive!

With my students, we try to identify the things that happen in our minds before a show, isolate those negative thoughts and fill our minds with positive outcomes and focus on training. Having trust in the training that has been invested into the performance is KEY!

Do they trust it? What anxieties do they have? Have you asked them? It’s amazing what students will tell you, especially your older leaders. Candid responses about their fears and anxieties can help you craft a message that will empower your students to do their best going into a performance.

positive Post-Its on computer screenTry this: We have a challenge that we throw out to our groups leading into big show weeks. How long can you go saying, writing (social media/text) and thinking positive outcomes? The more you say, write and think something, the higher the probability that it will come true! Challenge your group and acknowledge that if/when you fall off the positive wagon, you will get right back on. It’s a tough assignment but reminders and encouragement from student leaders in the group will work wonders. And talk about a shift in the culture of the group from this simple exercise — just wait and watch!

During the Performance

Forney High School Band performing on fieldTake time to lay out for your students the physical and mental realities of performance. Physically, their bodies may exhibit some of the responses we have all experienced as performers: rapid heart rate, butterflies in their stomach, sweating, dry mouth, etc. These physical responses are natural, but they can be overcome or even used to your advantage when students are taught how to deal with them.

Now for the mental side of the performance. We have all heard the old saying “give it 110%.” I have said it myself many times before I realized that it is complete sabotage for a performer. How? Ideally, in performance, your students strive to execute their assignment exactly as they have been trained — nothing more, nothing less!

I try to overemphasize that on show day, we do NOT want something “special” because it already is special! We have trained, designed and rehearsed it to be special, exciting, musical and expressive. Trying to do more than you have trained to do in performance is a guaranteed way to lower the quality of your execution and overall performance quality! Instead, help your students realize that they have already done all the hard work in rehearsal, now it’s time to let it happen in performance. Trusting each other and the training they have invested will pay so many dividends in performance excellence!

 After the Performance

closeup of arrow props for Forney High School performanceThe post-performance aspect of the mental game may be the most important as it is directly in our control if we choose to accept the challenge! Check out my article, “The Power of Words: The Enduring Effects of Arrows and Songs,” which dives into the importance of choosing the right words to build each other up instead of tearing each other down.

Now, we’re all familiar with this scenario: Your students just finished their performance — and no matter the type of performance or venue — they will begin to assess how they did. If you are not aware and cognizant of this fact, you are missing out on a huge opportunity.

When things go well, it’s generally easy. Everyone is feeling good about the performance and themselves. No problems, right? Almost. When things go well, lead your students back to what allowed them to be successful. Was it extra-focused rehearsals during the week? Was it their flexibility during trying circumstances? Find the behaviors that you want to encourage in the future and link those with the current good feelings students are having from performing well together.

What do you do when things do not go well? I used to fall into the trap of anger and guilt-tripping as my weapons of choice. At times, this negative reinforcement was relatively effective, but at what cost? Instead, shape your students’ mindsets and focus on:

  1. What went well (which is generally much more than initially will be acknowledged)?
  2. What did you learn?
  3. What are you going to do about it?

Following this line of questioning will help students realize the positives from within the performance and refocus them on the actionable steps to improve. It’s all part of the journey as they grow as performers, musicians and people!

Try this: After your post-performance talk, have your students rate their performance into one of two categories: “good” or “needs work.” Tell students in the “good” category to think about their performance and celebrate it. Ask the “needs work” group to stay behind and have a quick chat with you. Do not allow those kids to walk away thinking they have failed you or the group — this is detrimental to their growth and the group’s success. Instead, spend a few minutes counseling each of them, providing an actionable plan to address the aspects of their performance that they felt was subpar.

Prepare for the Moment

Do something crazy and ask your students this simple question: “What percentage of successful performance is mental?”

Ask yourself that question, too! I bet that you will get some high percentages as responses. With that in mind, how much of the performers’ time is spent focusing on building and refining their mental game? If you are anything like me, the answer is not a lot! I always counted on our rehearsal time being there when we really needed it, yet all too often, our performances lacked the cohesion and consistency we had been delivering consistently during rehearsal. What gives?

male teacher talking to male music student

How many students have said, “I just played this perfectly in the practice room,” but they cannot consistently deliver under pressure. This must be one of the most common complaints and frustrations for music educators as well as their students. The answer lies in understanding the importance of proper and prescriptive mental preparation for the moment.

Here is the biggest piece of advice I could give any competitor in any activity: Focus on the process of performing, NOT the results.

We as teachers and performers have control over the process but very little control over the actual results (i.e. rank, placement, medals, trophies, etc.). That’s why you must design your rehearsals and practice sessions around incentivizing student behaviors that result in the desired performance outcomes — without referencing things that are out of our control.

If you talk about things that are out of your control, you take the power away from you, their teacher, and delegate it to someone else. You would be crazy to do this! You are the one who has your students’ educational development at the top of mind as they walk in the door each day — keep that great tool in your toolbox!

In the band hall, students hear me say, “The most important note is the NEXT NOTE!” In fact, I say it so often that my students will actually finish the sentence. This simple saying helps students remember that no matter what happens in performance, that moment has now become the past and all that can be controlled is the present or the next note!

One of my goals each year is to have my students care so much about the process of performing their assignment — so much so that they care about that individual achievement more than the actual results or the competition. It’s a huge challenge to get everyone on board with this because there is no leaderboard showing who is in first place in the “process of performing” championships, but the more students who buy into this mindset, the better educational environment you will have in your classroom and an amazing byproduct is consistently better performances!

Subbing Success

After I received my degree in instrumental music education, I found myself in the exact field of my studies — but only for a short period of time. I had been hired as a general music teacher at a primary school, and my first year flew by. When June rolled around, my long-term substitute contract ended. By September, I still hadn’t found a full-time music position in my area, so I decided to start substitute teaching for two nearby districts.

Music educators find themselves subbing more often than you might think. Even the music educators I know who have full-time music ed positions often end up substituting for classes such as art, AP history or English during their planning period due to the national substitute shortage that we’re still experiencing.

So, whether you are a music education student about to graduate or a seasoned music teacher, it’s a good idea to familiarize yourself with subbing in core classrooms.

Myth: It’s An “Easy” Gig

Some say that subbing is an easy job, but it’s not — it’s hard to do subbing well. My childhood friends and I still recall an elementary school substitute teacher who we could distract by getting her to tell stories. In fact, we even tallied how many class periods were spent doing nothing because we asked the sub the right questions. Although this teacher was well-meaning, this is not the type of substitute teacher you want to be.

A stellar sub combines discipline with gentleness, fun with focus, and friendliness with professionalism.

alarm clock showing 7 a.m.Arrive Early

Substitute teaching is almost always full of unexpected surprises, such as a group of kindergartners playing with baby carrots instead of listening to the lesson or high schoolers tying each other to poles with sweatshirts.

Plan to arrive early to avoid the chaotic early morning school traffic — make sure to check where the school is and the best route to get there. By getting to school early, you’ll have time to look over the large stack of notes from the teacher and prepare yourself for the day to come.

Familiarize Yourself with End-Of-The-Day Release

If you are subbing at an elementary school, one of the first things you should look for is the end-of-the-day release plan. If you don’t find one, call the office immediately.

One of my most stressful substitute experiences was when the list of car-line students was underneath a stack of ungraded papers where I couldn’t find it. I didn’t realize that the list was missing until it was time for dismissal. By then, it was too late, and one student ended up in the wrong place after school.

Attention-Grabbers

Have a handful of attention-grabbers ready to keep your pupils engaged and ready to learn. For elementary school, many teachers use “1,2,3, eyes on me” or other call-and-response phrases.

Similarly, playing a relevant, clean pop song often grabs the attention of junior high and high school students. Soft music can also be used to help students focus while they are completing tasks like scantron quizzes or post-movie Q&As.

Be Compassionate

If you still can’t seem to get the students’ attention, there may be an underlying reason why. One day in a rowdy high-school foods class, I tried all my normal attention-getters, but nothing worked. It turned out that many students were upset because a coach had suddenly quit with no warning. After I took the time to listen, the group settled down, and the class moved on to do the assigned tasks.

Also, make sure to use a student’s preferred pronouns and correct name pronunciation — even if that means asking twice. I once subbed for a teacher who apparently wouldn’t use a student’s pronouns or nickname. The student actually cried when I called them by their preferred name with their preferred pronouns. Sometimes it can be that easy to make a student’s day.

Get Connected

One easy way to stay connected is to make sure to have the office numbers for each school you regularly sub at. Getting locked out is a matter of when not if, especially if you take students out for recess, so having these numbers in your phone is essential. Additionally, get to know the janitorial staff and aides because they go a long way in making your substitute assignments run smoothly.

Be an Open Book

Be sure to tell students a little bit about yourself because you never know when you might be back!

Being an open book also means owning up to your mistakes. If you misspeak or calculate something incorrectly on the board, be honest about it — it’s OK to show them that you’re human. Students don’t like cover-ups.

On one particularly sleepy morning when I was subbing at a high school, I accidentally grabbed a regular marker and started to write on the Smart Board (oh, no!). Before I knew it, 30 high schoolers were whispering and giggling, and they couldn’t have cared less about algebra. So, I did two things.

  • First, I acknowledge my silly error by saying, “Clearly, Miss Fitzwater has not had enough coffee this morning!”
  • Then I cleaned the Smart Board with a cloth and rubbing alcohol.

Always Have an Emergency Backpack

female teacher in front of classroom with one student raising his handOne of the best things I carry with me is my emergency substitute bag, which includes:

  • A well-loved, safe candy like Hi-Chews. Look for something that is allergen-free (think: no nuts, no gluten, no red dye 40).
  • A coloring sheet for each lower school grade.
  • Adult meditative coloring sheets for junior high students and up.
  • An educational movie DVD or two.
  • A Bluetooth speaker.

Remember that music can be used to teach just about anything. Ever heard of “Fifty Nifty United States”? If the main classroom teacher didn’t leave you a plan, pull out what you know and teach in the context of music.

Benefits of Subbing

While the idea of substitute teaching may sound overwhelming to those who have only taught in the same classroom every day, it is still a rewarding career. I was able to connect to students, and I still use the skills I learned as a sub in my job as a one-on-one flute and piano teacher.

11 Vinyl Tracks to Demo Your Home Audio Gear

Assessing Hi-Fi gear is a lot like test-driving a car: You need to investigate the basic parameters before signing on the dotted line. I’ve listened to literally thousands of audio components during my time as a reviewer, so I’ve learned which songs best reveal what’s going on under the hood and in the room. And nothing puts audio gear — especially a turntable — through its paces better than a well-recorded track on vinyl.

While many will suggest overly produced audiophile recordings for this purpose, I suggest you instead use music you know intimately, so you can easily discern subtleties. Here’s a list of some of the tracks that will best show off your system to its full advantage.

(Note: A few of these songs are available as 12-inch vinyl singles, but for the most part, you will have to play them from the albums cited.)

1. “High on Sunday 51” – Aimee Mann

This is the second track on Aimee Mann’s Lost In Space album, and it’s the tune I always play first when trying out any new piece of audio gear. It immediately tells me if a component can deliver the sense of space necessary to making music feel real. Are you hearing a big soundstage, with every instrument and vocal in its own distinct spot? If so, your system may well be up to the task. During the chorus, when Mann sings “Let me be your heroine,” listen carefully for the backing vocal, which should sound like it’s coming from right behind her as she stands at the mic.

2. “Speak to Me” and “Time” – Pink Floyd

Pink Floyd’s classic Dark Side of the Moon album has been around forever, but it’s still a great way to show off your system. The deep heartbeat at the beginning of “Speak to Me” gives you a real insight into how deep your woofers/subwoofers can go (and if you’re having turntable feedback issues), while “Time” is a real torture test. The louder you can play it while still distinctly hearing all the different clocks and alarms, the more resolution you have.

3. “Peg” – Steely Dan

Though the vibes at the beginning of “Rikki Don’t Lose That Number” will instantly show if your cartridge is mistracking, “Peg” (from the Dan’s Aja album) is arguably the best track to judge turntable performance overall, thanks to its incredible dynamic range, pinpoint imaging and multiple layers of backing vocals. 45 years later, it’s still an invaluable tool for evaluating audio gear.

4. “Jocko Homo” – Devo

This track from the group’s incredibly well-recorded debut album Q: Are We Not Men? A: We Are Devo! (produced by Brian Eno) is probably the most un-audiophile recording on my list, but it has so many synthesizers and processed vocals, a poor-quality Hi-Fi will make it sound like it’s being played on an AM radio. However, if your system delivers superior detail, you’ll hear sonic treats bouncing all over the room … which might just get you up off the couch to bounce along as well.

5. “Allegro Ma Non Troppo” – The Jung Trio

Okay, now it’s audiophile time. Violin is one of the most challenging instruments to get right on a Hi-Fi system, with piano a close second. This exquisitely recorded track has both. The two violins and the piano should fill your room, each in its own very distinct space, and the piano notes should gently fade into nothingness. The violins should appear full and rich; if they sound metallic and screechy instead, your system is failing the test. Best to listen to this track off the full vinyl release, Dvorak – Trio in F Minor, Op.65.

6. “Helplessly Hoping” – Crosby, Stills & Nash

When listening to this track from CSN’s self-titled debut album, pay close attention to the distinctiveness of the three legendary vocalists. As with most of the group’s recordings, they all tend to sing at a similar volume, and the blend that makes their sound so unique can also make it sound like one big voice on a mediocre system. The better your audio gear, the more you can hear the subtle differences in timbre between Messrs. C, S and N, and the better you can pick out each element within the intricate harmonies they are weaving.

7. “Rolling in the Deep” – Adele

By now, you’ve probably heard this song to death, but that’s what makes it great for demoing your system. Adele is one of the few contemporary artists with the necessary clout and budget to produce such outstanding-sounding records. The challenge here is to have a system capable of delivering lifelike dynamics and the tremendous range of her voice … and the better your system, the easier it is to discern the changes in her voice from her debut to now. Texture is everything here. Who knows? You may even rekindle your love for 21.

8. “Bug Powder Dust” – Kruder & Dorfmeister

Fans of techno and electronic music usually agree that The K&D Sessions is part of where it all began, and this track contains so much musical information, your system will definitely be put to the test. The production here is huge and airy, with layers of rock-solid bass grooves and tinkly bits everywhere. You should feel like you’re swimming in this track; it’s that big.

9. “Lay Your Hands on Me” – Peter Gabriel

Every record from this iconic singer is full of sparkling sonics, and while all of Peter Gabriel 4 (or Security, as it is sometimes called) is a joy to listen to, “Lay Your Hands on Me” is the jewel. When listened to on a great system, the percussion at the beginning of the track will spin around your speakers, with a texture that almost sounds like fingers on a chalkboard, burrowing into your soul as a steam radiator-like sound swells up from behind Gabriel’s haunting vocal. At about 2:30, the song increases in level, with dramatic drums all the way to the end, where they conclude with a massive crescendo. Watch the volume control on this one; it’s a speaker destroyer. Are yours up to the task?

10. “Just a Little Lovin” – Shelby Lynne

The title track from Shelby Lynne’s masterful Dusty Springfield tribute album Just a Little Lovin’ was recorded on analog tape and is filled with ear candy. It’s a song that’s become an audiophile classic — one that you can go back to repeatedly, even when you’re not listening critically. Things start happening immediately, with a snare sidestick hit floating in the air. As the cymbals fade out at 1:23 (they should dissolve ever so gently to black), listen for the print-through on the master tape just before Shelby’s voice comes back in.

11. “For Pete’s Sake” (closing theme) – The Monkees

Why is a track from such a poorly recorded album (Headquarters) on this list? Crazy as it may sound, a bad recording can serve to separate a good system from a fantastic one. The more overall musicality your system has, the better it will do playing the worst records in your collection. Perfectly recorded vocals are low-hanging fruit; nearly any audio system will do a passable to great job with them. But put a compressed Monkees record on the turntable and see what happens. You might be surprised.

Step Up to a Better Electric Guitar

Playing guitar — or any musical instrument, for that matter — is an evolutionary process. If you actively learn and practice, your skills will continuously improve. And the better you get, the more you’ll care about guitar quality.

Whether you’re contemplating going from a beginner guitar to an intermediate one, or an intermediate one to a premium model, buying a guitar with improved tone, playability and features will allow you to express your newfound playing skills fully.

Here’s a guide to the factors you should consider when stepping up to a better electric guitar.

BETTER TONE

On acoustic guitars, tonal quality almost entirely depends on the woods used and the design and construction of the body and neck. With electric guitars, it’s a little different. The overall tone is instead mostly influenced by the pickups and the guitar’s electronics — not to mention the amp and effects used by the player.

That said, the woods used in electric guitars also play a significant role. Solid-body guitars like those in the Yamaha Pacifica line tend to have more sustain because the vibrations from the strings resonate significantly through the solid block of wood that makes up most of the body.

Guitar.
Yamaha PAC612VIIFMX Pacifica.

Conversely, hollow-body and semi-hollow-body guitars such as the Yamaha SA2200 use an arch-top design that incorporates acoustic cavities for a rounder, thicker tone. However, because they don’t have as much mass in their bodies, they don’t sustain as much, and they can feed back (squeal) when brought too close to an amplifier.

Guitar.
Yamaha SA2200 semi-hollow-body guitar.

Despite their name, solid-body guitars aren’t completely solid on the inside. All of them have spaces cut in the body to allow for the insertion of the pickups and the electronics. Sometimes guitar makers purposely add additional body cavities, referred to as chambers, to change the resonant properties of the wood and alter the tone in a specific way. For example, the newest line of Yamaha Revstar guitars, introduced in 2022, feature chambered bodies. As you can see from the image below, these chambers are strategically placed on the outer edges of the body, away from the bridge, so they have less impact on sustain while still significantly reducing the weight of the instrument.

View of unfinished body of a guitar.
The chambered body of a Yamaha Revstar guitar.
Finished guitar.
Yamaha Revstar RSS20.

BETTER TECHNOLOGY

Electric guitars are generally equipped with either two or three pickups (the small electronic devices that convert the vibrations of guitar strings into electrical signals), and they play a huge role in the sound of the instrument.

In general, the closer a pickup is to the bridge, the brighter its tone and vice versa. But pickup design is even more important. Pickups fall into two basic categories: single-coil and humbucker. Single-coils have a thinner, brighter tone; humbuckers have two coils and produce a thicker, rounder and louder tone. “P90-style” pickups are a bit of a hybrid. Although they have only one coil, they’re beefier-sounding and louder than a traditional single-coil.

Side by side images of guitar bodies.
Humbucking pickups (left) and P90-style pickups (right).

The dual-coil design of humbuckers serves another critical function: noise reduction. If you’ve ever used a high-gain amp or a compressor or distortion pedal with your guitar rig, you know how much buzz and hum can result. Humbuckers were initially developed to minimize such noise. Their two coils have reversed polarities, which helps cancel those sonic gremlins.

Yamaha makes not only humbuckers, but traditional single-coil and “P90-style” pickups too. An electric guitar will often feature one style of pickup, but there are plenty of exceptions. For example, the Yamaha Pacifica 311H sports a humbucker in the neck position and a P90-style pickup in the bridge position. Pacifica 212VQM and Pacifica 212VFM models offer three pickups in an H/S/S configuration, with a humbucker by the bridge and single-coil pickups in the middle and neck positions. In addition, both models are equipped with a coil-split switch, which turns the humbucker into a single-coil pickup.

Electric guitar.
The Yamaha Pacifica PAC212VFM features an H/S/S pickup configuration.

BETTER FEEL

The construction of an electric guitar neck, including the installation of the frets, is crucial to its sound and durability. This tends to be better on “step-up” guitars than on starter instruments. There are two main factors to be aware of here.

The action on a guitar is the distance from the string to the frets. The lower the action, the easier it will be to play. The higher it is, the more difficult it is to press down on the strings. Except for slide guitarists, who need high action to get the best tone, most guitarists like the action of their instrument to be set as low as possible. However, there’s one caveat: If the strings are too low, they can “fret out” — that is, lose all their sustain and sound buzzy and/or muted when played at certain frets. On guitars where the frets are uneven or worn down, the problem gets exacerbated — a good reason to consider purchasing a new instrument instead of a used one.

Another aspect of feel is the fingerboard radius. If you look closely at a guitar neck, sighting it down toward the headstock as shown below, you’ll see a slight curvature of the fingerboard, going up in the center and down on the sides. That curvature, which varies depending on the guitar model, is the fingerboard radius. The higher the radius, the flatter the neck, and vice versa.

Closeup.
Fingerboard radius.

Necks with a low radius are generally more comfortable for playing open-position chords and low notes. Those with a higher radius allow the guitarist to play all over the fretboard with the feel — and the action — staying consistent.

Yamaha Revstar guitars all feature a 12-inch radius, which is a “best of both worlds” design. The Pacifica 200 models have a 13-3/4″ radius, making them particularly suited for musical styles that incorporate lots of fast, high notes.

BETTER LOOKS

Better sound and feel are the most important reasons for upgrading to a new guitar, but the look is also important to many guitarists. Especially if you perform live, the shape and color of your guitar contribute a good deal to your visual image and your “brand.”

The Yamaha Revstar RSS20T, which features a retro “café racer” motorcycle-inspired chrome tailpiece, is an example of a guitar with a distinctive style. The RSS20T also features P90-style pickups, sometimes called “soapbox” pickups, which add to the old-school vibe.

Guitar.
Yamaha Revstar RSS20T.

It’s always good to have lots of options to choose from, and Yamaha Revstar guitars are available in a particularly wide range of colors, as shown in the illustration below. As an example, the RSS20T model mentioned above is available in your choice of four different finishes.

An array of guitars.
Yamaha Revstar guitars offer an especially wide range of colors and configurations.

Yamaha Pacifica 300 Series guitars also give you plenty of color and finish options, as shown below.

Four different colors of a guitar.
Yamaha Pacifica PAC311H colors.

These guitars also feature a hybrid pickup configuration, with a P90-style neck pickup and a humbucker in the bridge position. Having two different pickups not only provides sonic variety, but also adds to the guitar’s visual appeal.

BETTER CRAFTSMANSHIP

As compared to starter instruments, intermediate- and professional-level guitars tend to offer improved craftsmanship overall. They are generally constructed from higher quality tonewoods and usually incorporate more advanced electronics and better-sounding pickups, along with sturdier tuners and other hardware — plus they often come in eye-catching finishes.

So if you’re looking for an electric guitar that sounds, plays and looks better than the one you’re playing now, do yourself a favor and consider stepping up. You’re bound to find an instrument that inspires you to new heights … and that’s always a good thing!

Fingerboard radius photograph courtesy of the author.

 

Click here for more information about the full line of Yamaha electric guitars.

40 Under 40 – 2023

2023 Yamaha “40 Under 40” — Excellence in Music Education

Yamaha launched the “40 Under 40” music education advocacy program in 2021 to celebrate and recognize outstanding music educators who are making a difference by growing and strengthening their music programs. Now, we celebrate the 2023 group of remarkable educators who triumphed before, during and after the pandemic to keep their programs thriving.  

These 40 educators — all under the age of 40 — showcase the following characteristics: action (offer innovation and imagination solutions in achieving plans and objectives), courage (propose and implement new or bold ideas), creativity (show innovation and imagination in achieving plans and objectives) and growth (establish, grow or improve music education in their schools and communities). 

THE YAMAHA EDUCATOR NEWSLETTER: Join to receive a round-up of our latest articles and programs!

We received hundreds of nominations from students, parents, other teachers and administrators, local instrument dealers and mentors. The selected “40 Under 40” educators have gone above and beyond to elevate music and music-making in their students’ lives — like Gabriella Burdette, who embraces the Afrocentric and gender-specific curriculum at Grace James Academy of Excellence; Rob Chilton, who created a music theory video series that makes reading music fun;  Jasmine M.T. Fripp, who weaves history, culture and issues of social justice into her general music program; Kylie Griffin, who is keeping the music, culture and language of south Louisiana alive in her classroom; and James Sepulvado, who has helped to create a premier summer camp that attracts top music students and musicians/clinicians, as well as a new professional development workshop for music educators.

All the “40 Under 40” educators have remarkable stories behind their teaching philosophies and methods. You’ll be inspired by all of them. 

Join us in applauding the 2023 class of “40 Under 40” educators.

Meet the 2025 “40 Under 40” Educators

Meet the 2024 “40 Under 40” Educators

Meet the 2022 “40 Under 40” Educators

Meet the 2021 “40 Under 40” Educators

2023

John Aguilar

Director of Bands
Robert Eagle Staff Middle School
Seattle, Washington

Read more

2023

Dr. Emily Williams Burch

Coordinator of Music Education,
Professor of Music
University of South Carolina Aiken
Aiken, South Carolina

Read more

2023

Gabriella Burdette

Orchestra Director
Grace M. James Academy of Excellence
Louisville, Kentucky

Read more

2023

Logan Burnside

Band Director
Jordan High School
Jordan, Minnesota

Read more

2023

Rob Chilton

Creator
Readymade Music Literacy
Frisco, Texas

Read more

2023

Dr. Leah N. Claiborne

Associate Professor of Piano
University of the District of Columbia
Washington, D.C.

Read more

2023

David Davis

Music Teacher
Park Spanish Immersion Elementary School
St. Louis Park, Minnesota

Read more

2023

Brandon J. Duras

Director of Instrumental Music
Brunswick High School
Brunswick, Maine

Read more

2023

Jasmine M. T. Fripp

Director of Choral Activities and General Music
KIPP Nashville Collegiate High School
Nashville, Tennessee

Read more

2023

Dr. Derek Ganong

Assistant Professor of Trumpet,
Director of Jazz
Boise State University
Boise, Idaho

Read more

2023

Andrés González

Music Director
Play on Philly
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

Read more

2023

Corey L. Graves

Director of Bands
Tony A. Jackson Middle School
Forney, Texas

Read more

2023

Kylie Griffin

Elementary Music Teacher
Dozier Elementary School
Erath, Louisiana

Read more

2023

Matt Gullickson

Band Director
Eastview High School
Apple Valley, Minnesota

Read more

2023

Lisa Hatfield

5th-grade band and orchestra teacher
Batavia Elementary Schools
Batavia, Illinois

Read more

2023

Dr. Joseph L. Jefferson

Director of Jazz Studies,
Associate Professor of Trombone and Euphonium
Southeast Missouri State University
Cape Girardeau, Missouri

Read more

2023

Professor Larry Jenkins

Professor, Assistant Director of Bands
Tennessee State University
Nashville, Tennessee

Read more

2023

Johanna M. Kitchell

Orchestra Director
Riverside Junior High School,
Riverside Intermediate School
Fishers, Indiana

Read more

2023

Paul Lowry

Director of Bands, Percussion and Jazz Studies
Department Chair, Performing Arts
Del Sol Academy of the Performing Arts
Las Vegas, Nevada

Read more

2023

Nerissa Manela

PhD Student, Teaching Assistant
University of Miami
Coral Gables, Florida

Read more

2023

Emily Meyerson

K-12 Music and Drama Educator
North Baltimore Local Schools
North Baltimore, Ohio

Read more

2023

Dr. William Oliver

Director of University Bands, Assistant Professor of Music Education
Huston-Tillotson University
Austin, Texas

Read more

2023

Noelle Rader

Orchestra Teacher
Mendive Middle School
Sparks, Nevada

Read more

2023

Caleb Schepart

Music Teacher
Dr. Kenneth B. Clark Academy
Dobbs Ferry, New York

Read more

2023

James Sepulvado

Performing Arts Department Chair,
Associate Professor of Music
Cuyamaca College
Rancho San Diego, California

Read more

2023

Dr. Timothy S. Sexton

Associate Director of Bands
Tarpon Springs Leadership Conservatory for the Arts
Tarpon Springs, Florida

Read more

2023

Dylan Sims

Associate Director of Bands
Gold Hill Middle School
Fort Mill, South Carolina

Read more

2023

Marcus D. Smith

Choral Director, Music Educator
Baltimore City College
Baltimore, Maryland

Read more

2023

Taylor Spakes

Director of Performing Arts
West Rowan Middle School
Salisbury, North Carolina

Read more

2023

Theodore Thorpe III

Director of Choral Activities
Alexandria City High School
Alexandria, Virginia

Read more

2023

Jabari Tovar

Instrumental Music Teacher,
Percussion Specialist
Salem Public Schools
Salem, Massachusetts

Read more

2023

Trevor Tran

Head of Performing Arts,
Director of Vocal Arts
Fort Myers High School
Fort Myers, Florida

Read more

2023

Miriam L. Vazquez

Music Teacher
Duane D. Keller Middle School
Las Vegas, Nevada

Read more

2023

Nicole Wakabayashi

Director of Music and Drama
Notre Dame School of Manhattan
New York, New York

Read more

2023

Sara Weir

Music Teacher
Park View Middle School
Cranston, Rhode Island

Read more

2023

Greg White

Director of Bands
Ronald Reagan High School
San Antonio, Texas

Read more

2023

Tyler Wigglesworth

Choir Director, Performing Arts Academy Coordinator, Vocal Music Director
West Covina High School
West Covina, California

Read more

2023

Jeremy Williams

Band Director
L.H. Marrero Middle School
Marrero, Louisiana

Read more

2023

Franklin J. Willis

Adjunct Professor of Music Education
Vanderbilt University, Blair School of Music,
Community Impact Director
CMA Foundation
Nashville, Tennessee

Read more

2023

Susan Wines

Orchestra Director
Wade Hampton High School
Greenville, South Carolina

Read more

Continue reading

Benefits of Using a Gaming Headset

Hearing the sounds of your favorite video game can often be just as important as seeing the visuals. But audio quality can be a tricky matter. Without the right equipment, an attacking army soldier may miss an instruction from a captain, or Mario might not hear the turtle shell shot from Luigi’s go-kart before it’s far too late.

There are other reasons why audio matters when it comes to gaming. What if the other people in the room are making distracting noises, or don’t want to hear you playing? What if your fellow gamers are talking to you on the phone but it sounds more like shouting? Gaming headsets provide the perfect solution.

Here’s a guide to the benefits of using a gaming headset like the Yamaha YH-G01, and the reasons why this simple add-on can help fine-tune and improve your gaming experience.

Gaming headset.
Yamaha YH-G01 gaming headset.

IMMERSIVE AUDIO

There’s no question that using good quality speakers when gaming is a plus. However, one inescapable fact is that speakers have to be placed some distance away from you, which means you’ll be hearing some of the sound of your room (known as “reflected sound”) along with the game audio. But with a gaming headset, the audio is direct and up-close in your eardrums without any of the sound of your room added in, making for a much more immersive experience. A gaming headset will allow you to hear every potential adversary, every chant from the stadium, every fireball from Mario’s hot hand with full fidelity and clarity, just as it was intended by the game designers.

In addition, when using a headset with a dedicated gaming mixer like the Yamaha ZG01 or ZG02, players can adjust the sounds of the game as they wish. Want more bass in your car chase? The mixer can do that. Want more treble in the roar of the soccer fans cheering? No problem. A gaming mixer can even provide a significant advantage during gameplay by allowing you to boost the sounds of footsteps in first-person shooters, for example, or the low rumble of approaching tanks or fighter jets. If you’re into multiplayer games, a gaming mixer will also give you precise control of voice chat — both your voice and that of your fellow players — allowing you to create a customized mix that works best for each title.

Small electronic unit.
Yamaha ZG01 gaming mixer.

IMPROVED SOUND SEPARATION

Gaming headsets are also gatekeepers, in a sense. They not only keep the sound of the room out of your ears, they also keep the sounds of your game out of the room. For those playing in a household with people who might not want to hear your latest victory on the digital field of battle, this is a major benefit. Your friends and family can go about their business without hearing grenades going off as they do the dishes.

What’s more, any noise that may come from them vacuuming or watching the latest viral video on their phone won’t intrude on your gameplay. As every seasoned gamer knows, just when you’re about to make that big jump, someone always comes along and asks you where the orange juice is, and you lose your character’s final life. But with a gaming headset, you can enjoy the bliss that is separating what you hear in the game from what the rest of the household hears. It’s a win-win.

BETTER COMMUNICATION WITH YOUR FELLOW GAMERS

Gaming headsets are multifaceted. They pair a set of headphones with a microphone that stretches conveniently near your mouth so you can easily communicate with other gamers over the internet. Whether you’re on the same team trying to claim territory in the greatest war ever played, or are battling against an opponent on the digital gridiron in a tightly contested football matchup, a gaming headset provides not only a way to hear what’s going on but a means with which to interact and speak to other players, allowing you talk a little trash from the comfort of your sofa or gaming chair.

AFFORDABLE AND PORTABLE

Another major benefit of a gaming headset is affordability. Sure, it can be great to have a big, sprawling sound system in your home. To have giant surround sound speakers in every corner of your living room, man-cave or she-shed might be your idea of nirvana. But for many, it’s simply not a viable option. A gaming headset, on the other hand, won’t break the bank, plus setup is a breeze: Simply plug it into your game console or laptop — no troubleshooting or DIY agitation required. And, unlike home audio systems, gaming headsets are extremely portable. They can be taken on planes, packed in suitcases or stored away easily for later use. If you’re gaming without a headset, what are you waiting for?

Which Electric Guitar Body Type is Best for Your Music?

Let’s face it, guitar players love their gear! We collect instruments, drool over mystical hand-wired overdrive pedals, and create forums to discuss the latest modelers, vintage tube amps and guitar brands.

In reality, do we actually need multiple versions and variations on the same theme? After all, it’s basically a plank of wood with a set of six tuned strings stretched across it, right?

Well, not exactly.

Whether you’re painting with oils, pastels or tonal colors, you need a set of brushes and a varied palette of colors in order to capture the styles, sounds and flavors you want, be it on canvas or onstage.

As I discussed in a previous posting, the construction, tonewoods, pickups and hardware in any electric guitar all have a significant effect on the resulting tone. Other aspects, such as neck size, dimensions and whether the instrument offers a single or double cutaway, affect playability … and let’s not forget the aesthetic: the visual appeal and how it affects the fashion sensibilities of the artist and the genre of music they represent.

But perhaps the most profound impact on the tonality of an electric guitar comes from its body type — solid, hollow/semi-hollow or chambered. All three can actually be used for most styles of music, but some work better for particular genres than others. Here’s a guide to choosing the best electric body type for your musical needs.

Solid-Body

As its name implies, a solid-body guitar utilizes a single block of wood for its body. The greater mass and minimal acoustic resonance of this type of body emphasizes fewer frequencies, which means that the sound delivered to the guitar’s pickups is essentially uncolored. As a result, the pickup design and internal electronics play a somewhat greater role in tonality than in other body types.

One big advantage here is that solid-body electrics rarely feed back, even when placed right up against an amplifier. These types of guitars also tend to have better sustain than other body types. Just how much sustain you get depends mostly on the kinds of woods used and the types of pickups in the guitar.

Weight can sometimes be an issue with solid-body guitars, but Yamaha Pacifica electrics are cut for comfort, while still providing all the benefits of a solid body. The Pacifica 612VIIFM model I play in the video below is actually one of the most versatile guitars in my arsenal. Sporting a coil-tappable humbucker in the bridge position (when “tapped,” the signal is taken from somewhere within the coil of wire in the pickup rather than from the end of it) and two single-coil pickups in the neck and middle positions, the 612VIIFM provides a total of seven onboard pickup configurations for a huge amount of sonic variety.

Author playing guitar.
Playing the Yamaha Pacifica 612VIIFM.

All the tones that come from this guitar are light and bright, especially in the mid-range, and the neck has a slim, satin, super-fast profile that’s perfect for pop, rock and metal. If you prefer a medium fret profile and a longer 25-3/4″ scale length, this guitar could be the perfect fit for you.

The 612VIIFM also features a Wilkinson tremolo bar. Having the ability to add subtle chordal shimmers or crazy dive-bombs will definitely be appealing to many players. This electric covers a lot of musical ground, looks the part both on-camera and onstage, and could very well be the one axe you take into any recording or live performance situation.

Hollow/Semi-Hollow Body

Hollow-body electrics are somewhat similar to acoustic guitars (which are all, by definition, hollow-body instruments). Semi-hollow body instruments differ slightly in that they have shallower bodies and a solid block of wood in the center to reduce feedback.

Both types usually weigh considerably less than solid-body guitars — something to consider if you do a lot of live performance. In addition, because they have a resonating chamber similar to that of an acoustic guitar, you can hear them better when playing unplugged, which might be a factor if you have family, roommates or neighbors who aren’t all that happy when you practice at stage volume. However, because their bodies don’t interact with pickups the way a solid-body does, these types of guitars usually don’t summon up a whole lot of sustain, so if you’re partial to long drawn-out notes, they may not be the ideal choice for you.

That said, the resonance of the body emphasizes low-mid and bass frequencies, so hollow- and semi-hollow body electrics tend to deliver a naturally rich tonality. That’s absolutely true of the highly revered Yamaha SA2200 semi-hollow body, which is one of my favorite guitars to play at trade show events and in-store clinics. This gorgeous instrument has the recognizable contours of an archtop guitar, complete with double f-holes for better acoustic projection. It imparts a warm, “woody” tone, thanks to its design, large body dimensions and acoustic chambers, along with its soft maple center-block construction and Alnico V (coil-splittable) humbucking pickups.

Author playing guitar.
Playing the Yamaha SA2200.

The coil-tap feature allows you to achieve a distinctively bright, clear tone, perfect for delineating arpeggiated chords in a dense mix or with a full band ensemble onstage. R&B, blues, rock, jazz and jazz-fusion players may all favor this guitar for its distinct rhythm tones and silky- smooth single-note passages.

The SA2200 also has that traditional sunburst “cool factor” on the bandstand. It’s not what I would consider a guitar for the metal or hard-rock player visually, though it could definitely take on the gig sonically if need be.

Chambered Body

Electric guitars with chambered bodies essentially combine the best of both worlds. Carved within their solid bodies are a series of finely tuned chambers to change the resonant properties of the wood and alter the tonality in a specific way. Second generation Yamaha Revstar guitars and the recently released Pacifica Standard Plus and Professional models fall into this category; all utilize the signature Yamaha Acoustic Design process to precisely shape tone and increase resonance while at the same time reducing weight and optimizing balance.

View of unfinished guitar body.
Yamaha Revstar body chambers.

The dual humbucker Alnico V pickup configuration on the RSE20 (one of two Revstar “Element” models), along with its three-way pickup selector and “dry” switch, allows for six onboard pickup variations. (There are ten on Revstar Standard and Professional models.) The dry switch effectively cuts (reduces) the bass frequencies for a cleaner, crisp tonal variation. It’s not a coil-tap, but it will definitely help your guitar achieve extra clarity in a complex mix.

Author playing guitar.
Playing the Yamaha Revstar RSE20.

The shorter (24-3/4″) scale length, jumbo frets, 12″ radius and chunky neck profile enables you to easily make slinky note bends, with less string tension than electrics that have a tremolo bar, which require somewhat more effort to bend strings.

Revstar guitars have definitely been styled and designed to rock. Their broad and bold color palette, cafe-racer styling, angled headstock and double-cutaway design pair beautifully with the powerful tones these guitars deliver. That said, Revstars also deliver solid blues and jazz tones, even though the look of the instrument may not fit the band aesthetic for those genres.

The Video

For this video, I recorded an R&B track that demonstrates a rhythm guitar part, an arpeggiated chordal overdub and a solo using all three guitars, each played through the same amp model and effects. Any variation you hear in terms of volume, clarity and presence are a result of the instrument’s innate tonal and design attributes.

The rhythm parts have been layered to support the solo line, and I’ve chosen the pickup selection for each guitar based on musical suitability. I did my best to play each of the three guitars the same way, though I probably unconsciously approached each somewhat differently due to physical variations, tone and psychological perception … which is actually a great way to expand your artistry and explore new musical possibilities.

The Wrap-Up

Can you play every gig, session and presentation using just one guitar? Of course you can … but that would be like wearing a Halloween costume to work every day, or a pair of shorts to a wedding. Possible, but not ideal (or appropriate) for the situation.

We all have one or more “go-to” guitars that we favor … the one(s) that best represent our musical style and stage persona. But we should also consider that axes with different physical attributes can inject creative inspiration, versatility and opportunity into our musical world.

 

Check out Robbie’s other postings.

 

Click here for a video of Robbie demonstrating the Yamaha Pacifica 612VIIFM.

Click here for a video of Robbie demonstrating the Yamaha SA2200.

Click here for a video of Robbie demonstrating the Yamaha Revstar RSE20.

 

History Of The Organ

There are few musical instruments that have had as long a path of continual development as the organ. In fact, no other keyboard has had such a major impact on music across the ages — and it remains as popular as ever.

Here’s a look at the history of this remarkable instrument.

Pipe Organs

Incredibly, the organ dates all the way back to the 3rd century, credited to the Greek inventor Ctesibius of Alexandria, who first came up with the concept of moving air through a tuned pipe to produce a note. The earliest pipe organs could only play one note at a time and used water (either naturally falling from a waterfall, or manually pumped) to blow air into the tube.

In the 6th century, the Romans invented the bellows, a manual pump mechanism for forcing air — an innovation that had a huge impact on the development of the organ since it enabled air to be selectively sent to multiple pipes under the control of a keyboard, allowing several notes at a time to be played. The instrument was first brought to Western Europe sometime in the 7th century, where it was used for public performance and other secular purposes.

At around this time, the organ began developing in mechanical complexity, with pitch determined by the length and diameter of the pipe (one for each key on the keyboard), and tonal quality becoming a function of the material used to craft the pipe and other design characteristics.

View of pipe organ with keyboard and full wall of pipes.
A pipe organ.

The use of the pipe organ in churches soon became commonplace. By the 10th century there was a report of a large organ installed in a cathedral in Windsor, England had 400 pipes, 26 bellows and two keyboards of 40 keys each — and required 70 men to operate!

The introduction of stops (groups of pipes, each of which produces a different timbre) in the mid-15th century was a major innovation. It allowed the player to selectively choose sounds and sound combinations and also provided the ability to play softer and louder, making the pipe organ much more versatile.

Close up view of a church pipe organ.
Pipe organ stops on either side of and below multiple keyboards.

The invention of bass pedals — low notes that could be played by the feet — first appeared during the 16th century.

Male organist stepping on pipe organ pedals.
Organ pedals.

At around the turn of the 20th century, massive pipe organs called theatre organs began appearing. Designed to accompany silent films and live shows, they offered a wide range of timbres, many going far beyond what one would expect from an organ, including celeste, sleigh bells, wood blocks and manual percussion like cymbals.

Enjoy this collection of pipe organ music to get a sense of the majesty and beauty of the instrument, and click here for more information about its construction.

Smaller Organs

At the same time that organs were becoming massive installations that could only fit in large cathedrals, another trend began: smaller instruments that enabled organ music to be brought into social settings. The portative organ, for example, could be slung over the shoulder, or held in the lap and played with one hand, while the other hand operated bellows that drove air through small pipes. The positive organ was somewhat larger, but still manageable enough to be wheeled into various locations for performances. These types of instruments tended to only have a few stops and a smaller number of keys.

During the Renaissance and Baroque periods, the tonal palette of organs grew extensively, with more differentiation based on the country of development. In addition, new features were developed, further extending the musicality of the pipe organ. One example was the swell pedal (also called the swell box), first introduced in 1712. It operated by opening and closing louvers on a box or room that contained a rank of pipes, changing the sound from muffled to fully open. This was followed by the crescendo pedal, which enabled the gradual addition of more ranks and stops, allowing for real-time dynamic expression.

Reed Organs

Another variant of the smaller organ design was the reed organ (also called the “pump” organ), which became popular in the late 1800s. Unlike pipe organs, the reed organ was quite dynamic, with changes in the air pressure blown across a vibrating reed serving to increase and decrease the instrument’s volume. Interestingly, this was the first type of instrument that Yamaha founder Torakusu Yamaha worked on; he would later develop his own model, which introduced various improvements that made tuning more reliable. In 1897 he founded Nippon Gakki Company (Japan Musical Instrument Company) and started producing portable reed organs.

An early Yamaha reed organ.

In 1935, Yamaha introduced the Magna Organ, which was an electrically blown reed organ with pickups to help amplify the sound.

Drawing of organ and bench.
Yamaha Magna organ.

Tonewheel Organs

The next big breakthrough in organ design came with the “tonewheel” organ, first developed by Hammond in 1935, then refined until the release of the company’s iconic and best-selling B-3 model in 1955. Based on a series of spinning magnetic wheels that excite transducers, each wheel produces signals of varying frequency to create a simple sine wave-based tone for each key. A total of 96 tonewheels are used to create nine harmonics, with the level of each controlled by sliders above the keys called drawbars.

Closeup of Hammond B3 organ drawbars.
Hammond organ drawbars.

Tonewheel organs (sometimes called “drawbar organs”) are electrically powered, and their volume is controlled by a foot pedal. Other aspects of the design include a chorus/vibrato circuit to produce timbral and pitch animation, percussion to add a transient attack to each note, and the common use of an external rotating speaker system called a Leslie to further animate the sound.

This hugely influential keyboard set the standard for non-pipe organs, and remains popular in gospel, jazz, rock and other genres of music. This playlist showcases some of the many artists who play the instrument.

It’s worth noting that the advance of technology in the 1980s allowed companies to begin emulating the classic tonewheel sound of the Hammond B-3 with the use of analog, and later digital chips, followed by modern sampling and DSP (Digital Signal Processing) methods. These instruments are sometimes called “clonewheels,” a punny title that refers to their copycat nature. The original Korg CX3 released in 1980 was an analog design, as were the Crumar Organizer and T Series. The Roland VK-7 (1997) was the first clonewheel to utilize modeling to recreate the tonewheel sound. Nord (a brand of the Swedish company Clavia) took the same approach in their Electro Series, first introduced in 2001, as did Italian companies Crumar and Viscount. Not to be left out, Hammond (now Hammond-Suzuki) released their own range of clonewheel organs like the XB Series, as well as the current XK and SK Series.

Electronic Organs

Allen Organ released the first fully electronic organ in 1939, using vacuum tubes. This design concept would soon be adopted by other manufacturers, who offered it in large-format console, small spinet and other configurations. Many of these offered features like bass pedals and auto-chord accompaniment features, including drum rhythms. The first Yamaha electronic organ was a spinet model called the D-1, released under the company’s Electone brand in 1959.

View of organ.
Yamaha D-1 Electone organ.

Electronic organs were followed by simpler types of home organs called chord organs. These used buttons on the left side to sound full chords, making them easier to be played by novices and children. The first was made by Hammond in 1959, but the most popular and prolific range was the Magnus Chord Organ.

So-called “hybrid” organs combined transistor circuits for sound production, coupled with tube-based amplification systems. Gulbransen was the first company to release such a design in 1957, using it for their line of theatre organs. Rodgers followed in 1958, with their first fully transistorized pipe organ unveiled in 1962.

Combo Organs

With the rise of rock and roll in the 1960s, the need for smaller portable organs that could be played onstage became apparent. Into that void came some classic instruments that are still being emulated today. The two most popular brands were Vox, from the UK, and Farfisa from Italy. The Vox Continental appeared first (in 1962), and was adopted by many of the top artists of the day. These classic songs all featured the Vox organ.

Farfisa responded with the Combo Compact in 1964, followed by subsequent models, also used by many iconic bands of the era. These ’60s and ’70s hits all featured the Farfisa combo organ.

Other companies soon entered this burgeoning market, including Gibson (actually just rebranded Lowrey combo organs), Ace Tone (built by Roland founder Ikuhiro Kakehashi) and Yamaha, with models such as the YC-10 (1969), YC-30 (1969), YC-20 (1970) and YC-45D (1971).

Three different organs.
Yamaha YC-10, YC-20 and YC-30.

Digital Pipe Organs

By the mid-20th century, electronics began replacing wind-driven pipes. In 1969, Allen Organ started development on the first all-digital pipe organ, which utilized sampling (digitized recordings of an instrument) for the first time to reproduce the sound. The Allen Computer Organ was released in 1971. The Dutch company Johannus started making sample-based digital organs in 1987, followed by Rodgers in 1990. These kinds of instruments continue to be produced today for church and home.

The Role of the Organ in Current Yamaha Keyboards

In recognition of the continued importance organ plays in music, all current Yamaha electronic keyboards offer dozens (or, in some cases, even hundreds) of organ sounds. For example …

YC Series Stage Keyboards

Yamaha YC Series Stage Keyboards utilize the company’s proprietary Virtual Circuit Modeling to recreate the sound and behavior of vintage organs with incredible detail, offering three variations: a pristine clean tone, a sonically rich classic, and a road-worn example. They also offer FM technology for a unique take on the organ sound.

Electronic keyboard.
Yamaha YC61.

YC Series keyboards are designed specifically for live performance, with physical drawbars and dedicated switches for percussion, chorus-vibrato and rotating speaker speed, thus providing the kinds of realtime hands-on control organists are used to.

Screenshot.

The YC61 model even has a “waterfall” keyboard, with keys that have flat fronts and a slightly radiused edge for extremely organ-like feel and performance.

Closeup.
The YC61 “waterfall” keyboard.

reface YC

The Yamaha reface YC is an ultra-portable keyboard that offers sampled renditions of five of the most-used organ types:

  • Classic vintage drawbar
  • British transistor combo
  • Italian combo
  • Japanese transistor combo
  • Yamaha YC-45D combo
Small keyboard.
Yamaha reface YC.

Each has authentic drawbar tones, percussion and other characteristics for period-accurate performance. Enjoy these demos of the YC in action.

MONTAGE and MODX+ Synthesizers

Ever since the days of the GX-1 (the progenitor to all modern Yamaha synthesizers), Yamaha synths have included organ sounds. The same is true of today’s Yamaha MODX+ and flagship MONTAGE M synthesizers, both of which utilize sampled (AWM2) and advanced FM (frequency modulation) technologies to deliver dozens of incredibly rich vintage organ recreations, enhanced by realistic modeled chorus/vibrato and rotating speaker simulations. Listen to the MODX’s drawbar organs and pipe organs, which are the same as are found in MONTAGE.

An 88-key synthesizer.
Yamaha MONTAGE M8x.

Genos

Yamaha Arranger keyboards offer an expanded range of sampled organ sounds, with many pipe and drawbar variations, along with classic theatre organ and combo organ sounds. The Yamaha Genos, for example, offers over 80 sampled and modeled organ tones, including tonewheel organs with accurate rotating speaker effects, as well as pipe organs, theatre organs and combo organs. Listen to the Genos pipe organ sounds in action.

Electronic keyboard.
Yamaha Genos.

Though it’s been around for more than 18 centuries, the sound of the mighty organ still continues to play a big role in the music being made today — a true classic if ever there was one.

10 Ways to Jump-Start Your Songwriting

Whether you’re a beginner or a well-seasoned pro, when it comes to songwriting, we all face occasional creative resistance — better known as writer’s block — when our muse goes on holiday. Often this comes at the top of a year when we’re just recovering from our own holiday festivities: shopping, airports, meals, parties. Perhaps our muse gets jealous and wants some time off too.

I’ve been writing songs for many years and there are still times when, as Natalie Cole sang in her playful 1987 hit “Jump Start My Heart,” I need to jump-start my creativity. If you feel that way too, I’d like to share some suggestions that have helped me reignite my muse once I’ve disassembled my Christmas tree.

All these recommendations embrace a new element of some kind. That’s because when we keep doing things the same old way, our muse gets bored. And so do we. Let’s do all we can to lure it back into the room!

1. ENLIST A NEW CO-WRITER

A new partner may bring out a style in your writing that no one ever tapped into before, just like red next to blue has a different tone than red next to orange. Colors change each other. People do too. But making that call can be scary. What if the person you’ve reached out to doesn’t respond? So what. Move on. There are many songwriters in the sea.

2. IMPLEMENT A RANDOM CHORD PROGRESSION

Come up with a random four-chord cycle you’ve never used before and see how it affects your orientation. Unfamiliarity can have you conjuring up a melody that might not have ever married to that safe chord progression you default to all too often.

3. USE AN ALTERNATIVE SONG STRUCTURE

Instead of employing the typical verse/chorus/bridge/then rinse-and-repeat formula, experiment with an alternative format like verse/verse/bridge/verse and see if you can work the title into the first or last line of every verse (like “Over The Rainbow” or Bob Dylan’s “Make You Feel My Love.”) It may be a challenge to find your footing with a new template, but I promise you it’s worth it. This structure has yielded many an evergreen copyright.

4. EMBRACE A METAPHOR

Pick an object. List its attributes and try to incorporate how they relate to a relationship you’re in, a situation, a feeling, your life — much like Rihanna did when she sang about how she’d protect a loved one with an “Umbrella,” or the way Demi Lovato compared a “Skyscraper” to how tall and powerful she felt.

5. CHANGE YOUR SCENERY

Get out of your head by taking a drive to a place you’ve never been to before — a hiking trail, a beach, a vista. Look out onto an unexpected landscape, a mountain range, a body of water. Breathe in the unusual smell of the air, foreign vegetation, rain!

6. REVISIT THE PAST

Hunker down with an old diary or journal. Let yourself remember that old flame. How have your feelings changed since you last saw each other? Did you find closure? Is your heart still aching? Let vulnerability be your catnip.

7. REACH OUT TO A FORMER BESTIE

Getting back in touch with an old friend can trigger emotional memories. Does it get you fuming about unfinished business or joyfully wanting to reunite because it feels so good? There should be considerable material here!

8. PICK A COLOR

… then partner it with something in the sky that is not actually that color. A fuchsia moon. A cobalt sun. Purple stars. Play with the combination. See what celestial rhymes emerge. Take license. After all, this is art.

9. GO IN A DIFFERENT DIRECTION

Listen to your favorite album by your favorite band and allow yourself to be guided by its unique atmosphere. For me, it might be The Beatles’ Sgt. Pepper’s Lonely Hearts Club Band, in which case I’d challenge myself to write a song that captures the trippy, the psychedelic, the fantastical, the diamonds in the sky.

10. EXERCISE YOUR MIND

In his book How To Write One Song, Jeff Tweedy of Wilco describes a lyric-play exercise in which he pairs 10 objects within his line of vision with random verbs and then creates a poem from the pairings. He’s always surprised at the odd beauty this yields and professes that some of the unlikely snippets have made their way into his favorite songs. Definitely worth trying!

 

Think of these suggestions as tools in a toolbox. They’re here to help. Maybe one of them will jump-start your craft as another year commences. Maybe you’ll find all of them useful all year round. Most importantly, don’t fret. Your muse will be back before you know it. Can you think of a time it didn’t return?

Here’s to a super-creative year ahead!

 

Check out Shelly’s other postings

Top 10 Winter Movies

Winter is the perfect time to grab a soft blanket, heat up some hot chocolate and fire up the home theater. Here are ten winter-themed movies that will warm you and your loved ones.

1. FARGO

Taking place in and around the wintry tundra of Fargo, North Dakota, this black comedy follows the ever-spiraling misadventures of a financially strapped Minneapolis car salesman (William H. Macy), who hires a pair of thugs (Steve Buscemi and Peter Stormare) to kidnap his own wife (Frances McDormand) in order to extort a huge ransom from her wealthy father. Thanks to its twisted plot and superb acting, Fargo won seven Academy Awards® in 1997 (including Best Picture) and was selected for preservation by the United States National Film Registry in 2006 for being “culturally, historically, or aesthetically significant.” Find out where to stream it here.

2. FROZEN

Inspired by Hans Christian Anderson’s 1844 fairy tale The Snow Queen, this charming film tells the tale of Princess Anna of Arendelle, who teams up with a snowman, an iceman and his reindeer. Together, they search for Anna’s estranged sister Elsa, whose magical powers have mistakenly trapped the kingdom in an eternal frozen winter. The film is visually captivating thanks to its deft use of a combination of CGI (Computer Generated Imagery) and traditional hand-drawn animation — so realistic that at times you’ll almost feel the cold of the deep and heavy snows that swirl all around. Find out where to stream it here.

3. THE ICE ROAD

Set in the far north of Canada, this thriller tells the tale of a convoy of ice road truck drivers (Liam Neeson, Laurence Fishburne and Amber Midthunder) who brave untold wintry conditions to deliver critical supplies to save miners trapped in a collapsed mine. Crank up the speakers to enjoy the edgy multi-genre soundtrack executive-produced by Nikki Sixx of Mötley Crüe fame. Find out where to stream it here.

4. THE REVENANT

This gripping tale of survival is set in the Dakotas in early 1823. It stars Leonardo DiCaprio as Hugh Glass, a fur trader, trapper, hunter and explorer. After being mauled by a grizzly bear and left for dead by his companions, he endures a series of frozen dramatic encounters with nature, American Indians and his own former friends. The cinematography is stunning, as is the score by Japanese musician Ryuichi Sakamoto and German electronic musician Alva Noto, and the film won three Golden Globe® Awards and five BAFTA awards, as well as earning a Best Actor Academy Award for DiCaprio. Find out where to stream it here.

5. COOL RUNNINGS

Bobsledding in Jamaica? Well, sort of. This sports movie is loosely based on the true story of how Jamaican sprinter Derice Bannock (played by Leon Robinson) managed to assemble a national bobsled team for the 1988 Winter Olympics. John Candy provides additional comic relief, and there’s a soundtrack that includes much reggae, mon. This fun flick will get you feeling good about winter! Find out where to stream it here.

6. THE SHINING

“Heeeeeere’s Johnny!” Truly one of the great psychological horror films of all time, this 1980 classic by Stanley Kubrick is based on the Stephen King novel of the same name. Jack Nicholson stars as Jack Torrance, the newly hired winter caretaker of a remote hotel in the Rocky Mountains, who has been told that the previous caretaker killed himself and his family. As Torrance’s mental health deteriorates and his son’s frightening visions worsen, the story takes a series of disturbing twists and turns that will have you on the edge of your seat. Find out where to stream it here.

7. INTO THE WHITE

This exciting adventure film, set during the Second World War, is inspired and based loosely on real-life events that happened in Norway. It presents the trials and tribulations of the crew of a German bomber that has been shot down. In their snowbound trek to get to the coast, where they hope to be rescued, they encounter two British airmen who have also been shot down. The drama and intergroup antagonism builds as weather conditions deteriorate. Find out where to stream it here.

8. TRACK OF THE CAT

This oldie but goodie, released in 1954, stars Robert Mitchum as Curt Bridges, the head of a squabbling family who spend a terrible winter on their ranch in Northern California in the early years of the 20th century. The adventure starts when a hired American Indian hand tells Bridges there is a panther prowling up in the hills. Curt and his brother Harold then embark on a perilous journey into the frozen wilderness to track the panther while the rest of the family, ensnarled in their own drama, await their safe return. Find out where to stream it here.

9. THE DAY AFTER TOMORROW

This 2004 science fiction disaster film, based on the 1999 book The Coming Global Superstorm, depicts how catastrophic climate effects and a series of extreme weather events can bring on a new ice age. You’ll need to stay warm while watching this one, especially when a huge tropical depression splits into three hurricanes above Siberia, Scotland and Canada, flash-freezing everything in its path. Another superstorm then strikes Manhattan, causing NOAA paleoclimatologist Jack Hall (Dennis Quaid) and his son to embark on a series of wild adventures in order to escape the frozen disaster that ensues. Find out where to stream it here.

10. SNOW DOG

Starring Cuba Gooding Jr. as a celebrity dentist based in Miami, Florida, this comedy revolves around his cold weather misadventures when traveling to Alaska to claim an inheritance — which includes blizzards, grizzly bears, thin ice and an old mountain man played brilliantly by James Coburn. The good doctor eventually falls in love in the frozen town and even learns how to drive a dog sled led by a defiant lead dog. Find out where to stream it here.

What Is Loudness?

If, like most of us, you listen to music from streaming services, you’ll notice that each song seems balanced, volume-wise, with the ones that are played before and after. That’s because all major streaming services employ proprietary loudness normalization algorithms that automatically adjust the level of a song before it’s streamed.

Why is this important to home recordists? Well, if you’re hoping to share your music with the world, streaming is pretty much the only way to go these days, so knowing how those algorithms work is critical to getting your music played. Here’s a guide to the measurements that make up what we call “loudness,” along with step-by-step instructions for getting your music prepped so that it will sound its best when streamed.

LUFS

The term “LUFS” (pronounced “luffs”) is one that you may have come across when reading articles or watching videos about music production. It’s an acronym for Loudness Units Relative to Full Scale, and is a relatively new type of loudness measurement for music and other audio — a measurement that’s more accurate than those used previously, such as peak and RMS.

A Loudness Unit (LU) is roughly equal to 1 dB, though measured somewhat differently. Full Scale refers to 0 dBFS (Decibels Full Scale), which is as high as you can go in a digital audio system without clipping. (Another, less commonly used but functionally identical term of measurement is LKFS, which stands for Loudness, K-weighted, Relative to Full Scale.)

All major streaming services, including Spotify®, TIDAL, Apple Music® and Amazon Music, along with radio, television, and movies, have switched to using LUFS because it’s currently the best measure of loudness over time. In addition to virtually eliminating the need for listeners to adjust their volume control from song to song, the adoption of LUFS has pretty much ended the so-called “loudness wars,” where artists or producers tried to master their music at high levels so that their songs would stand out from those of competitors when played back to back. Nowadays, with all songs set to a specific LUFS target, the need to radically increase the volume when mastering has been eliminated. The result has been better-sounding music.

What’s in a LUF?

LUFS get measured in three different ways: Momentary, Short-Term and Integrated. If you look at a LUFS meter, such as the primary meter in Steinberg Cubase Pro (when set to LUFS), or the SuperVision plug-in in Cubase Pro or Artist, you’ll see those categories and more.

Screenshot.
The Steinberg SuperVision plug-in.

It’s not as complicated as it appears at first glance. Momentary LUFS get measured every 400 milliseconds, which is a little less than half a second. Because they capture such short periods, they function more like the readings from a dB peak meter, showing you loud transients (spikes) in a song.

Short-Term LUFS get measured every three seconds — a considerably longer period of time. They’re good for seeing the level changes between song sections.

The most important are Integrated LUFS, which the streaming services use for their loudness targets. Integrated LUFS provide an average level over time. Measuring them over an entire song is the best way to get accurate results.

True Peak

Another standard term of measurement is called True Peak. It’s particularly important because it’s the value that gets regulated by the streaming services’ loudness normalization algorithms.

True Peak is measured using a standard called dBTP (decibels true peak). Unlike LUFS, True Peak not used for assessing overall loudness. Instead, it measures the peaks in your song, making it a vital tool in preventing distortion.

If the True Peak reading for a song is too high, it can cause inter-sample peaks. These occur because of a phenomenon that can happen when a digital signal gets converted back to analog. The peaks get slightly higher after conversion back to the analog domain. If they start out too close to 0 dB, the peaks in the analog audio can exceed 0 dB, which can cause distortion. Often, such distortion is not audible until your WAV or AIFF files are converted to MP3, AAC or some other compressed (aka “lossy”) codec for streaming.

The possibility of distortion from inter-sample peaks is the reason the steaming services are so careful about True Peak. If a song has a True Peak value that exceeds -1 dBTP, the loudness normalization algorithm will turn down the overall volume of the song, which you don’t want to happen.

Screenshot.
If the True Peak level is above -1 dBTP, you need to reduce it.

Dynamic Range

A song’s dynamic range is defined as the difference between the quietest and loudest moments. Loudness meters don’t all use the same scale for it, but they all measure it in some way.

The Steinberg SuperVision plug-in uses the Loudness Range (LRA) scale, which computes a ratio between the loudest and softest points using Loudness Units (LU). The lower the LRA (or other dynamics measurement), the more constant the level because there’s less variation between the loudest and softest points. The higher the reading, the more variation.

That being said, if your song’s arrangement has some extremely quiet and loud parts, you will want to reduce the dynamic range with a compressor or limiter so that listeners don’t have to adjust their volume controls when the song gets too soft or too loud. In the days of the Loudness Wars, songs would get limited to the extreme. Music that’s squashed like that can sound fatiguing. Conversely, leaving more dynamics provides a more open and airy sound.

In the graphic below, you’ll see the same song’s waveforms stacked one over the other. As you can see, the lower one (in red) was limited too heavily.

Screenshot of wave forms.
The red waveform was limited too heavily.

Dynamic range varies from one style of music to the next. Classical has the widest, generally, followed by jazz. Pop and rock have smaller dynamic ranges, usually between +5 to +7 LU on the LRA scale. EDM is more heavily compressed and can have readings closer to +4 LRA.

How to Adjust Loudness

Adjusting loudness is a controversial issue. Some experts say that you shouldn’t get hung up on the loudness level; you should just make your song sound good, and the streaming services will adjust it to their standards anyway. That said, it’s desirable to at least be in the ballpark so that the algorithms won’t have to use extreme processing to get your music into compliance. That’s because such processing could potentially affect your song’s dynamic range.

There’s a relative consensus that shooting for about -14 LUFS (the Spotify target) and a True Peak reading no louder than -1 dBTP will get you close. It’s probably easier to mix your songs a little quieter (many say aim for about -23 LUFS) and do the mastering as a separate step afterward.

Mastering level adjustments are generally made using a limiter such as the Steinberg Maximizer plug-in provided by Cubase. You typically increase the LUFS level by turning up the input gain, which in the case of Maximizer is done with the Optimize parameter. True Peak is reduced by turning down the Output control.

Screenshot.
Lowering the Output reduces the TruePeak level.

Here’s a basic step-by-step for getting your song’s loudness up to about -14 LUFS and at or below -1 dBTP. For the purposes of this exercise, we’ll describe using Cubase for this purpose, but the same basic procedures will apply to any DAW.

1. Import your song into a stereo track.

2. Insert a limiter on one of the insert slots on either that stereo track or the main Stereo Out.

3. Insert SuperVision or another LUFS- and True Peak-capable meter as the last plug-in on your Stereo Out.

4. Set the meter to measure loudness. In SuperVision, this is done via a dropdown menu:

Screenshot.
Setting SuperVision to measure loudness.

5. Play your song all the way through and observe the results for Integrated LUFS and True Peak.

6. Hit reset on the meter (the button with circular arrows) and start playing the song again. If you need to increase the Integrated LUFS (which you probably will, depending on how loud you mixed it), turn up the Optimize knob until the LUFS reading gets to approximately -14. Anywhere between -13 and -15 LUFS is close enough. If you don’t see any changes, try resetting the meter again and letting the song play for a while so that SuperVision sees both the quietest and loudest parts of the song.

7. If the True Peak is above -1 dBTP (-0.99 or higher), reduce the output knob by a small amount, hit reset again and let it play past the loudest point in the song. You should see the True Peak reading drop.

8. Because you lowered the output, the LUFS reading may now drop below the -13 to -15 LUFS range that you’d set. If that happens, push up the Optimize knob a little more. Remember to reset the meter each time. Finesse the Optimize and Output parameters until you get the Integrated LUFS and True Peak to approximately -14 LUFS and -1 dBTP, respectively.

9. If the dynamics on your song (the Range measurement on Super Vision) are below about +4 LU, you may want to revisit your mix and take off any master bus compression or limiting you used. Then try the whole process again. Once you’ve got the various loudness measurements to where you want, bounce the song out of your DAW as a 24-bit WAV file.

It might seem tricky, but after you adjust a couple of songs, you’ll get the hang of it. Trust me, it’s worth it. The result will be better-sounding music and a greater chance of getting your songs streamed out to the world.

 

Check out our other Recording Basics postings.

New Year’s Resolutions for Musicians

We’ve completed another revolution around the sun, and it’s time to celebrate — but it’s also time to take stock and think about how we can make the coming year even better.

Things like losing a few pounds, developing new work skills, taking that long overdue vacation — those are all pretty standard. For musicians, though, New Year’s resolutions might need to be somewhat more specialized. Here are seven suggestions that can help you improve your chops and expand your musical horizons in the months ahead.

1. Feed Your Creativity

Set a goal of writing some new music every week. This doesn’t have to be a full song — even a simple melody, riff, phrase or beat will do. The idea here is to stimulate the creative area of your brain (until recently, thought to be the right hemisphere, though some recent studies show that the left hemisphere can play a role too), and, honestly, the results don’t matter all that much: for the purposes of this exercise, a bad piece of original music is better than no piece of original music.

Like so many other things in life, this is a case where practice makes perfect. The more music you write, the easier it will become over time. Eventually you’ll find yourself stringing together those basic melodies, riffs, phrases and beats into complete musical compositions. If you’ve got a flair for lyrics (or can partner with someone who does), they can even turn into pop or rock songs that might eventually become hits! (Interested in pursuing your songwriting muse? Check out our blog postings from Grammy-nominated singer/songwriter Shelly Peiken.)

2. Expand Your Repertoire

Learn one new song or composition every ten days. If you’re good at learning by ear (a skill that also gets better with practice), all that’s involved here is finding a song you like and listening to it repeatedly until you can play the chords and melody. If not, instructional YouTube videos, sheet music and/or “fake” books can provide you with the chords and notation to just about every song and composition out there. (Yamaha offer hundreds of sheet music titles, all available for immediate download.)

3. Master Your Instrument

Make a point of tackling a new playing technique every month. This can be as simple as learning new scales or chords, or as complex as developing drumming polyrhythms or learning circular breathing techniques. Instructors can be very helpful in achieving this goal, but there are plenty of online resources to help in that endeavor too, including postings here on the Yamaha blog such as our Well-Rounded Keyboardist series and the many guitar tutorials presented by renowned educator/clinician Robbie Calvo.

4. Record Your Muse

Learn a new recording skill every other month. After all, if you want to put your music out there for the world to hear, you need to be able to record it, and the better it sounds, the more likely you are to find an audience. This can encompass a wide variety of aspects, including:

  • A basic understanding of sound, acoustics and microphone design
  • Knowing how to set levels correctly and avoid distortion
  • Learning the importance of room treatments and proper monitoring
  • Trying out different mic placements to see how they affect the sound
  • Experimenting with new plug-ins and advanced features offered by your DAW software
  • Creating mixes that sound good in all different environments and on different systems
  • Understanding the basic principles (and importance) of mastering

You can find lots of great tips about all of the above — and more — in our ongoing series of Recording Basics blog postings.

5. Open Your Ears

Expose yourself to a new genre of music for an extended period of time every few months. This one’s super-easy: all you have to do is listen. But you need to make a conscious decision about what you want to listen to, and you need to listen intently, to try to get “inside” the music, to understand what makes it tick.

You might want to start slowly by sticking to genres similar to the ones you already like — for example, classic rock fans will probably enjoy blues music too. After awhile you can begin to stretch things by experimenting with genres that are significantly different from your personal tastes: If you’re a classical music aficionado, try some hip-hop; if you’re a rap fan, go for some gentle folk or country music. You may not like what you’re hearing, but there’s also the possibility that you will. Either way, you’ll be expanding your musical horizons, which can only help you develop as a musician.

6. Step Outside Your Comfort Zone

Try to learn a new instrument in the coming year. Notice we said “learn,” not “master,” because it’s impossible to master any musical instrument in that short a space of time. (When asked why he still practiced at the age of 90, the legendary cellist Pablo Casals replied, “Because I think I am making progress.”)

So we’re talking about the basics here, but even getting that far will help stimulate your brain and improve your chops on your chosen instrument (as learning sitar did for Beatle lead guitarist George Harrison) … though it’s also entirely possible that you’ll gravitate to the new instrument instead. For example, Tower of Power saxophonist Stephen “Doc” Kupka started on oboe but switched over to baritone sax in his college years because he wanted to play rhythm and blues; similarly, the group’s drummer David Garibaldi initially wanted to play trumpet, but found himself practicing violin instead before discovering the joy of drumming. The alternative instrument you pick should ideally be somewhat similar to what you already know — for example, if you’re a guitarist, try taking up bass, or vice versa — as this will help you make progress more quickly. But if you’re up for a challenge, by all means go for something completely different!

7. Get Critical

Over the course of the year, develop critical listening skills so you can better evaluate your own recordings and those of other musicians. You want to be able to listen like a producer, like an arranger, and like an audio engineer. Some people are born with those skills, but they can be learned, though there are no shortcuts here — you have to put in the time.

Being a critical listener allows you to delve beyond the gut-level reaction you have when you first hear a song and appreciate it intellectually, which can only aid you in your development as a musician and as a composer or songwriter. There’s a reason, after all, why your favorite music is your favorite music … and once you develop these kinds of listening skills you’ll be able to know what that reason is and apply it to your own music-making.

Here’s to a great year ahead!

So You Just Got Your First Bass – Now What?

You’ve done the research and finally pulled the trigger, or perhaps you totally lucked out and nailed a sweet deal on a used bass. No matter how you arrived at this moment, the first time you hold a bass that’s yours and yours alone is unforgettable. You’re on a new journey and the sky is the limit. Congratulations!

Here’s a guide to the next steps you need to take.

FOUR ESSENTIALS

If your bass didn’t come with a strap and an instrument cable, those should be your first priorities. It’s easy to fall in love with an eye-catching bass strap, but keep in mind that a padded and/or wider strap can help keep your shoulder from hurting if you’re playing for long stretches or if your bass is heavy. If you like to move around a lot, consider getting a pair of strap locks, which help secure your strap to your bass. Instrument cables come in many lengths and colors and at several price points; some players prefer right-angle cables, which are great for basses with an input jack that’s flush with the body, and others swear by particular brands. A basic six-footer does the job for most folks, but my advice is to go for the best cable you can afford, as it will almost certainly last longer than the cheaper ones.

Electric bass guitar.
The Yamaha BB234 is a great entry-level bass with professional features.

The third item no bassist should be without is a tuner. There are plenty of tuning apps, but I’d recommend plugging into a tuner pedal or using a tuner that clips on to your headstock, like the Yamaha GCT1. Most tuners these days work for both guitar and bass; if your first bass is a 5-string, make sure any tuner you’re considering can handle a low B. (The GCT1 checks that box.)

Small electronic device with screen and clip.
Yamaha GCT1 clip-on tuner.

Finally, just as humans need clothes and shoes, every bass needs a case. Whether or not your bass came with a hard case (which is the best option), a good soft case (usually called a “gig bag”) will help protect your instrument almost everywhere except the underbelly of an airplane.

PLUG IT IN

Once you’ve covered the basics, it’s time to think about amplifying your bass, and there’s a universe of options for every budget and requirement.

Of course, nothing comes close to the thrill of playing through a big amp along with a drummer and the rest of the band, and when that time comes, you’ll want to go the extra mile to get the best amp in terms of price, portability, power, tone and durability. (Definitely check out some of the models offered by Ampeg — a brand long favored by many bassists.)

But to start — especially if you have roommates or neighbors — you’ll want to invest in a small practice amp. Bear in mind that bass notes travel easily through walls and ceilings, so turning the volume up to even moderate listening levels might prompt complaints — which is exactly why many practice amps, including Yamaha THR-II Series desktop models, have headphone jacks in addition to speakers.

An array of small guitar amps.
Yamaha THR-II desktop amps.

But an amp isn’t the only way to experience your bass. If you make music on a computer, plug your bass into an audio interface using its instrument input (assuming it has one; if not, you’ll need a DI box) and have fun playing and recording into your DAW.

Bass-specific headphone preamps are another way to keep your practice sessions private and immersive. Old-school headphone preamps have volume and basic tone controls, but today’s models also feature EQ, effects and realistic speaker cabinet modeling — sometimes even rhythm tracks you can practice to. Many also offer Bluetooth®, making it especially easy to play along with streaming music or apps like iReal Pro running on your laptop, Android® or iOS device.

When you’re ready to join a band and begin gigging, you’ll need a bass amp suitable for rehearsals and small venues like clubs. Again, it’s well worth checking out those in the Ampeg line, such as their compact Portaflex models.

Amplification equipment.
Ampeg Portaflex bass amp and cabinet.

NEXT LEVEL

Once you’ve had your bass for a while, you may notice a few things you’d like to tweak. In addition to an overall inspection, most professional setups include making sure the instrument is in tune all the way across the neck, adjusting the truss rod if necessary, dialing in string height and checking pickup height. This process is best done with new strings, so a setup is a great opportunity to try a different set of strings. If there are other issues — tuners that are too tight or too loose, static when you twist the control knobs, or problems with the preamp, pickups or input jack — talk to your luthier or repair person before they get started. Getting your bass back after a good setup can make such a dramatic difference that it may inspire you to learn how to set up your own instrument.

Last but certainly not least, consider taking lessons. One of the great things about being a bass student today is that there’s tons of information online, and a lot of it is free. But so much of it is also contradictory, and piecing together the many strands of advice while making steady progress — not just learning a lick or single technique at a time — can be challenging. A good teacher will help you set specific goals and encourage you to practice regularly to reach them; if you’re lucky, you’ll find someone whose life and musical experience enriches your journey and offers valuable shortcuts to bass mastery.

Getting your first bass can be a life-changing moment. Revel in it! Get to know your instrument. Connect with others who play the same make and model. Take good care of it, and your bass will take you places you might never have imagined.

 

Yamaha offers a wide variety of entry-level, intermediate and professional basses. Click here for more information.

 

Check out E.E.’s other postings.

Shine the Spotlight on Community Engagement

College music programs sit in a unique position within the world of music education. As degree-granting institutions, we oversee a significant portion of workforce preparation for those entering the K-12 teaching profession. As incubators for fostering the musical growth and development of music majors transitioning from amateur to professional levels of musicianship, we collaborate with a host of community partners to facilitate activities, internships and performance opportunities. As liaisons between the academy, music industry and nonprofit entities, college music departments throughout our country have the capacity to bring numerous stakeholders together in efforts to make a positive impact in the communities we serve.

This article shines a light on the work that the music department at Tennessee State University does to engage with our community in various ways.

The Music Department and Community Academy

happy Black elementary student standing in front of school gatesLocated in Nashville, Tennessee State University, a Historically Black College & University (HBCU), sits in the heart of the place affectionately known as “Music City.” Being in one of the country’s most vibrant cities for live music has certainly helped us in terms of involvement with the greater Nashville community, and we do our best to be proactive in pursuing potential partnerships with organizations within our local area. One of the ways we do this — in addition to the work we do through our memoranda of understanding (MOUs) with outside entities — is through our community music program.

Our Community Academy of Music and Arts (CAMA) is a community-based, nonprofit program housed within our department that provides year-round arts education for underserved students in Nashville and surrounding areas. In addition to one-on-one lessons on a range of instruments with our esteemed faculty at low to no cost to students ages 3 to 18, we also host several summer day camps that include visual art, music performance, math and science applications of music-making, and fun activities and field trips to historic locations in town where students can learn more about the arts in Nashville. The combination of our efforts both within our department and through CAMA have helped us to “level-up” our community engagement in many ways, including expanded collaborations with several leaders in music education and the recording industry.

Community Engagement

happy students at Nashville Opera
photo from Nashville Opera

Our department offers degrees in music business, technology, performance and education. Each of our programs provide internship, performance and in-field clinical experiences for our music majors. Our music industry and performance majors benefit greatly from the long-standing partnerships we have with the Recording Academy, Windish Music and Nashville Opera. Our music education majors have had the opportunity to observe, intern and team-teach with teaching artists from our partners at W.O. Smith Music School, QuaverEd, Metro Nashville Public Schools and the Tennessee Music Education Association.

All our majors and minors, and even some of our graduate students, can take advantage of our partnerships with the Nashville Symphony Orchestra, Sweetwater Music, Country Music Association Foundation and the National Museum of African American Music. These include scholarships/grants, paid internships and performance opportunities.

In addition to our efforts within the department and through CAMA, we also offer the TSU Summer Band Camp each June. This week-long residential camp is offered to student musicians in middle school and high school and serves as one of our most successful strategies in recruitment and is attended by more than 200 participants annually. We also invite many of our alumni who are band directors to come and lead sectional rehearsals, reading band sessions, and share their experience and knowledge with other directors in attendance through several professional learning sessions. One of our esteemed alumni, Mr. Jimmy Day, was recently selected as the state of Colorado Teacher of the Year! The camp is subsidized by many of our local partners mentioned above, which helps to reduce costs significantly for student participants.

These efforts have aided our department greatly in recruiting a critical mass of student musicians of color and successfully preparing them for careers in music. The significant impact of these partnerships has helped our department expand immeasurably to meet the needs of our students.

Lights, Camera, Action!

TSU The Urban Hymnal CD coverMany of my colleagues at other institutions often ask how we are able to forge these connections within our community and maintain them for so long. For us, it starts with active engagement and proactive pursuits. Our faculty are constantly forming professional relationships by attending and presenting at conferences, participating in college recruitment fairs, visiting local K-12 schools regularly, serving on the boards of local nonprofits, and constantly publicizing the work we are doing through local news outlets and social media. And with our upcoming historic performances this academic year with our jazz band at the prestigious Midwest Clinic: An International Band and Orchestra Conference, Carnegie Hall performance for our top choir, and recent GRAMMY nomination for our marching band’s debut album entitled “Urban Hymnal,” I believe that it is through our outreach efforts and involvement in our community that we continue to accomplish all that we have.

I hope that some of what I have shared will spark some ideas as you continue your community engagement efforts!

Best Family Video Games

Getting together with family for the holidays is about catching up and reconnecting. But sometimes that requires a little something extra — a hearth, of sorts, to gather around. Generations ago that meant a literal fireplace, but today we have even more dazzling options … like video games.

Here are eight of the most family-friendly offerings, all of which are sure to delight and engage players of every skill level. Gather around the game console and enjoy the holidays!

1. FIFA 23 (2022)

With all the recent excitement about the World Cup, your family is sure to appreciate the subtleties and detail of this, the latest in the FIFA soccer series, which is not only fun to play, but a joy to watch. The sweeping green grass, the lifelike teams, the sounds of chanting crowds and observant announcers — this is as close to participating in an actual soccer match as there is in the world of gaming. Various modes allow players to face off against soccer power teams like Chelsea and Arsenal or nations like Brazil, France or Germany, matching up against the computer or playing against an opponent live or online. FIFA 23 even features Women’s Club Football, the first in the series to do so. Preview it here.

2. SONIC MANIA (2017)

Designed to resemble the popular Sonic games of the 1990s, Sonic Mania is bright, fast-paced, nostalgic and fun for all ages. Along with his compatriots Tails and Knuckles, Sonic maneuvers through 13 side-scrolling levels, picking up rings, bouncing off springboards and earning gifts by smashing televisions — all in a day’s work. But the main objective remains the same: defeat the elusive Doctor Eggman (aka Doctor Robotnik). Preview it here.

3. LEGO BATMAN: THE VIDEOGAME (2008)

Batman is one of the most beloved fictional characters and Lego is one of the most adored toys, so why not combine them in a video game? The mystery of Batman and the familiarity of Lego provide a gaming experience that is both involving and a bit silly (in the best of ways). Every family member will want a turn. Play as Batman, with your trusty sidekick Robin, as you seek to thwart your classic enemies, from the Riddler to the Penguin to the Joker and more. Lego has put out similar games based in popular movies like Star Wars, Jurassic World and Harry Potter, but the Batman game is the first with an original plot. Preview it here.

4. OVERCOOKED! (2016)

This title provides all the fun and chaos of trying to put together a feast … but without the stress of having to feed your actual family and clean up afterwards. Playing as chefs rushing around a kitchen (the layout of which changes for each level), you cut up ingredients to prepare a meal in a short window of time. You may get a warning that your dirty plates are piling up and someone must stop what they’re doing and wash dishes, but just like in a real restaurant, you’ve got to keep up! This multi-player game requires lots of teamwork. Just what families are best at, right? Preview it here.

5. MARIO KART 8 (2014)

The most recognizable character in video game history may be best known these days for his go-kart racing games, and with good reason. The Mario Kart series doesn’t disappoint. Each multiplayer title is brightly colored and features some of the most familiar faces in gaming, including Princess Peach. But while some Mario titles offer traditional levels and puzzles, Mario Kart 8 is simpler, plus it was also the first in the series to offer anti-gravity racing. Players race around a track, playing solo or against other family members, all while having to dodge spinning turtle shells and fireballs shot out by their opponents. Preview it here.

6. SUPER MARIO PARTY (2018)

Sticking with our favorite digital Italian plumber, this title is a perfect example of a “party” video game that’s meant for groups of people. Super Mario Party was both a reboot of the series and a return to the turn-based gameplay of prior titles. Several secondary multiplayer games are included here, but in the main one, each player navigates the board, rolling dice and moving the corresponding number of spaces, with each space impacting the players differently, such as taking away or giving coins. After each turn, players play a “minigame,” which involves the others, too. Preview it here.

7. LUIGI’S MANSION 3 (2019)

But enough about his older brother — it’s time to dive into Luigi’s world now. This is the third in the Luigi series, which resembles the Ghostbuster movie franchise. Here, players walk around a haunted hotel as the green-clad Luigi, climbing floor to floor via the hotel’s spooky elevator. The goal? To rescue friends who were tricked into visiting by the ghosts that inhabit the place, vacuuming the apparitions up as you go. Preview it here.

8. ANIMAL CROSSING: NEW HORIZONS (2020)

In this, the fifth in the Animal Crossing series of “life simulation” games, players travel to a deserted island to develop the area as best they see fit — gathering items, harvesting berries, chopping wood and constructing dwellings — with the goal of building a happy community of human-like animals. The world is yours in this video game, but be sure to work in unison with the natural resources, changing seasons and animals on your team. Players can also earn the chance to visit neighboring islands and invite those villagers to their homes, if they so choose. Preview it here.

 

Get even more family fun from these titles by playing them through dedicated gaming mixer or using a gaming headset.

How to Use Inserts

Ever wonder what those connections on your mixer called “inserts” do? Here’s a guide to what they are and how they are used.

Inserts In The Analog World

Many analog mixers, such as the Yamaha MGP Series, offer inserts on the input channels. They’re often found on the rear panel, like this:

View of panel inputs.
Channel inserts on the Yamaha MGP16X.

An insert provides both an output (or “send”) and an input (or “return”) on a single 1/4-inch TRS (Tip/Ring/Sleeve) jack that’s internally wired as a pair of connections. Using an insert requires a special cable (appropriately enough called an “insert cable”), which has a TRS plug at one end and two TS (Tip/Sleeve) plugs at the other end.

When the TRS connector is plugged into an insert jack, the signal from the mixer channel is sent out through the tip of the TRS connector to an external (“outboard”) processor such as a compressor or noise gate. The ring of the TRS is used to return the signal from the processor back into the same mixer channel. The TS ends of an insert cable are usually labeled to indicate which one is an input (the bottom jack in the illustration below) and which one is an output (the top jack in the illustration below).

Diagram.
Signal routings of an insert cable.

A switch inside the insert jack senses if there’s a TRS connector plugged in. If a connector is not plugged in, the insert is bypassed. But when a connector is plugged into the jack, the signal is rerouted from the mixer to the external processor. The insert usually comes in the signal path after the mic preamp, trim and equalization (EQ) circuitry, but that can vary from one manufacturer to another.

Two Plus Two Equals Three?

One unbalanced cable requires two conductors: a tip that carries the “hot” signal, and a sleeve that carries the ground. So how can a TRS insert — which has three conductors — carry two separate signals? The answer lies in the fact that the sleeves of the two TS connectors are both wired to the sleeve of the TRS so that they share a common ground.

Diagram.
The two TS connectors of an insert cable share a common ground.

Most manufacturers use the tip of the TRS as the send and the ring as the return but some do it vice-versa, so be sure to check the manual for your particular mixer.

When To Use An Insert

Inserts are most useful when you want to process individual channels, and when you want to hear only the processed signal. Inserting a compressor on a vocal channel, for example, ensures that you hear only the compressed signal and dedicates the compressor to the vocal only. This enables you to optimize the compressor settings for the vocal before it is sent to any other buses (e.g. the stereo L/R mix or any of the aux sends), but it also means that you need more hardware if you want to process a lot of channels. Compressors (typically used on vocals, kick, snare and bass), gates (for drums) and outboard EQ processors are generally accessed via inserts and are therefore commonly called insert effects.

Reverbs and delays are not generally accessed via inserts because they often receive signals from multiple channels. These types of effects are typically accessed via an aux send, with the processed signal coming back into the mixer via an aux return, where it is blended in with the unprocessed “dry” signal.

In live sound, graphic equalizers and compressors are also often used to process the full mix being sent to the stereo L/R bus. That’s why some mixers, like the Yamaha MGP24X and MGP32X, provide inserts for the stereo L/R outputs:

Diagram.
The stereo inserts on the MGP24/32X.

Inserts In The Digital World

Digital mixers usually don’t have insert jacks because the processing is done internally. Yamaha TF Series digital mixers, for example, provide a four-band parametric EQ, gate and compressor on every input channel.

View of panel.
Channel view on the TF Series mixers.

More advanced users may want additional processing and that’s why Yamaha Rivage PM, CL Series and QL Series mixers feature a virtual rack with a wide variety of effects, including graphic EQ, vintage compressor, analog tape simulator, pitch shift, distortion, flange, filter and more.

Screenshot.
The CL/QL virtual rack.

These processors can be inserted on any input channel, which opens up a world of possibilities. For example, you could insert a digital model of a vintage tube compressor on the lead vocal channel to get a different type of compression from the standard compressor offered by the mixer. Input channels on CL and QL mixers have two inserts, each of which can be set to pre-EQ, pre-fader or post-fader (post-on switch).

Screenshot with area highlighted.
QL1 input channel processing.

Effects in the virtual rack can also be inserted on any output, such as an aux send or the stereo L/R mix bus. A graphic EQ inserted on an aux output that’s being used for a monitor send can help control feedback, while a virtual tape simulator inserted on the stereo L/R bus can add analog warmth to your mixes.

Screenshot.
The Yamaha Series 85 virtual analog tape simulator.

Pre- Versus Post-Fader

As mentioned earlier, Yamaha CL, QL and Rivage PM mixing consoles offer the option of using an insert pre- or post-fader, and it’s important to understand the difference between these patch points, especially when using a compressor or noise gate. If you insert a compressor or gate pre-fader, then the action of the processor remains consistent regardless of fader position. This is generally good for input channels.

Inserting a compressor or gate on an output channel is a different story, and whether to insert it pre- or post-fader depends upon what you are trying to achieve. If you insert a compressor post-fader, then raising the fader increases the compression. This is great if you want to use the compressor on an aux send feeding a monitor (or, in some mixers, a dedicated “monitor send”) or the stereo L/R bus as a way of keeping the volume level from getting too loud. But if you want the “flavor” of the compressor to remain consistent regardless of the volume, then insert the compressor pre-fader. Inserting a gate post-fader is probably a bad idea because the gate may close as you lower the fader, thus cutting off soft sounds.

As you can see, inserts are an important component in live sound. They can help improve your mixes and open up creative possibilities. If you haven’t used them before, what are you waiting for?

 

Check out our other Tools of the Trade postings.

How to Transform a Lead Sheet Into a Performance

Lead sheets are a very basic form of sheet music that only show the melody of a song and the accompanying chords, with no indication of the keyboard part that should be played underneath. They’re often available in collections called “fake books” and are primarily intended for professional players as a quick way to access a song (or a lot of songs) at a live gig — instant repertoire expansion!

The challenge for a beginning keyboardist is to learn to develop a complete and convincing two-handed performance from these bare-bones guides. In this posting, we’ll show you how.

Note: You’ll need to have a good knowledge of chords, inversions and harmony to use lead sheets effectively. If your skills are a bit lacking in any of those areas, we suggest brushing up before moving on to the concepts below.

A Typical Lead Sheet

Here’s a typical example of a lead sheet for the Christmas classic “Deck The Halls”:

Musical annotation.

As you can see, only the melody is provided, along with chord symbols placed above the notes (lyrics are optional and may or may not be included). When first learning a song from a lead sheet, start by just playing the melody with your right hand and the root (the name of the chord, or the note presented after the slash mark) with your left hand, like this:

Musical annotation.

Now you can decide how you want to fill things in to create a more interesting accompaniment. The main goal here is to include more notes to fully represent the chords. This can be done with either your right hand or your left.

Creating a Chord Melody

Doing this with your right hand (while still playing the melody) results in what is known as a chord melody. Before you start that process, however, I suggest you learn how to block out the chords without playing all the moving parts of the melody, using well-chosen inversions that follow the melody nicely. For example:

Musical annotation.

Once you’re comfortable with that, you can fill in the rest of the melody, say like this:

Musical annotation.

Left Hand Chord Support

There are a few ways to approach playing the chords with your left hand. Again, start by just blocking out the chords in a similar fashion to the way we did it with the right hand:

Musical annotation.

When that feels comfortable, you’ll want to choose some better voicings (groupings of notes) and inversions so you don’t jump around so much. Here’s an example:

Musical annotation.

What’s different here?

  • Some of the left-hand chords are spread apart wider to sound fuller — for example, bars 1 and 3
  • Not all the left-hand voicings use all the notes of the chord (this is true of many of the C7 chords), since the missing note is being played by the right hand
  • There’s a fancier left-hand alternating pattern playing on the middle C7 and F/C
  • For the sus4 resolutions, only the 4-3 in each chord are moved so it doesn’t sound so clunky

Another approach would be to employ a simple stride pattern, where you alternate a bass note and a chord to add a nice rhythm to your playing:

Musical annotation.

To create a more flowing feeling, try arpeggiating the chords (i.e., playing them as separate notes) instead:

Musical annotation.

Spreading the Chords Between Both Hands

Spreading the notes equally between both hands is another good way to interpret a lead sheet. To do this, you’ll use the top fingers of your right hand (the ring finger and pinky) to play the melody, while the lower fingers of your left hand (again, the ring finger and pinky) play the bass notes. The remaining fingers in both hands can be used to play other notes to fill out the chord. This style of playing is common in church hymns (for example, the Bach 4-part Chorales), and is the basis that many jazz pianists use for playing solo piano.

To get started with this technique, go back to just playing the melody and the bass note slowly, as we did earlier (and as shown/demonstrated below). This will allow you to see and hear what the outer edges of the voicings will be.

Musical annotation.

Now just fill in some of the missing notes, trying to play at least one additional note with each hand. Some pianists like to be strict and not double any notes between the hands, but there’s really no hard and fast rule here: simply spread the notes nicely across both hands so it sounds good to your ears. Here’s an example of how this can work, with added pedaling (indicated by the sustain/damper pedal markings in the notation) to demonstrate how everything can be made to sound connected:

Musical annotation.

These are all good, solid approaches to transforming even the most basic of lead sheets into a complete performance you can be proud of. With practice, you’ll undoubtedly come up with more of your own. Happy faking it!

All audio played on a Yamaha P-515

Check out our other Well-Rounded Keyboardist postings.

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha keyboard instruments.

Exploring Curated Playlists

Covering virtually every genre from country to rock to jazz and hip-hop, curated playlists on streaming services are a hot new trend. Not only do they satisfy musical cravings, they can expose listeners to new and exciting music that they may not otherwise have found on their own — and can also help emerging artists get discovered.

Simply put, a curated playlist is one put together by a person, as opposed to a computer algorithm. (On Spotify®, the latter are called “personalized” playlists.) Curated playlists are created and maintained by individual users or editorial teams, driven by their personal tastes and preferences. They allow you to take your listening experience to a whole new level, and best of all, anyone can create one!

In this blog, we’ll take a closer look at how curated playlists work and spotlight some of the best ones out there.

Playlists that are Style-Driven

Many of the most popular curated playlists are genre-specific — think Spotify’s “RapCaviar” (which has over 14 million users and is credited with launching the careers of several new artists), “Ultimate Country Hits” or “Canal Off – Surf.” Others are more context-driven, such as “Bollywood Curated,” “Sad songs for the boys” or “Study Beats.”

Personally, I love curated playlists and use them almost every day. Instead of taking time to hunt around for particular tracks, I can just identify a style that I’m interested in hearing at that very moment. For example, when I want to listen to some jammin’ reggae on Pandora®, I simply type in “Bob Marley” and then navigate over to “Playlists.” I then get results such as “Bob Marley A-Z,” a 20-song playlist of Marley’s best tracks, along with “Deep Cuts: Bob Marley” (similar, but with 29 songs). On Spotify, a search for “Bob Marley” returns curated playlists like “Bob,” which includes a diverse selection of artists from Damian Marley to Musical Youth, Anton Ellis, UB40, Toots & The Maytals and more. That way, I can stay either on the artist that I specifically want to hear, or expand my musical tastes with other artists working in the same genre.

Playlists That Reflect Personal Taste

Don’t think that curated playlists just stick to a certain style, however. Often they are designed to reflect the diverse personal tastes of the individual or individuals who created them. For example, check out the Spotify “Music For … Inspiration” list put together by Robin Pecknold, frontman for the indie band Fleet Foxes; it will give you an interesting insight into the music that influences him and his fellow bandmembers. In a similar vein, “Wilco Recommends” (also on Spotify) includes tracks recorded by the band themselves as well as favorites by other artists such as Tweedy, Billie Eilish, Beyoncé, Lizzo and others.

Summer Day, Summer Night,” a playlist on Amazon Music curated by Tae-EM, harkens the sounds of summer, which might just be the thing you need to get through a cold winter night. Then there’s  “Uninterrupted Radio” playlist on Pandora, which provides stations curated by sports stars like Lebron James, Trae Young and others. Perhaps the most intriguing of all is Apple Music’s “A Playlist Curated By Deaf People,” which features songs by artists like Rupert Holmes, Etta James, Eminem and Keith Sweat, demonstrating that music does not have to be heard to be felt.

Build Your Own

As mentioned previously, you can easily create your own curated playlist and share it with friends and family. If you’re looking to pitch your playlist to one of the major streaming services so that the general public can access it too, here are some useful hints:

  • Be on the lookout for new music
  • Select a variety of tracks that you love
  • Give the playlist a theme and a purpose
  • Aim for a total of 30-50 songs
  • Include just one song per artist
  • Update your playlist regularly

Curated playlists also provide a great way to hear emerging artists who may have never gotten exposure, not because of any lack of talent but simply due to the overwhelming amount of music we all now have access to. It can be hard to discover some of these unknown musicians unless we are pointed to them … and these playlists do the pointing.

If you create your own original music, consider putting together a curated playlist for use as a promotional tool. Spotify accepts direct submissions from musicians; simply sign on through the Spotify For Artists website. And Amazon offers a new feature that allows artists to pitch their music to the company’s playlist curators. If they like what they hear, the editorial team places your song on a playlist in that genre of music. With these and other initiatives, it’s becoming increasingly easier to share your music with the world!

 

For some great tips on how to get playlists of your music posted on a major streaming service, be sure to check out this blog.

Top 10 Mixing Tips

Mixing is like playing an instrument. It’s a skill you develop over time with lots of practice and repetition. Although there are no shortcuts to becoming a professional-level mix engineer, here are ten tips to help you improve your mixing chops.

1. Get Organized

Spend a few minutes organizing your tracks before you start mixing. Doing so will make your mixing workflow more efficient.

First, arrange the tracks in the mixer by type. For example, put the drum tracks next to each other, followed by the guitars, the keyboards, the vocals, etc.

Next, color code the tracks by category. Decide on specific colors to apply to various types of tracks and commit to using the same ones on future projects. The more you use them, the more your eye will become accustomed to seeing blue drums, red guitars, pink vocals, green keyboards and purple basses. After a while, the color coding will become second nature and save you time searching for tracks.

Screenshot.
Tracks arranged by type and color-coded.

You’ll probably want to start with at least one reverb and one delay set up on auxiliary tracks (called FX Tracks in Steinberg Cubase); you may also use other types of effects frequently. As part of your setup, create the necessary tracks, insert the effects and confirm the routing. Consider creating a template file that saves your configuration so you don’t have to set it up for each song you’re working on.

2. Check Each Track for Glitches

Another essential task is to solo each track to listen for glitches and noises you might not have noticed with all the tracks playing — for example, a singer’s throat clearing or loud breath, a pick noise before a guitar line, or a forgotten crossfade after an edit that resulted a click.

Screenshot.
Find and edit out any glitches on your tracks.

Yes, it can be a little tedious to go through the entire song track by track, but by using your DAW’s editing tools to fix any problems you discover, you’ll never have to worry about stray sounds ending up in the final mix.

3. Create a Preliminary Rough Mix

You’ll find many different opinions on how to start a mix, but here’s one that’s easy and effective: Pan all the tracks to the center, set all the volume faders at unity gain (0 dB) and turn off all EQ and effects, then adjust the track faders to create a rough balance.

Screenshot.
Start with all tracks panned to center and set at unity gain.

One way to create that rough mix is to start with the lead instruments and vocals muted, so all you’re hearing are the rhythm section instruments: drums, bass, rhythm guitars and chordal keyboard parts. Think of those tracks as the bedrock of your song. Get them balanced first, then add the vocals and any lead or melody instruments. Using the faders alone, make everything sound as good as you can before you start EQing or adding effects.

4. A Place for Everything

Once your rough mix is created, start thinking about the soundstage. In a stereo mix, selectively placing tracks from left to right is the easiest way to give each part its own space. Instruments like kick drum, snare drum and bass are almost always panned to the center, as are lead vocals. If you’re using a drum loop or drum machine, the kick and snare will already be in the center.

Where you pan the rest of the tracks is a creative decision, though symmetry is important: You want the left and right sides to be, on average, pretty close to equal in volume. For example, try to place stereo backing vocals at three and nine o’clock, or eight and four o’clock.

When you’ve got an instrument such as a dense synthesizer sound on a stereo track, it can occupy a lot of left-to-right real estate and mask other instruments. Many DAWs offer an optional panner (in Cubase, it’s called the Stereo Combined Panner) that you can deploy on a track-by-track basis to pan the left and right independently. This can be used to shrink the width of a stereo track while keeping it balanced between left and right, or to push it toward one side without collapsing it into mono.

Screenshot.
The Cubase Stereo Combined Panner.

Panning is designed to give you control over the side-to-side aspect of the stereo soundstage, but unfortunately, there are no single controls for the front-to-back aspect. However, you can move a sound forward by making it louder, brighter or less reverb-y (or any combination of the three); conversely, you can move a sound back by making it softer, less bright or awash in more reverb.

5. Filter Out Mud

One of the most common mix problems is muddiness. Cutting unnecessary lows and low-midrange frequencies can help eliminate the mud. Vocals and guitars typically have lots of unneeded low-frequency information that you can reduce with a high-pass filter (also known as a “low-cut filter”).

You’ll typically find such filters in EQ plug-ins such as Cubase studioeq, shown below. The process is simple: Set the lowest band to act as a low-cut filter and slowly move the frequency for that band higher as the track is playing. When you hear the instrument or voice start to thin out, back off the frequency knob slightly until the thinning just starts to go away.

Screenshot.
A low-cut filter in Band 1 rolls off unneeded low end.

6. Go Easy with Reverb

A good-sounding reverb can work wonders as an effect, but too much can turn your mix into a muddy mess.

It’s not just how much reverb you apply, however. The reverb’s decay time (sometimes called “room size” or “reverb time”) also plays a major role. That’s because the longer a reverb decays, the more it will wash over itself from one beat, word or phrase to the next, adding clutter to the mix. The faster the tempo, the more acute this phenomenon becomes because the beats are coming faster.

If you hear reverb wash, tighten it up by backing off the amount of reverb or reducing the decay time. If that doesn’t give you the result you’re after, try rolling off some of the reverb’s bass by using its EQ to reduce everything below about 400Hz.

Screenshot.
The length of time that a reverb decays is critical.

7. Save Often and Incrementally

Once you’re deep into a mix session, retaining your objectivity can be tricky. As a result, it’s often hard to know when to stop and, in the quest for perfection, take your mix into the weeds. Moreover, once you’ve pushed your mix into questionable territory and saved it, you may not be able to easily get it back to its most recent good-sounding point … if you can even remember where that was.

Fortunately, if you make a habit of using the “Save As…” command instead of “Save” (a technique known as incremental saving), you can mostly mitigate this problem. Here’s how it works: Any time you make a relatively significant change to your mix — say, putting a heavy compressor on the drums — employ Save As and give the file an incrementing number (or letter, it’s up to you) and add a brief description of the change to the file name. For example, “Song Name_1.7_bass up 2dB.” That way, if you go too far, you have a selection of previous versions with labeled changes that you can revert to.

Screenshot.
Incremental saving protects you from losing a good version of a mix.

8. Compare Your Mix

By comparing your mix to a professionally mixed song of a similar genre, tempo and instrumentation, you can get good clues to what yours lacks, if anything, and you can compensate. The process of comparing to a reference track is called “A/B-ing.”

The easiest way to set this up is with a dedicated A/B plug-in, but you can also A/B inside your DAW by creating a stereo channel, importing your reference track, and using that channel’s mute and solo buttons to switch between your reference and your mix. (See below.) It’s important to adjust the level of the reference track so that it’s the same as your mix. Otherwise, the comparison won’t be accurate.

Screenshot.
With the reference track muted, you hear your mix only.
Screenshot.
With the reference track soloed, you hear it only.

If you’re going to reference this way, it’s also better to create a dedicated mix bus track and route all of your tracks into it. (In Cubase, select all your tracks, including FX channels, then Control+Click on one of them in the MixConsole and use the “Add Group Channel to Selected Channels” command.) Route the mix bus’s output to the Main Out. When you export your mix, change the output source to the Mix Bus from the Main Out.

9. Let it Sit

I strongly suggest that you always let your mix sit overnight (or at least for a few hours) before calling it finished. As mentioned previously, it’s easy to lose objectivity over a long mix session, and you may be not-so-pleasantly surprised by some of what you hear when you listen the next day or after an extended break.

As you listen, make notes of the issues you hear, and correct them one by one. Then your mix should be in good shape.

10. Make Sure Your Mix Translates

As a final check, listen to your mix in as many places as possible outside your studio to ensure that it retains its balance on various speaker systems and in different acoustic spaces. Listen on your living room stereo, over a boombox, in your car, at a friend’s house, etc. Also be sure to check your mix on headphones and earbuds.

If it sounds good everywhere, you’re home free. But if you notice a consistent problem that you didn’t hear when you did the mix — such as too much or too little bass — your studio’s room acoustics or monitors (or both) are causing you to hear frequencies inaccurately. As a result, it will be impossible to balance levels correctly.

In the short term, the best way to mitigate that is to revise the mix and compensate for the discrepancies. For example, if it sounded too bright, make it a little less so and see how that sounds elsewhere. In the long term, consider adding acoustic treatment to your studio and/or upgrading to more accurate monitors — taking either or both of these steps should serve to improve the quality of your mixes substantially.

 

Check out our other Recording Basics postings.

Develop Atomic Habits for Your Program

Look into any successful music program, and you’re bound to find some sort of system. Teachers may use different method books, classes may look different, and students may be playing different music, but successful groups often have a system of routines and habits that teachers and students rely on.

There are many great publications on habits, such as “The Power of Habit” by Charles Duhigg and “The Seven Habits of Highly Effective People” by Stephen R. Covey. Every book and system have their pros and cons, and you can spend countless hours vetting the ideal system for your group. However, it’s more important to get something in place, so you can get to work. For our purposes, I’m going to use James Clear’s book, “Atomic Habits,” which was published in 2018.

The quick summary of “Atomic Habits” is that there are four elements to creating a habit:

 

Make it Obvious

black and white close-up image of teenager's hands holding cell phoneMaking habits obvious in a music class begins by simply being aware of habits that you want to break and habits that you want to build.

Let’s start with a very obvious one: phone use during rehearsal. I used to be OK with students having their phones on their stands because I naively thought that “they could use them for tuning!” And yes, they did use their phones for tuning, but guess what? Phones are made to be convenient (and attractive, easy and satisfying…), so students also took the extra few seconds to check any notifications that came in, which then led to more and more phone use during what they perceived to be downtime in rehearsals.

The class as a whole had to address the phone being so obvious, attractive, easy and satisfying to use. I knew that I could not compete with the limitless informational and connectivity opportunities that a phone has. So, the decision was made: Phones could not be used at all during rehearsal.

Student: “How will I tune now?”
Me: “I have tuners you can borrow.”
Student: “What if my mom texts me during class?”
Me: “Then I can just make two copies of the handbook outlining the rules on phones.”

For habits you’d like to build, make them obvious by thinking about locations. For example, I told my ensemble that I wanted to begin each day with a new tuning exercise. We did the exercise a few times, but we quickly forgot about it because it was, well, new. We solved this with a very quick and easy solution: At the end of class, students were instructed to put the tuning exercise in the front of their folder before they left. The next day, I went back to my old routine of starting with our previous exercise and was immediately met with 60 students holding up the new exercise.

 

Make it Attractive

Start with a habit that we like the most, and you and your class will be more inclined to continue with the habit. Is there a certain musical exercise or piece that your group likes? For some groups working on simple theory in musical ensembles or using the ensemble’s favorite piece can be a good start to identify keys and phrases. If you have access to music teaching software, such as the MusicFirst suite, these can be great habit-forming games. My son wasn’t crazy about math at first, but he’ll play the Prodigy math game that his school promotes every day.

Once students get used to working on some habits and routines consistently, they can move toward other areas. If you can help students make it a little fun, this can go a long way.

THE YAMAHA EDUCATOR NEWSLETTER: Sign up to receive real-word advice, tips and classroom guides!

 

Make it Easy

winds instruments and music standsOur exercises are selected ahead of time. For my group, I use exercises from the following books:

How do I make this easy? My program purchases a copy of these books for every student, and they are in their folders from the beginning of the school year. I also make this easy for students by printing out a list of the most common exercises we will use from each book. You can go a step further and have students put multi-colored sticky notes on common pages.

Our system is also made attractive for members of our program due to the variety. If students get tired of one specific exercise, we can choose an articulation exercise from another book.

Try making a simple goal that can be achieved. Let’s say you want to do more sight-reading. Doesn’t sight-reading a piece a day sound good? But an entire piece can be difficult to deal with. What if your initial goal was to simply sight-read one measure per day? It might sound a little goofy, but it’s achievable.

You’ll find that on some days, you sight-read the one measure, and that’s enough — check and done! — because you need to focus on the upcoming concert or other big event. But on most days, you’ll find that sight-reading one measure is the little bit you and your students need to motivate yourselves to continue. The students will then say, “If this music is out already, why not just sight-read the rest of it?”

I find myself doing the same in my personal life. If I want to make a goal of reading, my goal is one paragraph. Most days this turns into at least 20 minutes of reading. But a few days a month, I meet the minimum requirement and move on.

 

Make it Satisfying

pizzaNo one will continue with a habit if there is no payoff, which can be intrinsic or extrinsic. Unfortunately, with music, it’s difficult to pinpoint short-term payoffs. I suggest starting with an external reward but don’t announce this to the kids. Rather, commit to an extended time working through your habit or routine, and then surprise your students with the reward. For some groups, the timeline might be a week, and for others, it might be six months.

I’m not a big fan of using candy, pizza parties, etc. as rewards, but you know your group best. In my case, the goal — or habit — was to sight-read more. We sight-read musical examples everyday for over a month. The students had also been asked to read some popular film music like “Star Wars” or “The Incredibles,” which became a sort of interim reward.

The big reward was a piece that had quite a few elements in it that we had already sight-read. In one class, the students did their typical routine. I then announced that we had been consistent with our sight-reading goal for over 30 days and that when you work hard on something, you get the opportunity to work harder but you also feel more accomplished. I then handed out the piece, which was “Dance of the Jesters” by Tchaikosvky, and we sight-read it. The students instantly noticed that they could sight-read this full piece much better than they normally could, and they were happy to have a working break from our typical concert music. Plus, sight-reading this piece also continued our habit!

Keep it Consistent

Consistency is the easiest — and hardest — part. It’s easy because all we have to do is follow our plan every single day.

It’s hard for a multitude of reasons. Many people get bored with the same routine. Combine that with unrealistic expectations of progress (hard reality: It takes a long time to get better at things in the intermediate to advanced stages), and it’s a surefire way to become discouraged quickly. On top of that, sometimes we have issues come up at school, such as fire alarm drills or classroom interruptions that throw off your routine.

Keeping things consistent has a lot to do with accountability. As mentioned above, moving the specific exercise to the front of the folder created an opportunity for students to hold me accountable. It also helped the class to make sure that the routine and habit that we were trying to form became a priority. This action resulted in doing and completing the habit earlier in the rehearsal or class time as opposed to the end when time can run out or other time burglars can wedge themselves in.

calendar with days marked off According to a blog post by Clear, comedian Jerry Seinfeld has a strategy called “don’t break the chain” to combat procrastination. On a large wall calendar, mark each day that you complete the habit you want to instill with a large X. Seeing consecutive days and weeks with Xs will motivate you to not “break the chain.” This strategy has worked wonders for my group and me. The visual representation of our habits has encouraged us to push through the tough times.

However, we’re not perfect, and we may miss a day. While we should avoid this at all costs, it’s not the end of the world. Clear states that we get into big trouble with habits when we miss two days in a row. If you miss a day, don’t beat yourself up over it, but do make it a priority to jump right back in as soon as possible on day two. Looking back, I’ve had many habits that I tracked for over a year and then I missed two days. It took me a good two or three months to get back into that habit.

If you find yourself having difficulty keeping things consistent, consider stepping back and looking at what you are doing. You may find that you have simply enacted too many new habits or the habits you have are too big. Consider breaking down these habits into smaller, more manageable chunks. Five-note scales instead of eight, sight-read one line of music instead of a piece, two minutes of articulation drills instead of five, etc.

Avoid the Pitfalls

When it comes to making habits stick, pitfalls exist. If I’m sick and taking antibiotics, I might be less inclined to finish the medicine if I start to feel better. Of course, this could result in me not fully treating the illness and becoming sick again. I think habits are similar in that just when things get better in my band, we tend to want to stray from the hard work we had implemented. Don’t do this! This is the time when it gets good, so push yourself and your students to continue and show that consistency pays off.

Things can also get, well, boring. Doing the same thing every single day can begin to feel like a chore — it’s still obvious and easy, but it is no longer attractive and it no longer feels satisfying. During these lulls, I recommend alternate approaches that meet the same goal. Have a few different articulation exercises or chorales to cycle through to ensure that there’s enough interest to continue.

Another pitfall is doing too much too soon. When I’m in the mood to be productive and change something, I end up wanting to change as many things as possible. This quickly becomes overwhelming, and my focus is going in too many directions at once. Many music educators are high achievers who can balance many things at once, but it’s important to be realistic with your limits when changing something significant. Once you’ve successfully implemented a new habit, you will have an easier time stacking additional habits.

A final pitfall can be expecting perfection. In “Atomic Habits” Clear writes, “An imperfect start can always be improved, but obsessing over a perfect plan will never take you anywhere on its own.”

Analyzing and vetting systems is important, but at the end of the day, taking actions, especially small actions, can lead to significant and positive changes in a program. So, figure out which habits you want to make atomic and find ways to make them obvious, attractive, easy and satisfying!

Work With Your Strengths

Superman’s résumé is pretty impressive. He’s got superhuman strength, X-ray vision and enough stamina to fly around the globe, sans plane. His weakness, famously, is Kryptonite. But here’s a crazy idea: What if everything about you contained strengths, and there is no Kryptonite?

That’s the perspective taken by the VIA Institute on Character. Based in Cincinnati, the nonprofit is dedicated to understanding and improving human experience, via studying character traits. Its work is based in the positive psychology movement, which seeks to identify and boost mental assets, instead of focusing solely on problems. Positive psychology is used by a variety of professionals — therapists, teachers, coaches, counselors and other practitioners — with the goal of helping people thrive. Instead of asking, “What’s wrong with me,” positive psychology flips the script and asks, “What’s right with me, and how can I foster that?”

CHECK IT OUT: The CB-9000 Series Concert Bass Drum

Twenty-Four Strengths

woman sitting in front of wall full of drawn doodles and holding up card with a drawing of a lightbulb

Back in the 1990s, two pioneers in the field of positive psychology, Christopher Peterson and Martin Seligman, spent three years on a project. They worked with 55 social scientists, seeking to identify and classify the positive strengths in people. You know, the virtuous good stuff we aspire to, such as bravery, fairness, teamwork, and the ability to love and be loved.

That project culminated in a 2004 book, “Character Strengths and Virtues: A Handbook,” and a classification of 24 qualities that are considered universal, that is, they span across different cultures, belief systems and countries. The 24 strengths are broken down into categories of virtues, like this:

  • Courage: This group of character traits includes Bravery, Honesty, Perseverance and Zest.
  • Humanity: This category spotlights Kindness, Love and Social Intelligence.
  • Justice: Fairness, Leadership and Teamwork are all part of this.
  • Temperance: Traits such as Forgiveness, Humility, Prudence and Self-Regulation are categorized here.
  • Transcendence: Appreciation of Beauty & Excellence, Gratitude, Hope, Humor and Spirituality get classified under this.
  • Wisdom: Under this umbrella, character traits include Creativity, Curiosity, Judgment, Love of Learning and Perspective.

Everyone possesses these 24 qualities, but in combinations that are unique to them. For example, some people have bravery as one of their top strengths, while others might have that as “a lesser strength” and rank higher in other qualities like Leadership or Kindness. Supposedly, knowing one’s top strengths and learning how to work with them can help people feel more confident, handle stress better and reach their professional and personal goals.

VIA Survey

The project also created two free tools for understanding these character strengths, called the VIA Inventory of Strengths (or VIA Survey), which is for adults, and the VIA Youth Survey, which is designed for those aged 8 to 17.

By now, more than 25 million people have taken the VIA Survey. It’s a 240-item questionnaire, which takes about 20 minutes to complete. For example, there will be a statement, such as “I always admit when I am wrong,” and then you click on “very much like me,” “like me,” “neutral,” “unlike me” or “very much unlike me.”

group pf students with hands stacked on top of each otherWant to take the survey? Here are two sites; both are free but you will have to take a few minutes to set up an account and password. Try VIA’s Website or the Authentic Happiness website from the University of Pennsylvania, where Seligman is a professor. (Dr. Peterson, who taught at the University of Michigan, passed away in 2012.)

I had taken the survey in November 2021 and took it again in December 2022, and my results were strikingly similar. My top traits were almost identical, as were the ones that came in at the bottom of my list of 24 traits. That’s where I’m thinking, man, I have some stuff to work on. But good news: “Your top five are the ones to pay attention to and find ways to use more often,” the survey advises. Ah, okay. Remember, this is positive psychology. It does not say challenges don’t exist, but rather it focuses attention and resources on how to create meaningful and fulfilling lives — regardless of what’s happening around us.

When you think about the best qualities a music educator could have, you might think about things like creativity, a love of music and organizational skills. All true, of course, but what’s so interesting is that within the 24 strengths, there are all sorts of combinations where a music educator can succeed. One teacher might discover their top strengths are Love of Learning, Appreciation of Beauty & Excellence, and Hope — and they are an amazing music educator. Another might discover Bravery, Spirituality and Teamwork as their top strengths — and be an equally amazing, yet totally different music educator (and human).

Using the Strengths in Your Classroom

  1. Think about your music students in terms of their strengths, rather than honing in on their weaknesses. For example, you might have a lesson plan that builds on the strength of Curiosity. What happens if you and your students come up with some song lyrics, then come up with a musical tune to go with it. What about if you try it the other way around— play some music and ask students to write lyrics to it? Discuss with them, which one came more easily for them, and why do they think that is? Did some students find one easier than the other, or did the group have similar experiences? Another example: For young learners, ask them to listen to music with their eyes open, then closed, and talk about their perceptions.
  2. music teacher with three winds students

    When you give feedback to students, highlight what strength you see them expressing, and in this way, you can be very specific when giving praise. For example, “You showed a lot of Bravery by volunteering to sing the solo today,” or “that Teamwork was fantastic; I saw how well you were working with the rest of the percussionists.”

  3. For parent-teacher conferences or for assessment periods, ask students to think about their strengths and share a few areas where they feel they are performing well and why.

Figuring out your top five strengths and how you can use them more often with your students and colleagues is worth the time and can be both inspiring and enlightening.

The Unlikeliest Places

Most songwriting ideas are triggered by the obvious: unrequited love, an awe-inspiring sunset, a beautiful painting. Personally, I love to pull song titles and lyrics from everyday conversations. My friends have no idea how muse-worthy they are!

But there are a lot more things that can inspire creativity, often in the unlikeliest places. For instance, the elements.

GETTING INSPIRATION FROM THE ELEMENTS

Earth, wind, fire (the band too) — they all elicit energy. And energy is contagious. For example, at the first clap of thunder, you might run outside and wait for the rain. Songs have been written about walking in it, singing in it; Rihanna even had a massive hit with a song about umbrellas.

The air, of course, keeps us alive, which was the foundation for the Hollies’ 1970s classic (and endlessly catchy) “The Air That I Breathe,” co-written by my dear friend Albert Hammond. Whether it’s beneath our wings or we’re blowing in it, the wind is a no-brainer inspiration that lends itself to emotional content.

I wonder if Jim Morrison was addressing an uncooperative matchbook when he came up with the lyrics to The Doors’ mega-hit “Light My Fire.” Or if Bruce Springsteen actually felt his temperature rise when he sang of his pent-up desire in “I’m On Fire.” And then there’s James Taylor, who managed to cover two birds with one stone when he wrote “Fire and Rain.”

There’s another element: water. I would posit that simply being submerged in H2O, whether diving into the ocean or floating in a swimming pool, can fire up all kinds of possibilities. Floating relieves the physical body of the need to support itself, freeing the mind to wander. And if we happen to be face-up we may ponder “The Warmth of the Sun.” Or clouds! Or a jet airliner! There’s so much to be sung about what’s in the sky above us.

And let us not forget about mother earth below. Carole King hit the nail on the head when she equated her lustful feelings with the earth moving under her feet. Joni Mitchell sang about the tearing down of nature to put up parking lots in “Big Yellow Taxi.” We owe the earth so much. Why not dedicate a song to her? After all, “Heaven is a Place On Earth!

FINDING INSPIRATION IN FILM AND EVERYDAY LIFE

Okay, enough about nature. Let’s look at some other unlikely sources of inspiration. According to Aerosmith’s Steve Perry, the band’s 1975 smash “Walk This Way” was triggered by a scene in Mel Brook’s film Young Frankenstein. Or how about George Harrison’s “Taxman” (a song I put on repeat just about every year in April), the guitarist’s clever response to that yearly call from his accountant with news of how much he owed the government.

From personal experience I can report that the spark of my Grammy-nominated song “Bitch” (co-written with Meredith Brooks) revealed itself at a red light on a drive home. I was in a horrible mood and knew I was about to make my boyfriend the target. Fortunately, it occurred to me to write instead about how grateful I was that he accepted me with all my ups and downs.

And then there was the night I was experiencing relentless insomnia and used it to my advantage by turning the experience into the words to a song called “Up All Night,”which eventually was recorded by 1980s pop star Taylor Dayne. “Somewhere there’s a man who needs me,” I wrote, “not someone who runs and leaves me up all night.”

In fact, I once titled a song with words I found on a plaque in the dressing room of a local boutique: “I’m not gonna cry cuz it’s over; I’m gonna to smile cuz happened.” Yes! Perfect! True, the song was about unrequited love, but the lyric didn’t come directly from my diary. Instead, it was a random object that reminded me of how I felt about a past relationship (or two).

I’ve even thought about how many moves we make in the kitchen that can be equated with the steps in the process of falling in and out of love: simmering, stirring, waiting, patience, heating up, burning. Inspiration from the stovetop!

The bottom line is that we can find ideas, concepts, titles everywhere — not just in yearning, sunsets and paintings. They’re all around us … if we’re willing to keep our eyes and ears open, and connect the dots.

“Connect The Dots”! Now there’s a catchy concept and title right there. 🙂

 

Check out Shelly’s other postings.

Secrets to a Successful Jam Session

There’s a sense of freedom and autonomy that I really enjoy as a solo performer, but I also really enjoy the camaraderie and energy of working with a band.

I often get to jam with friends in social situations, so I do get to enjoy ensemble interactions outside of my professional engagements. Let’s face it: Jamming is fun. There’s no pressure to be perfect, and it’s a great environment in which to explore creative ideas.

Yet despite the relaxed atmosphere of a jam, I do feel there is an etiquette to those musical interactions — a protocol that, when observed, can lead to an even better experience for all involved. Here’s a guide to holding a successful jam session, along with some backing tracks you can practice to when friends aren’t available.

FOLLOW THE LEADER

Like most social or business gatherings, jam sessions usually have an obvious leader. If you feel that the group needs some guidance, and you have the experience to lead a musical adventure, by all means step up and make some suggestions on how to proceed. (Or you can just start playing — often everyone else will follow along.)

One of the main jobs of the leader is to call out the solos, either verbally or with a nod of the head. This will help everything stay on track, and allow everyone to take a shot at playing lead. If the designated soloist is unsure of the scale they should use, the leader should mouth that to them or take a short solo themselves to demonstrate how it might work. The goal is to make sure no one feels left out: after all, it’s a jam, not a gig.

Once the tempo, feel and groove of the jam is established, I like to add an alternate rhythm guitar part to enhance the music. However, I always stay locked into the chord structure without complicating the changes.

COMMON COURTESIES

It’s important to stick with the plan, at least in the initial stages of a jam. When someone decides to suddenly change the chord progression or rhythm part, things can start to quickly fall apart. That’s why it’s important for everyone to learn the chord structure and stick to it when someone else is soloing. It’s a big part of jamming etiquette.

Make sure your volume and tones are appropriate for the situation too. All this takes is a little awareness and time to listen to the general dynamic within the group. Being too loud or using inappropriate tones can turn people off.

I’ve asked players to turn down many times. I’m sure it makes some people wonder, “Who the heck does he think he is?” … but I’m doing it for the greater good of all. Sometimes you have to be brave and tell it like it is!

START WITH A SIMPLE CHORD PROGRESSION

I suggest starting with a simple chord progression, one that all the participants can play easily. That way, everyone can relax and not feel any anxiety or pressure to perform. Making sure everyone can be involved is essential too. If someone isn’t clear on a guitar part or the chords, take a moment to show them what the underlying structure is.

Simple chord progressions can evolve into epic compositions in the hands of creative players, and beginners will also learn a great deal by hearing the possibilities created by the more experienced players in the room.

Here’s a basic chord progression that’s ideal for kicking off a jam session:

II:  Emi  I  Emi  I  C  I  D  :II

The tablature for these chords in the open position (i.e., with open strings ringing out, as indicated by the Os on the left) is as follows:

Chord charts.

If you analyze this in the key of G, you can see that it’s a Vi mi / IV ma / V ma (minor sixth, major fourth, major fifth) chord progression. You can, of course, further enhance this progression to create harmonic variation if you like, but this is an excellent place to start.

In the video below, my enhancements to the basic chord progression are as follows:

II:  Emi9  I  Emi9  I  C5/2(#11)  I  Dadd4  :II

None of these extensions change the progression; they simply add flavors to the overall vibe of the jam. You can then add a nice arpeggiated part like this to enhance the overall pop/rock sensibilities of the jam:

II:  Gma7  I  Gma7  I  Cma7  I  D5/2  :II

Hang on a minute (I hear you say)! Where did the Gma7 chord come from? Well, Gma7 contains the same tones as Emi9 and can therefore be used as a chord substitution. In this way, we can take a simple structure and bring it to life with harmonic enhancements, along with rhythmic variation.

An ideal scale to use for improvisations over this progression would be the E minor pentatonic scale … which is exactly what I chose to use in the video.

TIME TO GET JAMMING

Now, it’s time to get jamming! First, here’s the basic backing track from the video below with just bass, drums and keyboards:

I then added an underlying arpeggiated acoustic guitar (“Guitar 1”) part, which you can hear in the audio clip below:

Chord chart.

Finally, I added a second arpeggiated part, this time played on electric guitar (“Guitar 2”):

Chord charts.

Try jamming over all three of these audio clips and see what kinds of leads and improvisations you can come up with.

THE VIDEO

This video demonstrates all the chord changes and techniques described here; watching it will help you to articulate the Guitar 1 and Guitar 2 parts described above. It also showcases a nice solo and phrasing applications of the E minor pentatonic scale.

THE AMP

All the tones for both the audio clips and the video come from one amplifier: the compact yet powerful Yamaha THR30IIA desktop amp. Even though it’s designed for use with acoustic guitars, the electric guitar solo was played through it too, along with my favorite overdrive/ compressor foot pedals.

Small guitar amp in foreground with fireplace and lit candles in background.
Yamaha THR30IIA desktop amplifier.

I love all the THR-II wireless desktop guitar amplifiers for so many reasons. They combine state-of-the-art modeling technology and outstanding effects with a tuner, a tap tempo feature, an auxiliary input (so you can listen to music from smartphones, tablets, laptops and MP3 players) and stereo speaker imaging — and they can also be used as a stand-alone audio interface for recording directly to your computer. These portable tone machines provide enough horsepower to take to a jam session too — even if you’re jamming outdoors. That’s because they’re battery-powered and will last well into the night.

The THR30IIA also comes equipped with a microphone input and dedicated volume/reverb controls so you can sing through it without the use of a PA system (which would be overkill for most jam sessions). In addition, there are multiple mic models and three-way stereo imaging to further enhance the audio experience. It’s an amazing little package for any living room jam … or even for a cafe gig.

THE GUITARS

The Yamaha AC5R ARE A Series acoustic guitar used in the video also comes with its own onboard microphone modeling (your choice of large diaphragm tube or ribbon mic), so getting great tones with the THR30IIA was a breeze. It comes standard with a solid Sitka spruce top and rosewood back and sides, making the acoustic tones just as impressive as the amplified ones.

Closeup of author playing acoustic guitar in his studio.
Yamaha AC5R.

The Pacifica 612 is quite possibly the most versatile electric guitar Yamaha makes, suitable for everything from clean pop to screaming rock ’n’ roll. Its five-way pickup selector switch allows you to dial in any number of tones, making it a great guitar to take to any jam.

Author playing electric guitar in his home studio.
Yamaha Pacifica 612.

THE WRAP-UP

One of the best ways to improve as a musician is to work with other players, especially if they are more advanced than you are. Jamming allows you to interact with your peers and players of all levels.

Take a great guitar, amp, effects and attitude with you to the jam. Do all you can to guide and support your contemporaries, and then tap into your inner rockstar when it’s your time to shine. The key to a successful jam session is listening first, responding and playing second. Consider yourself a musical conversationalist and you’ll do just fine.

Photographs courtesy of the author.

Check out Robbie’s other postings.